Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________
FORM 10-K
__________________
(Mark One)


xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172023
OR

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____________ to _____________
 
Commission File Number: 001-36384
__________________


THE RUBICON PROJECT,MAGNITE, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 __________________
Delaware20-8881738
Delaware20-8881738
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1250 Broadway,15th FloorNew York,New York
12181 Bluff Creek Drive, 4th Floor10001
Los Angeles, CA 90094
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
212(310) 207-0272243-2769
_
______________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.00001stock, par value $0.00001 per shareMGNINew York Stock ExchangeNasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NoneNone
 __________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨ No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.   Yes   ¨ Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes   x No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   x No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer¨
Accelerated filerx
Non-accelerated filer¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company¨
Emerging growth companyx

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   o Yes x  No

As of June 30, 2017,2023, the aggregate market value of shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based on the closing sales price of such shares on the New York Stock ExchangeNasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2017)2023) was approximately $228.2 million.
$1,186,971,950.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Class
ClassOutstanding as of March 8, 2018February 20, 2024
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value50,254,718139,932,053



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

PortionsREFERENCE: To the extent herein specifically referenced in Part III, portions of the registrant'sRegistrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the 20182024 Annual General Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-KShareholders to the extent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 dayspursuant to Regulation 14A. See Part III.



Table of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.Contents


THE RUBICON PROJECT,MAGNITE, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20172023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page

No.
Part I
Item 1.
Part IItem 1A.
Item 1.1B.
Item 1A.1C.
Item 1B.2.
Item 2.3.
Item 3.4.
Item 4.
Part II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
Part III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Part IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

2

Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSSTATEMENTS; SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K and related statements by the Company contain forward-looking statements, including statements based upon or relating to our expectations, assumptions, estimates, and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "might," "will," "objective," "intend," "should," "could," "can," "would," "expect," "believe," "design," "anticipate," "estimate," "predict," "potential," "plan" or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements concerning acquisitions by the Company, including the acquisition of SpotX, Inc. ("SpotX," and such acquisition the "SpotX Acquisition"), the acquisition of SpringServe, LLC ("SpringServe," and such acquisition the "SpringServe Acquisition"), and the merger with Telaria, Inc. ("Telaria," and such merger the "Telaria Merger"), or the anticipated benefits thereof; statements concerning potential synergies from the Company's acquisitions; statements concerning macroeconomic conditions or concerns related thereto; our anticipated financial performance,performance; key strategic objectives; industry growth rates for ad-supported connected television ("CTV") and the shift in video consumption from linear TV to CTV; anticipated benefits of new offerings, including without limitation, revenue, advertising spend, non-GAAP net revenue, profitability, net income (loss), Adjusted EBITDA, earnings per share, and cash flow; strategic objectives, including focus on header bidding, mobile, video, and private marketplace opportunities; investments in our business; developmentthe introduction of our technology; introductionnew Magnite Streaming platform and our ClearLine solution; the success of new offerings; the impactconsolidation of our acquisition of nToggle and its traffic shaping technology on our business;two CTV platforms; the effects of our cost reduction initiatives; scope and duration of client relationships; the fees we may charge in the future; business mix and expansionmix; sales growth; benefits from supply path optimization; the development of our mobile, video, and private marketplace offerings; sales growth;identity solutions; client utilization of our offerings; our competitive differentiation; our market share and leadership position in the industry; market conditions, trends, and opportunities; user reach; certain statements regarding future operational performance measures including ad requests, fill rate, paid impressions, average CPM, take rate, and advertising spend; and factors that could affect thesemeasures; and other aspects of our business.statements that are not historical facts. These statements are not guarantees of future performance; they reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and estimates and subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from expectations or results projected or implied by forward-looking statements. These risks
Risks that our business faces include, but are not limited to:to, the following:
our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the SpotX Acquisition, SpringServe Acquisition, and other acquisitions;
the impact of macroeconomic challenges on the overall demand for advertising and the advertising marketplace;
CTV spend on our platform may grow andmore slowly than we expect if growth occurs disproportionately through platforms that we cannot access, industry growth rates for ad supported CTV are not accurate, if CTV sellers fail to manage any growth effectively;adopt programmatic advertising solutions or if we are unable to maintain or increase access to CTV advertising inventory;
we may be unsuccessful in our supply path optimization efforts with buyers;
our ability to develop innovativeintroduce new technologiesofferings and remainbring them to market in a market leader;timely manner, and potential responses or reactions of clients, vendors, and competitors to the announcement of new products and offerings;
uncertainty of our abilityestimates and expectations associated with new offerings, including our SpringServe ad server, ClearLine solution, and our developing identity solutions;
potential negative impacts associated with the integration of our CTV platforms and the introduction of Magnite Streaming;
we must increase the scale and efficiency of our technology infrastructure to attractsupport our growth and retain buyersrecent developments in artificial intelligence and sellersmachine-learning may accelerate or exacerbate potential risks related to technological developments;
the emergence of header bidding has increased competition from other demand sources and increase may cause infrastructure strain and added costs;
our access to mobile inventory may be limited by third-party technology or lack of direct relationships with mobile sellers;
we may experience lower take rates, which may not be offset by increases in ad spend;
the impact of requests for discounts, fee concessions, rebates, refunds or favorable payment terms;
our business with them;may be subject to sales and use tax, advertising and other taxes;
failure by us or our vulnerabilityclients to loss of, or reduction in spending by, buyers;meet advertising and inventory content standards;
our ability to maintain and grow a supply of advertising inventory from sellers;
the effect on the advertising market and our business from difficult economic conditions;
the freedom of buyers and sellers to direct their spending and inventory to competing sources of inventory and demand;
our ability to use our solution to purchase and sell higher value advertisingdemand, and to expandestablish direct relationships and integrations without the use of our solution by buyers and sellers utilizing evolving digital media platforms;platform;
our ability to introduce new offerings and bring them to market in a timely manner in response to client demands and industry trends, including shifts in digitalreliance on large aggregators of advertising growth from display to mobile channels;
the increased prevalence of header bidding and its effect on our competitive position;
uncertainty of our estimates and expectations associated with new offerings, including header bidding, private marketplace, mobile, video, guaranteed audience solutions, and traffic shaping;
declining fees and take rateinventory, and the need to grow through advertising spend increases rather than fee increases;
our ability to compensate for a reduced take rate by increasing the volume and/or value of transactions on our platform;
our vulnerability to the depletion of our cash resources as revenue declines with the reduction in our take rate and as we incur additional investments in technology required to support the increased volume of transactions on our exchange;
our ability to support our growth objectives with reduced resources from our cost reduction initiatives;
our ability to raise additional capital if needed and/or to renew our working capital line of credit;
our limited operating history and history of losses;
our ability to continue to expand into new geographic markets;
our ability to adapt effectively to shifts in digital advertising to mobile and video channels;
increased prevalence of ad blocking technologies;
the slowing growth rate of online digital display advertising;
the growing percentage of online and mobile advertising spending captured by owned and operated sites (such as Facebook and Google);
the effects, including loss of market share, of increased competition in our market and increasing concentration of advertising spending, including mobile spending, inCTV among a small number of very large competitors;
acts of competitorssellers that enjoy significant negotiating leverage with respect to take rates and other third parties that can adversely affect our business;terms;

our ability to differentiate our offerings and compete effectively in a market trending increasingly toward commodification, transparency, and disintermediation;
requests fromprovide value to both buyers and sellers of advertising without being perceived as favoring one over the other or being perceived as competing with them through our service offerings;
our reliance on large sources of advertising demand, including demand side platforms ("DSPs") that may have or develop high-risk credit profiles or fail to pay invoices when due;
our sales efforts may require significant time and expense and may not yield the results we seek;
3

Table of Contents
we may be exposed to claims from clients for discounts, fee concessions or revisions, rebates, refunds and greater levelsbreach of pricing transparency and specificity;contract;
potential adverse effects of malicious activity such as fraudulent inventory and malware;
the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringementwe operate in an intensely competitive market that includes companies that have greater financial, technical and other claims;marketing resources than we do;
the effects of consolidation in the ad tech industry or among our publisher clients;
our ability to attractdifferentiate our offerings and retain qualified employeescompete effectively to combat commodification and key personnel;disintermediation;
potential limitations on our ability to identify future acquisitionscollect or use data as a result of consumer tools, regulatory restrictions and technological limitations;
the deprecation of third-party cookies and other identifiers, and the development of new targeting and identity solutions, may disrupt the programmatic ecosystem, cause reduced CPMs and fill rates, result in a shift of ad spend towards "walled gardens," require additional investment and resources, and cause the overall performance of our platform to decline;
the industry may not adopt or investments in complementary companiesmay be slow to adopt the use of first-party publisher segments as an alternative to third-party cookies;
the impact of antitrust regulations or technologies and our ability to consummateenforcement actions targeting the acquisitions and integrate such companies or technologies; anddigital advertising ecosystem;
our ability to comply with, and the effect on our business of, evolving legal standards and regulations, particularly concerning data protection and consumer privacyprivacy;
evolving corporate governance and evolving labor standards.public disclosure regulations and expectations, including with respect to cyber security, environmental, social and governance matters;
errors or failures in the operation of our solution, interruptions in our access to network infrastructure or data, and breaches of our computer systems including as a result of cyber security incidents;
our ability to ensure a high level of brand safety for our clients and to detect "bot" traffic and other fraudulent or malicious activity;
our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;
costs associated with enforcing our intellectual property rights or defending intellectual property infringement;
our ability to comply with the terms of our financing arrangements;
restrictions in our Credit Agreement may limit our ability to make strategic investments, respond to changing market conditions, or otherwise operate our business;
increases in our debt leverage may put us at greater risk of defaulting on our debt obligations, subject us to additional operating restrictions and make it more difficult to obtain future financing on favorable terms;
conversion of our Convertible Senior Notes would dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders;
the Capped Call Transactions subject us to counterparty risk and may affect the value of the Convertible Senior Notes and our common stock;
the conditional conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating result;
failure to successfully execute our international growth plans;
failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, which could adversely affect investor confidence;
the use of our net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to certain limitations;
our ability to raise additional capital if needed;
volatility in the price of our common stock;
the impact of our repurchase program on our stock price and cash reserves;
competition for investors and the impact of negative analyst or investor research reports; and
provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a potential acquisition of the company and limit the ability of stockholders to cause changes in company management.
We discuss many of these risks and additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by our forward-looking statements under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and elsewhere in this report and in other filings we have made and will make from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for 2018.SEC. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of the report in which they are included. Unless required by federal securities laws, we assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated, to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the statements are made. Without limiting the foregoing, any guidance we may provide will generally be given only in connection with quarterly and annual earnings announcements, without interim updates, and we may appear at industry conferences or make other public statements
4

Table of Contents
without disclosing material nonpublic information in our possession. Given these uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
Investors should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this report and have filed or will file with the SEC completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

NOTE REGARDING THIRD-PARTY INFORMATION
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes data that we obtained from industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies. While we believe the industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data. Such third-party data and our internal estimates and research are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those included in this report.

5

Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Overview
We provide aMagnite, Inc., ("we," or "us"), provides technology solutionsolutions to automate the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventoryinventory.
On April 30, 2021, we completed the acquisition of SpotX, Inc. ("SpotX" and such acquisition the "SpotX Acquisition"), a leading platform shaping connected television ("CTV") and video advertising globally. On July 1, 2021, we acquired SpringServe, LLC ("SpringServe"), a leading ad serving platform for video and CTV.
Following these transactions, we believe that we are the world's largest independent omni-channel sell-side advertising platform ("SSP"), offering a single partner for transacting globally across all channels, formats and auction types, and the largest independent programmatic CTV marketplace, making it easier for buyers to reach CTV audiences at scale from industry-leading streaming content providers, broadcasters, platforms and sellers. device manufacturers.
Our platform features applications and services for sellers of digital advertising inventory, sellers, includingor publishers, that own and operate CTV channels, applications, websites mobile applications and other digital media properties, to sellmanage and monetize their advertising inventory; applications and services for buyers, including advertisers, agencies, agency trading desks, and demand side platforms, or DSPs,("DSPs"), to buy digital advertising inventory; and a marketplace over which such transactions are executed. Together, these features power and enhance a comprehensive, transparent, independent advertising marketplace that brings buyers and sellers together and facilitates intelligent decision-makingdecision making and automated transaction execution for the advertising inventory we manage on our platform.at scale. Our clients include many of the world’s leading publishers of websitesbuyers and mobile applications and buyerssellers of digital advertising inventory. Our platform processes trillions of ad requests per month allowing buyers access to a global, scaled, independent alternative to "walled gardens," who both own and sell inventory and maintain control on the demand side.
Advertising inventory takesOur streaming SSP platform and ad server offers CTV sellers a holistic solution for workflow, yield management and monetization, across both programmatic and direct-sold video inventory. We provide sellers with a full suite of tools to protect the consumer viewing experience and brand safety expectations, while increasing revenue opportunities, including forecasting tools, customized ad experiences and ad formats, and advanced podding logic. These tools are particularly important to CTV sellers who need to provide a TV-like viewing and advertising experience for consumers. For instance, our ad-pod feature provides publishers with a tool analogous to commercial breaks in traditional linear television so that they can request and manage several ads at once from different forms, referred to as advertising units, is purchased and sold through different transactional methodologies, and allows advertising content to be presented to users through different channels. Our solution enables buyers and sellers to purchase and sell:
a comprehensive range of advertising units, including display, audio and video;
that are transacted through real-time bidding ("RTB"), which includes (i) direct sale of premium inventory, which we refer to as private marketplace ("PMP"), and (ii) open auction bidding, which we refer to as open marketplace ("OMP"); and
that are displayed across digital channels, including mobile web, mobile application, and desktop, as well as across various out-of-home channels,demand sources. Using this tool, publishers can establish business rules such as digital billboards.
We believe our platform reaches approximately one billion users globally. Sellerscompetitive separation of digital advertising inventory use our platform to generate revenue by monetizing their advertising inventory across transaction types, advertising units, and channels through accessing a global market of buyers representing top advertiser brands. We also help sellers decrease costs and protect their brands and user experience.

Atadvertisers so that competing brand ads do not appear during the same time, buyerscommercial break. Other tools we offer include audio normalization tools to control for the volume of an ad relative to content, frequency capping to avoid exposing viewers to repetitive ad placements, and creative review so that a publisher can review and approve the ad units being served to its properties.
Buyers leverage our platform to manage their advertising spendingspend and reach their target audiences across transaction types, advertising units, and channels,on brand-safe premium inventory, simplify order management and campaign tracking, obtain actionable insights into audiences for their advertising, and access impression-level purchasing from hundredsthousands of sellers.
We generate revenue from the buyingbelieve that our scale, platform features, and selling of advertising inventory transacted on our platform. Advertising inventory is created when users access sellers’ content. Sellers provide advertising inventory to our platform in the form of advertising requests, or ad requests. When we receive ad requests from sellers, we send bid requests to buyers, which enable buyers to bid on sellers’ advertising inventory. Winning bids can create advertising, or paid impressions,omni-channel offering makes us an essential partner for the seller to present to the user. The volume of paid impressions measured as a percentage of ad requests is referred to as fill rate. The price that buyers pay for each thousand paid impressions purchased is measured in units referred to as CPM. We refer to the total volume of spending between buyers and sellers on our platform as advertising spend. We keep a percentage of that advertising spend as a fee, and we pass the rest through to the seller. The fee that we retain from the gross advertising spend on our platform is our revenue. Our fee, measured as a percentage of advertising spend, is referred to as our take rate.    
Our platform incorporates proprietary machine-learning algorithms, sophisticated data processing, robust high-volume analytics capabilities, and a distributed infrastructure. Our solution is constantly improving based on our systems’ ability to process and learn from vast volumes of data in real time.
During the early stages of our business following our incorporation in April 2007, our solution matched sellers’ inventory to appropriate buyers by offering impressions to different buyers in sequence. During 2010, we added RTB capabilities, creating a real-time open-market auction allowing all buyers accessing our platform to compete to purchase all of the advertising inventory that sellers made available to our platform. During 2012, we launched our PMP application, which allows sellers to connect directly with their pre-approved buyers to execute direct sales of previously unsold advertising inventory.
In 2014, we completed the acquisitions of iSocket, Inc. ("iSocket") and Shiny Inc. The iSocket acquisition included a workflow tool that we offered as our Guaranteed Orders product, which we decided to cease offering and supporting in the first quarter of 2018. The Guaranteed Orders tool was a small component of what we historically referred to as our "Orders" platform, which also includes PMPs. The majority of the transactions associated with our Orders platform are PMP transactions and thus are not impacted by this decision to cease offering our Guaranteed Orders tool.
In 2015, we acquired Chango Inc. ("Chango"), an intent marketing technology company, and integrated its operations into our operations. In the first quarter of 2017, we ceased operating the intent marketing solution that had derived from the acquisition.
In 2015, we also significantly advanced our mobile capabilities through a combination of internal product development, strategic client wins, driving increased revenue from existing buyer and seller clients, and international expansion. Part of this growth was due to the development and roll out of our Exchange API (xAPI) solution, which allows us to access inventory from sellers with their own RTB capabilities, as well as large aggregators of inventory.
In 2016, we introduced our header bidding solution, which was late to market but grew rapidly. In addition, we began to focus further on development of our video solution, helping grow our product footprint to allow our sellers to sell video advertising inventory across desktop or mobile platforms, and include instream, outstream and mobile-specific formats such as interstitials.
In 2017, we acquired nToggle, Inc. ("nToggle"), a provider of technology to make it easier and more cost effective for programmatic buyers to find the inventory they are looking for among the billions of bid requests they receive each day. Header bidding has dramatically increased the volume of bid requests sent to buyers, increasing buyers’ processing costs and making it more difficult for them to find the impressions they want. nToggle technology utilizes analytical and data science techniques to help shape real-time bidding requests, optimize traffic, and reduce the number of duplicates and irrelevant bid requests DSPs must process. The technology also helps us manage our infrastructure costs by filtering out impressions that are not in demand before they are processed through the bid stream.buyers.
We operate our business on a worldwide basis, with an established operating presence in North America, Australia and Europe, and a developing presence in Asia Australia, and South America. Substantially all of our assets are U.S. assets. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries and operations perform primarily sales, marketing, and service functions.
Recent Developments
The ad tech market is demanding more efficiency and lower cost from intermediaries like us. In an effort to be more competitive in attracting demand and capturing inventory supply, we made a strategic decision in mid-2017 to reduce the fees we

charged buyers in OMP transactions. In addition, in 2017 our business mix shifted to a higher proportion of header bidding transactions, and we charged lower buyer fees for header bidding transactions in order to pass higher bids to the downstream decisioning process. Finally, in response to increasing market pressure and in an effort to be more competitive, on November 1, 2017, we eliminated our buyer transaction fees altogether.
Buyer transaction fees represented approximately 51% of our revenue in 2016 and 49% of our revenue for the first ten months of 2017, which is the period during which we charged buyer fees in 2017. Consequently, the elimination of our buyer transaction fees has had a severe adverse effect on our revenue and margins. A critical part of our plan to adjust to our lower take rates is to increase advertising spending on our platform and operate with improved efficiency that will support lower margins. To increase our advertising spend, we are taking steps to increase significantly the ad requests coming from our seller clients. Our plans for increasing our inventory volumes include active pursuit of more direct relationships with sellers, particularly of mobile, video, and PMP impressions, which are areas of industry growth. We also plan to access ad requests that might not otherwise be accessible to us by utilizing header bidding technologies, including our own solution built on the Prebid open source architecture we helped advance, as well as third-party wrappers, and also integrating with large sources of supply that have their own monetization capabilities but also allow third parties to connect to their exchanges and bid on their inventory.
Historically, OMP transactions, particularly for desktop display advertising, have provided most of the activity on our platform. We expect our historical OMP desktop display advertising business to continue to be an important source of revenue for us, but consistent with market trends, our OMP desktop display business has declined significantly as other transaction types and channels have absorbed a greater share of advertising spend. In addition, our share of the OMP desktop display market has diminished, largely because header bidding has allowed other exchanges to compete more effectively for inventory. Accordingly, our OMP desktop display transactions are declining as a percentage of our business and cannot be relied upon to drive growth. In order for us to grow and compete effectively, we must continue to increase our business in other transaction types, such as PMP transactions, other channels, such as mobile and out-of-home, and other advertising units, such as video, all of which are growth areas in the market; innovate to adapt to changing market conditions; and further increase our international business in existing and new markets.
The industry-wide growth of header bidding has given us access to more advertising inventory, but has also exposed inventory to more competing sources of demand. As a result, we have significantly lower fill rates for header bidding transactions, and as the percentage of our overall transactions conducted through header bidding increases, our overall fill rates decrease. In an effort to increase our header bidding fill rates, in addition to our plans described above, we have made adjustments to our auction dynamics in header bidding transactions. Historically, we conducted our RTB auctions based upon second-price principles, consistent with widespread industry practice. However, as header bidding increased competition for available inventory, some competing exchanges began submitting bids in header bidding auctions on a first-price or modified first-price basis to increase their chances of winning. This put our buyers at a competitive disadvantage in these transactions and also created some confusion in the market, as it was often unclear how competing buyers were formulating their bids. In an effort to capture more inventory for our buyers and deliver better monetization to our sellers, and to provide better transparency and predictability to all our clients, effective as of January 22, 2018, we made first price our default auction dynamic for header bidding transactions. This means that the first price or highest bid in our auction wins and that first price is passed to the downstream auction. Because buyers may need some time to adapt their systems and bidding strategies to first-price auction dynamics, or may not wish to make those adaptations themselves, we have implemented an optional free feature, which we call Estimated Market Rate ("EMR"). This feature uses algorithms that monitor existing market conditions against our dataset of auction outcomes to look for opportunities to reduce the amount of the bid that we pass through to the downstream auction on behalf of our winning bidder, while maintaining high fill rates. This is intended to help buyers bid on advertising inventory consistent with market values while preserving demand and budget for sellers on our platform.
While we work to increase the volume of transactions on our exchange and compete more effectively, we must operate more efficiently to relieve the pressure on our margins and cash resources that has resulted from our fee reductions and increased infrastructure required to support the increased volume of transactions that our growth plans require. Consequently, we are pursuing various cost-control measures and efficiency initiatives. As part of these efforts, during the first quarter of 2018 we undertook measures to reduce headcount by approximately 100 people, or 19% of our workforce, and to reduce other operating costs. Our actions include reductions in administrative staff to bring our general and administrative operations into better alignment with the current size of the business as well as in sales and technical personnel as a result of offshoring certain development functions, organizational delayering and restructuring, and reducing investment in unprofitable projects. These headcount actions have reduced our staff levels from 514 at December 31, 2017 to approximately 415. The reductions will result in approximately $3.0 million in one-time cash severance costs, which will primarily be recognized in the first quarter of 2018. Net of these severance expenses, our workforce reductions combined with other non-headcount related operating expense control initiatives we have implemented, are expected to offset operating expenses in 2018 by approximately $15.0 million. On an annualized basis, the headcount reductions and other cost-control measures we have implemented in the first quarter of 2018 are

expected to offset future cash expenses by approximately $24.0 million. Including prior headcount actions undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2016 and first quarter of 2017, we have reduced our headcount by over 250 people, or 38% from our September 30, 2016 headcount of 672. We also continue to pursue increased automation and efficiency across all aspects of the company, including our technology stack, and estimate that our capital expenditures in 2018 will be less than half of the $40.4 million in capital expenditures incurred in 2017.
Our growth and cost-control strategies involve significant risk, as described in the “Risk Factors” section of this report.
Our Industry Trends
Continued Shift Toward Digital Advertising
The increased delivery ofConsumers are rapidly shifting their viewing habits towards digital mediums and expect to be able to consume content seamlessly across multiple devices, including computers, tablets, smartphones, and CTVs whenever and wherever they want. As digital content consumption continues to users digitally overproliferate, we believe the Internet or through applications, as opposed to analog and print media, such as newspapers, magazines, broadcast radio, and television, has created an opportunity for buyerspercentage of advertising inventorydollars spent through digital channels will continue to improve return on advertising investment by targeting audiences more accurately using data-driven strategies and delivering more relevant advertising in real time on multiple screens. Buyers are able to utilize various technologies to analyze data relating to return on investment, demographics, user behavior, location, and other attributes that enable them to create and deliver targeted advertisements to users, which helps achieve specific advertising goals. Technological advances have also enabled sellers to sell their inventory on an impression-by-impression basis, as well as in bulk, making it easier for sellers to enhance the monetizationgrow.
Automation of their inventory. Therefore, advertising is continuing to shift with content to digital media.
Complicated and Manual Workflow for Direct Buying and Selling of Digital Advertising Inventory
Due to the size and complexity of the advertising ecosystem and purchasing process, manual processes cannot effectively manage digital advertising inventory at scale. In addition, both buyers and sellers are demanding more transparency, better controls and more relevant insights from their advertising inventory purchases and sales. Buyers and sellers benefit from a platform that enables them to leverage the targeting capabilities of their proprietary data assets. This has created a need tofor software solutions, known as programmatic advertising, that automate the process for planning, buying, selling and measuring digital advertising industry and to simplify the process of buying and sellingacross screens. Programmatic advertising inventory.
A variety of factors make the digital advertising ecosystem highly complex and challenging to automate:
Perishable Inventory. A user’s visit to a website or mobile application creates a unique opportunity to reach the user by inserting advertisements into one or more of the impressions designed into the website or mobile application. In order to generate revenue for a seller these impressions must be filled before the page content loads.
Complex Impression-Level Matching. Sellers aim to sell impressions in order to generate revenue while enhancing the users’ experience and preserving the sellers’ brand. Buyers seek to purchase impression-level inventory to improve targeting of specific audiences and return on investment for their advertising spending.
Large Multi-Variate Datasets. Trillions of data points relating to browsing behavior, geographic information, user preferences, engagement with an advertisement, and effectiveness of an advertisement are created as users visit sellers’ websites and mobile applications. Each piece of data represents a valuable piece of information that can facilitate and improve current and subsequent targeting and monetization of impressions.
Fragmented Buyer and Seller Base. There is an enormous number and variety ofallows buyers and sellers to transact on an impression-by-impression basis through the use of digital advertising.real-time bidding technology, and allows for the use of advanced data and identity solutions
6

Table of Contents
Brand Safetyto better target ad campaigns. Programmatic transactions include open auctions, where multiple buyers bid against each other in a real-time auction for the right to purchase a publisher's inventory, as well as reserve auctions, where publishers establish direct deals or private marketplaces with select buyers. These reserve auctions may be “guaranteed,” where a buyer has negotiated a pre-established price and Inventory Quality Concerns. Buyers wantvolume with a seller.
Convergence of TV and Digital
CTV viewership is growing rapidly and the pace of adoption is accelerating the transition of linear television to avoid buying fraudulentCTV programming. As the number of CTV channels continues to proliferate, we believe that ad-supported models or unauthorizedhybrid models that rely on a combination of subscription fees and advertising revenue will continue to gain traction. In turn, we believe brand advertisers looking to engage with streaming viewers will continue to shift their budgets from linear to CTV. Furthermore, as the CTV market continues to mature, we believe that a greater percentage of CTV advertising inventory will be sold programmatically, and through biddable environments rather than programmatic guaranteed, similar to trends that occurred in desktop and mobile. As such, we expect CTV to be a significant driver of our revenue growth for the foreseeable future.
Identity Solutions
A number of participants in the advertising technology ecosystem have taken or being associatedare expected to take action to eliminate or restrict the use of third-party cookies and other primary identifiers that have historically been used to deliver targeted advertisements. For instance, Google has announced plans to fully deprecate third-party cookies by the end of 2024. While we generally support third-party cookie deprecation in favor of more transparent identity solutions, these efforts could lead to significant uncertainty and instability in the short term as the industry adjusts to a new targeting paradigm, as well as a decrease in CPMs and a shift of advertising spend to large walled gardens that have access to large amounts of first party data. Moreover, alternative solutions proposed by Google, such as Privacy Sandbox, are unreleased and unproven, will require substantial development and commercial changes for us to support and may ultimately be self preferential.
Despite these potential near-term challenges, in the longer term we believe that the elimination of third-party cookies has the potential to shift the programmatic ecosystem from an identity model powered by buyers that are able to aggregate and target audiences through cookies to one enabled by sellers that have direct relationships with contentconsumers and are therefore better positioned to obtain user data and consent for implementing first party identifiers. In CTV, this identity model already largely exists with publishers more tightly controlling access to identifiers and user data, while offering proprietary first party data segments for reaching desired audiences. We believe that our scale and expertise in CTV position us well to take a leadership position in advancing this shift to a first party identity model and creating additional value opportunities for our clients. Accordingly, we have invested and intend to further invest in the development and enhancement of industry leading identity and audience solutions.
Supply Path Optimization
Supply Path Optimization ("SPO") refers to efforts by buyers to consolidate the number of vendors with which they consider inappropriate, competitive, or inconsistent withwork to find the most effective and cost-efficient paths to procure media. SPO is important to buyers because it can increase the proportion of their advertising themes. Sellers want to prevent advertisements that are inappropriate, disruptive, competitively sensitive, or otherwise do not comportultimately spent on working media, with their brand image from appearingthe goal of increasing return on their websites oradvertising spend, and can help them gain efficiencies by reducing the number of vendors with which they work in a complex ecosystem. In furtherance of these goals, in April 2023 we announced the launch of ClearLine, a self-service solution that provides agencies direct access to premium advertising on our platform. This solution helps agencies maximize the spend going towards working media, makes it easier for sellers and agencies to securely share data, improves workflow for campaigns traditionally transacted manually, and helps publishers generate more revenue and develop new sources of unique demand. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from SPO in the long run as a result of our transparency, our broad and unique inventory supply across all channels and formats, including CTV, buyer tools, such as traffic shaping and ClearLine that reduce the cost of working with us, and our brand safety measures.
Header Bidding and Data Processing
Header bidding is a programmatic technique by which sellers offer inventory to multiple ad exchanges and supply side platforms, such as our platform, simultaneously. Header bidding has been rapidly adopted in recent years in the desktop and mobile applications, or that convey malware.
Consumer Experience Concerns. Consumers prefer digital advertising experiences that are relevant to their personal interests, non-intrusive,channels and do not detract from or slow down their enjoymenthas experienced modest adoption in CTV. The adoption of digital content.

Large and Highly Unpredictable Traffic Volumes. The scale of user traffic and the dollar value of digital advertisements is growing and difficult to manage efficiently. A large seller may have tens of millions of users per month, creating hundreds of millions of monthly impressions. The volume of traffic for any given seller is extremely difficult to predict and requires a technology infrastructure that is large enough to handle variable volumes. As more advertising shifts to digital and digital advertising technologies evolve, larger and more diverse data processing capabilities are required.
Lack of Standardized Ad Formats and Data. An available advertising impression can vary based onheader bidding has created a number of factors,challenges and technical complexities for both sellers and buyers, which require sophisticated tools to manage. In addition, header bidding has led to a significant increase in the number of ad impressions to be processed and analyzed through our platform as well as by DSPs, which can lead to increased costs if not properly addressed. We have invested in technology solutions, such as seller, ad format, screen size, pricing mechanism, content type, and audience demographic. It is challenging for buyersDemand Manager, to efficiently evaluate and bid on trillions of impressions that are based on hundreds of ad formats in the context of millions of highly customized data fields.
Diverse Technology Demands. Even as advertising is shifting from traditional to digital media, a shift is underway within the digital advertising ecosystem fromhelp desktop to mobile channels. Desktop and mobile digital advertising involve different challenges and rely upon differentpublishers manage their header-bidding inventory.
While header-bidding technologies requiring significant technologicalhave not been largely adopted by CTV sellers, such solutions or similar solutions geared towards increasing demand competition have become more prevalent. We have addressed this, in part, through our
7

SpringServe ad server, which offers sellers a unified programmatic demand solution for CTV that leverages our existing programmatic SSP capabilities and innovation.
as well as connects with third party programmatic demand sources.
Increasing Privacy Demands. Privacy protection is becoming increasingly important to regulators, web and mobile browser applications and users on a regional and global basis, requiring constant adaptation to comply with legal and self-regulatory requirements while effectively matching buyers and sellers of inventory.

Rubicon Project:Magnite: Competitive Strengths of Our PlatformPlatform. Key competitive strengths of our platform include:
Leadership in CTV
Our Magnite Streaming platform has been strategically built to meet the Digital Advertising Marketplaceunique requirements of CTV sellers. Many of these sellers have their roots in linear television and it is important that established business practices in television advertising can be translated to programmatic advertising. The tools we provide include ad podding for commercial breaks, dynamic ad insertion to serve live streaming events, audio normalization tools to control the volume of an ad relative to content, frequency capping to avoid exposing viewers to repetitive ad placements, and creative review so that a publisher can review and approve the ad units being served to its properties.
Rubicon Project was foundedOn July 1, 2021, we acquired SpringServe, a leading CTV ad serving platform that manages multiple aspects of video advertising for both programmatic transactions and inventory sold directly by the publisher. Combined with our SSP, the SpringServe ad server provides publishers a holistic yield management solution that works across their entire video advertising business to addressdrive value. We believe the inherent challenges associatedacquisition of SpringServe is highly strategic as it allows us to offer publishers an independent full-stack solution to the walled gardens, which can be leveraged across their entire video advertising business.
We have invested significant time and resources in cultivating relationships with CTV sellers and have built a specialized team of CTV experts across our engineering and sales functions to support our clients and evangelize the digital advertising ecosystem. Buyers can direct their spending towards the impressionsbenefits of CTV advertising. In addition, during 2023 we announced SpringServe Tiles, an innovative product that areallows publishers to showcase custom creative and highlight content recommendations within streaming programming guides in any size and a wide variety of most valueformats. SpringServe Tiles combines creative ad capabilities with operational efficiencies and cost savings that come with end-to-end management of monetization, targeting, and reporting all in one platform.
In addition, for certain larger CTV sellers, we may build custom features or functionality to them based on demographics, pricing, timing, and other targeting objectives. Sellers can improve revenue per impression, while adhering to their own specific rules around advertisinghelp drive deeper adoption.
Scaled Omni-Channel Platform
We offer a scaled omni-channel platform that is permissible on their websites and mobile applications.
Serving a Broad Universe of Buyers and Sellers Across a Full Spectrum of Inventory Types, Advertising Units, and Channels Creates Network Effects
By accommodating a full spectrum of digital advertising inventory through various transaction types across multiple channels, our solution brings value to both buyers and sellers. Our sellers of ad inventory. For buyers, we offer a single omni-channel partner to reach target audiences globally across all channels, including CTV, mobile, desktop, and digital out-of-home, and formats, including video, display, and audio. For sellers, we partner as a one stop shop where they can sell digital advertising across all of their properties, regardless of device or format, and gain instant access to the world’s largest automated digital advertising buyers including hundreds of DSPs with the flexibility to sell their advertising inventory in an automated fashion on an impression-by-impression basis, such as with OMP, in bulk, or in PMP transactions pursuant to arrangements directly between the seller and the buyer. Our buyers gain the ability to fulfill their audience needs in a cost-effective manner and while increasing the price at which sellers’ inventory is sold. Largebasis. We believe large numbers of diverse sellers on our platform attract more buyers and vice versa, resulting in a self-reinforcing network effect that adds value for all our clients and creates a strongstickier platform for growth.solution.
Private Marketplace Solutions Provide Unique Access to Quality Supply and Facilitate TransactionsReserve Auctions
A significant portion of premium inventory, in particular with respect to CTV, is purchased and sold through PMPs. Somereserve auctions where the seller establishes a direct deal with a buyer or group of buyers. These transaction types allow the seller to maintain tighter control over their advertising allocation and are often used by sellers will continuethat maintain a direct sales force but still want to rely on their own sales forces for salesexperience the benefits of premium inventory, but will benefit from automation to better price, match,improve pricing, matching, and place campaigns,dynamic ad placement and to automate manual operations such as ad trafficking, quality assurance, and billing and collections. We have invested in workflow capabilitiesOur deal management and automation of inventory transactions to enable sales teams to increase their productivity and process more sales of premium inventory at optimal prices. Workflow capabilities enable buyers and sellers to communicate directly and use shared data to execute campaigns. These capabilitiescuration tools support sales functions rather than replacing them, enhancing their adoption without friction.which eliminates friction in the sales process. Buyers and sellers can also leverage their first-party data assets and third-party data assets in our platform to increase the value of sellers' inventory and the precision of buyers' targeting efforts.
Big Data Analytics and Machine-Learning AlgorithmsAlgorithms; Bid Filtering
A core aspect of our value proposition is our big data and machine-learning platform, thata subcategory of artificial intelligence, which is able to discover unique insights from our massive data repositories containing proprietary information on trillions of bid requests and served advertisements.repositories. Our systems collect and analyze non-personally identifiablea myriad of information such as pricing of advertisements, historical clearing prices, bid responses, what types of ads are allowed on a particular website, which sellers’ websites a buyer prefers, whatpreferences, ad formats, are available to be served, advertisement size and location, user location, which users a buyer wants to target,audience preferences, how many ads the user has seen, browser or device information, and sellers’ proprietaryfirst party data about users. Our access to data puts us in a unique position to develop differentiated insights to help both buyers and sellers, and we have developed proprietary machine-learning algorithms that analyze billions of these data points to enable our solution to make data-driven

decisions in real time and to process high volumes of bid requests and responses.sellers. Our solution isutilizes artificial intelligence in order to constantly self-improvingself-improve as we process more volume and accumulate more data, which in turn helps make our machine-learning algorithms more intelligent and contributes to higher-quality matching between buyers and sellers. Higher quality matchingThis data also fuels our bid filtering technology, allowing us to more aggressively block traffic that is not likely to monetize. We believe that our traffic optimization coupled with bid filtering improves return on investment for buyers and increases revenue for sellers, which in turn attracts more buyers and sellers to our platform. We believe this self-reinforcing dynamic contributes to theplatform creating a dual network effects described above, creatingeffect that
8

Table of Contents
makes our platform stickier. These capabilities also help us manage the costs associated with the high volumes of ad requests we receive.
Identity Solutions
We offer identity solutions that help buyers and sellers create better matches and increase advertising ROI and the value of the underlying impression.Our tools enable sellers to create audience segments based on first-party data, which makes their advertising inventory more valuable to buyers looking to achieve specific campaign goals.In addition, our technology is integrated with a strongnumber of third party data, attribution and identity vendors, allowingbuyers and sellers to leverage these solutions directly through our platform without the need for growth.multiple vendor contracts.
Header Bidding Solutionand Demand Manager Solutions
Header bidding is effectively a change in the auction process by which, instead of allocating an impression to one exchange running a single auction, a publisher exposes the impression to multiple exchanges, each of which selects a winning bid through its own initial auction and passes that winning bid into a secondary auction to compete for the impression with all other participating exchanges’ winning bids. Sellers first embraced header bidding using a client-side solution, in which the browser of the user creating the impression runs the secondary auction. This solution increases competition for impressions and raises impression prices, but burdening the browser to perform the secondary auction increases load time for content and time delays during execution.
An emerging alternative header bidding protocol uses a server to conduct the secondary auction, which can reduce load times but presents its own challenges. Adding an additional step between the user’s browser and the demand source can cause increased latency and limit the amount of user data that is transmitted, contributing to difficulties in user data synchronizing and resulting in adverse effects on audience targeting. Server-side technology also significantly increases the volume of demand sources that can be accommodated, resulting in increased competition for impressions. Further, the host of the server used in a particular transaction has an advantage in user synch with its demand sources, at least until some form of universal user identification approach gains significant market adoption.
In 2016, we entered the client-side header bidding space with our client-side solution, FastLane, which was late to market but grew rapidly in adoption. In 2017, we began working on server-side header bidding and supported an open source industry solution we helped advance called Prebid. In October 2017, we launched our own open source server-side header bidding solution, which integrates with Prebid. Using these technologies, we are executing header bidding secondary auctions on behalf of our seller clients that implement our solution. To further the open source initiative, in 2017 we also helped to launch Prebid.org, Inc., an independent organization dedicated to the development and promotion of open-source header bidding solutions and other open-source tools to drive publisher monetization. There are two other primary server-side solutions, one provided by Amazon (called A9) and one provided by Google (called EBDA), and weWe are integrated with both.all of the major header-bidding standards, including Prebid.org, which we co-founded, as well as the solutions offered by Google and Amazon. We believe the various header bidding alternatives we offer, our buyer reach and scale, our buying efficiency, and our machine learningmachine-learning capabilities put us in a strong position to compete for seller impressions monetized through header-bidding solutions, and we expect each of these header bidding solutions to deliver a meaningful volume of impressionsimpressions. We also provide a software solution called Demand Manager that helps desktop and mobile sellers manage all of their header-bidding advertising inventory. We believe that adoption and proliferation of these tools will further strengthen our relationship with sellers and contribute to our future revenue growth.
Transparency and Controls
We generate revenue each time an impression is monetized on our platform based on a simple and transparent fee structure established with our publisherpartners.Our clients direct the sale and management of ad inventory through our platform, including the ability to define supply hierarchies and demand tiers, set minimum price floors, and establish advertiser and category level blocked and allowed lists.We provide sellers with detailed analytics, which allows them to effectively monitor buying patterns and make real-time changes to take advantage of market dynamics and maximize their yield.
Self-Service Model
We offer a self-service model that lets sellers access our platform without extensive involvement by our personnel.This model allows us to scale efficiently and grow our business at a faster pace than the growth of our sales and support organization. As a result, we are able to achieve a high degree of operating leverage, which positions our business for growing profitability.
Buyer Tools
We provide a suite of buyer tools designed to help buyers curate inventory, append data and improve ROI in 2018order to meet their campaign strategies. Our curation tools enable agency holding companies and beyond.major brands to create their own private label marketplaces and establish direct connections with sellers. Custom auction packages and audience tools give buyers a versatile and cost-effective way to curate and target open market inventory, using categories such as audience, context, and viewability, while our deal discovery platform allows buyers to connect directly with sellers to arrange direct reserve auctions. Finally, our ClearLine product is a self-service solution that provides buyers with direct access to premium CTV and video inventory on our platforms in a more cost effective manner.
Independence
We are fully aligned with the interests of our publisher clients.Unlike some large industry participants, we do not have our own media properties that compete for advertising spending with our sellers. Our independence means Therefore, we are agnostic and have noneno
9

Table of theContents
preference towards delivering demand to any specific publisher. In addition, because we do not offer a dedicated demand side platform, we are able to avoid inherent conflicts of interests characterizing competing exchangesinterest that sell their ownexist when serving both the buy- and sell-side.

How We Generate Revenue
Digital advertising inventory givingis created when consumers access sellers' content. Sellers provide digital advertising inventory to our clients an important alternativeplatform in the form of advertising requests, or ad requests. When we receive ad requests from sellers, we send bid requests to monetize and acquire inventory without subsidizing their competitors.
Platform Applications
To enhancebuyers, which enable buyers to bid on sellers’ digital advertising inventory. Winning bids can create advertising, or paid impressions, for the value our technology platform bringsseller to present to the marketplace, we offer a numberconsumer. The price that buyers pay for each thousand paid impressions purchased is measured in units referred to as CPM, or cost per thousand, and the total volume of applications to address the critical needs ofspending between buyers and sellers.
Applications for Sellers. We have direct relationships and integrations with the sellers on our platform. Our solution includes applicationsplatform is referred to help them increase theiras advertising spend.
We generate revenue from the use of our platform for the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventory. Generally, our revenue reduce costs, protect their brandsis based on a percentage of the ad spend that runs through our platform, although for certain clients, services, or transaction types we may receive a fixed CPM for each impression sold, and user experience,for advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders, we earn revenue based on the full amount of ad spend that runs through our platform. In addition, we may receive certain fixed monthly fees for the use of our platform or products.
We track the performance and reach more buyers efficiently to increase digitalrevenue of our platform by channel. Our channels include CTV, mobile, and desktop. Consistent with the IAB’s definition of CTV, CTV represents advertising revenue by monetizing their full variety and volume of inventory. Ourtransactions on our platform offers sellers many capabilities and benefits, including the following:
xAPI Technology That Allows Sellers to Easily Access Our Demand. Publishers normally face numerous technical challenges in accessing advertising demand. They either have to modify their web pages by adding cumbersome "ad tags," or they have to integrate monetization code into their mobile applications. Both of these methods create technical risk andthat are time consuming to implement. xAPI technology eliminates these requirements and makes it easy and fast with no impactdelivered to the web pagesend consumer via a television set that is connected to the Internet. Our CTV transactions do not include advertisements viewed on a mobile or apps ofdesktop device. Mobile and desktop represent advertising transactions on our platform that are delivered to the publisherend consumer via their respective devices’ operating system, that is, a mobile operating system or a traditional desktop operating system, respectively. Mobile devices generally refer to a handset, tablet, or other communication device that runs on a mobile operating system used to access demand and fill ad slots.
the Internet wirelessly, usually through a mobile carrier or Wi-Fi network. Desktop transactions are those transactions delivered to the end user whose device runs on a traditional PC, laptops, as well as those delivered on mobile devices or tablets that are not running on mobile based operating systems.


Integrated Solution for Digital Advertising Needs. We provide sellers with a single web-based interface that serves as their central location to manage, analyze, and enhance digital advertising spending from hundreds of different buyers.
Header Bidding. We provide our own header bidding solutions to sellers to use as a platform for aggregating demand, and also to integrate with third-party header bidding solutions to provide demandMagnite: Growth Strategies. The key elements to our sellerslong-term growth strategy include:
Focus on CTV
We expect CTV to be the biggest driver of our growth. As streaming video continues to become mainstream and ad-supported models become more prevalent, we believe brand advertisers will continue to shift their budgets from linear television to CTV. We plan to invest significant resources in technology, sales and support related to our CTV growth initiatives. Consistent with this growth objective, we introduced Magnite Streaming, which merges leading technology from our legacy Magnite CTV and SpotX CTV platforms. We completed the migration to our unified platform early in the third quarter of 2023.
Supply Path Optimization
As described above, SPO refers to efforts by buyers to consolidate the number of vendors with which they work to find the most effective and cost-efficient paths to procure media. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from SPO due to the factors described above and that use those third-party solutions as their header bidding platform.
Private Marketplaces. Sellers can use our PMP capabilitiesit presents an opportunity for us to augment their own internal sales operations through better matching and pricing and process automation.
Inventory Allocation. We offer a solution that helps sellers to increase revenue across advertising types and sales channels by allocating inventory efficiently between direct and indirect demand.
Significantly Streamlined Sales, Operations, and Finance Workflow. Our platform streamlines the management of digital advertisement sales by aggregating demand and providing a suite of software applications that automate the process of making inventory available for sale.
Security for Brand and User Experience. Our platform is designed to enable sellers to implement guidelines specifying what advertising content may not be shown on the seller’s website or mobile application.
Advanced Reporting and Analytics and Actionable Insights. We provide a robust set of reporting features that sellers can use to analyze the vast array of data we collect for them.
Consolidated Payments. We provide consolidated billing and collection for sellers that would otherwise be required to dedicate additional resources to cost-effectively manage financial relationships with a large base of buyers.
Protective Screening. We employ measures to protect sellers and users from malware (software that can infect computers with malicious software), check advertisements delivered through our solution for the presence of malicious or questionable activity or characteristics, and gather technical attributes to inform our matchmaking process.
Vantage. We provide an extension for Web browsers that lets sellers monitor ads served in context on their sites, providing insight, diagnostic applications, and ad-quality controls.
Creative Approval API. Our platform includes a programmatic interface that sellers can use to retrieve a comprehensive set of individual advertising creatives that have bid or served on their sites, and instruct our delivery systems to approve or reject those creatives for future impressions.
Applications for Buyers. Buyers leverage our applications to access a large audience and execute highly automated campaigns that take advantage of unique targeting data and technology as provided by our platform to purchase advertising inventory based on buyers' key demographic, economic, and timing criteria. These applications help streamline a buyer’s purchasing operationscapture market share and increase the efficiencyvolume of its spendingadvertising spend on our platform. To capitalize on SPO opportunities, we have invested in our buyer focused sales team to pursue more direct relationships with advertisers and agencies.
Identity Solutions
We believe that the effectivenesselimination of its advertising campaigns. Our platform offersthird-party cookies has the potential to shift the programmatic ecosystem from an identity model powered by buyers many capabilitiesthat are able to aggregate and benefits, including the following:
Direct Accesstarget audiences through cookies to a Global Audience and Hundreds of Premium Sellers. By leveraging our platform, we believe buyers can reach approximately one billion internet users globally, including through many of the world's largest and most premium sellers. Furthermore, unlike many organizations in the digital advertising industry, weenabled by sellers that have direct relationships with sellersconsumers and can enable buyersare therefore better positioned to circumventobtain user data and consent for implementing first party identifiers. In CTV, this identity model already largely exists with publishers more tightly controlling access to identifiers and user data, while offering proprietary first party data segments for reaching desired audiences. As the largest independent supply side platform, we believe we are well positioned to take a multi-step, expensive,leadership role in advancing the shift to a first party identity model and inefficient processcreating additional value opportunities for our clients. Accordingly, we have invested and intend to connect to the seller.
Private Marketplaces. Through our PMP capabilities, we enable buyers to access exclusive high-value inventory in a more controlled environment thanfurther invest in the open marketplace.
development and enhancement of industry leading identity and audience solutions.
Bid Stream Filtering. We provide technologyIn June 2023 we announced Magnite Access, a suite of products designed to help buyers shape real-time bidding requests, optimize traffic, and reduce the number of duplicates and irrelevant or undesired bid requests they must process. This helps buyers find the inventory they are looking for more efficiently and reducespublishers manage their data processing costs.assets to generate more revenue. The Magnite Access suite leverages new, custom-built technologies as well as products from recent acquisitions including Nth Party, Ltd. ("Nth Party"), a developer of cryptographic software for secure audience data sharing and analysis, in December 2021, and Carbon (AI) Limited ("Carbon"), a platform that enables publishers to measure, manage, and
10

Bid Reduction. Buyers participatingmonetize audience segments, in header bidding auctions, which we conduct on a first-price basis, may useFebruary 2022. Portions of Magnite Access are already available to our EMR technology, which uses our market dataclients, while others are in testing and proprietary algorithmsare expected to help buyers bid on advertising inventory consistent with market rates.
reach wider availability this year.
Flexible Access to Inventory. Our platform allows buyers to purchase advertising inventory in their preferred manner, whether by OMP or PMP. Our solution also has the flexibility to allow buyers to integrate their purchasesIncrease Efficiencies on our platform through their existing buying technologies or to buy directly through our platform.
Exchange

Simplified Order Management and Campaign Tracking. By eliminating most manual steps, our applications enable buyers to manage their digital campaigns efficiently and effectively, and significantly reduce the time it would otherwise take to execute their digital advertising programs.
Transparency and Control Over Advertising Spending. Our platform is designed to let buyers know and control where their dollars are being spent. Buyers can easily navigate through our interface to choose the list of sellers they want to purchase inventory from and see an indicative price range that they should expect to pay.
Inventory Quality. We provide systems and processes to detect and minimize questionable inventory, such as non-human traffic and pirated content, and to enable labeling of inventory made available for sale so that buyers can make their own decisions about what meets the specific standards of campaigns they are running.
PubCheq. We maintain a comprehensive database of all inventory reviewed by internal systems and teams that powers a global blacklist that blocks fraudulent or otherwise problematic seller properties and users from entering the Rubicon Project marketplace and identifies non-human traffic that is fraudulently consuming advertising spend.
Growth Strategies
Two powerful market trends are affecting our business. First, our exchange volume historically consisted largely of OMP transactions conducted through an ad server waterfall for desktop display advertising, but this business is being displaced by other ad units, channels, and transaction types. Second, the ad tech market is demanding more efficiency and lower cost from intermediaries like us, and we believe market share will consolidate. Our strategy for growth in this context is to operate a high-volume, low cost per transaction exchange, and focus on high-growth ad units, channels and transaction types.
Increase volumes and efficiencies and reduce transaction costs on our exchange. We aim to increase our transaction volumes and to enhance the operational efficiency and value to clients of our exchange, enablingplatform, so as to enable buyers and sellers to achieve their campaign and monetization objectives efficientlyin a cost-effective manner. Our solution is constantly self-improving as we process more volume and accumulate more data, which in turn helps make our machine-learning algorithms more intelligent and contributes to streamline the number of exchanges they work with.
Increasing Inventory Supply. Increased transaction volume begins with ad requests from sellers, which represent the inventory available forhigher quality matching between buyers to purchase on our platform. Our plan for increasing our inventory volumes includes active pursuit of more direct relationships with sellers, particularly of mobile, video, and PMP impressions, which are areas of industry growth. Our own header bidding solutions are an important element of our offering to large sellers. We also planare continuing to access ad requests that might not otherwise be accessible to us by connecting to third-party header bidding solutions such as Google’s EBDA and Amazon’s A9, as well as other third-party wrappers, and also integrating through our server-to-server xAPI technology with large sources of supply that have their own monetization capabilities but also allow third parties to connect to their exchanges and bid on their inventory.
Elimination of Buyer Fees. During 2017, we reduced and ultimately eliminated the transaction fees we previously charged buyers for OMP transactions. As a result, our total take rate was approximately 11.6% as we exited 2017, which did not include any buyer fees. We believe our pricing is now extremely competitive, and our low take rate is intended to address the market's demand for lower costs and to attract more inventory and spending to our platform. Elimination of buyer fees also allows us to pass higher bids to the downstream auctioninvest in header bidding transactions, which should improve our fill rate. In addition, elimination of our buyer fees, as well as the auction dynamicstraffic optimization and bid filtering described immediately below, reflect our intensified focus on buyers, which, through “supply path optimization” initiatives, are expectedtechnology to concentrate their spendingallow us to fewer more efficient sources of advertising inventory.
More Competitive Auction Dynamics. Increased competition inherent in header bidding led other exchanges to submit bids on a first-price basis, rendering our second-price auction methodology less competitive. Therefore, effective as of January 22, 2018, we made first-price our default auction dynamic for header bidding transactions. We expect this to improve the rate at which we win header-bidding auctions. To support buyers that need some time to adapt their systems and bidding strategies to first-price auction dynamics, or may not wish to make those adaptations themselves, we provide our EMR feature.
Bid Filtering. Our plans to improve our fill rate include using the technology we acquired from nToggle to filter out low-quality impressions so thatmonetize a higher proportion of the ad requests on our platform, which reduces costs for us as well as the process costs for buyers. We believe these cost savings make our platform more attractive to buyers, which in turn improves revenue opportunities for sellers.
Increasing Seller Inventory
In order to increase transaction volume we are of interestcontinuously looking to add new high quality sellers to our platform and to expand our existing relationships with sellers to increase our share of their inventory, in particular in the CTV and OTT space where inventory is controlled by fewer sellers. Our plan for increasing our inventory volumes includes establishing and deepening our direct relationships with sellers, including through adoption of our SpringServe ad server, custom integrations, expanding our seller tools, capitalizing on our omni-channel capabilities, and leveraging our header bidding integrations, including through Demand Manager.
Expand our International Footprint
With established operating presence in North America, Australia and Europe, and a developing presence in Asia and South America, we serve buyers and sellers on a global basis. We plan to enablecontinue to expand our buyersinternational presence and make additional investments in sales, marketing and infrastructure to identifysupport our long-term growth and purchaseto position ourselves for expected increases in the impressions they want more efficiently. In addition, wepenetration of programmatic advertising globally. We expect the nToggle filtering technologyprogrammatic advertising to help usgrow at different rates in different geographic markets, and are constantly evaluating new markets with a strategy to use our buyers control the processing costs associated with higher volumes of ad requestsexisting infrastructure and bid requests.
adjacent sales offices or by expanding our infrastructure footprint and placing personnel directly in those markets.

Continue to Innovate and Enhance our Platform
Platform Enhancements.We are working on a number of platform innovations and enhancements designed to improve the value to our clients, andsuch as our recently announced Magnite Streaming platform. We intend to invest in new features that facilitate the operational efficiencycreation of our platform. For example, new technology and techniques willfirst-party publisher segments, improve upon our market-leading position in inventorytraffic optimization and ad quality, responding to market demands for increasedbid filtering, enhance our brand securitysafety controls, and protection against fraud. Cookie-less targeting, including device-based user identifiers, will improve audience identification and match rates. Audience-based selling and enhanced measurement and viewability technologies will improve inventory values for sellers and campaign effectiveness for buyers. Impression filtering and virtual machine support will improve the efficiency and effective capacity of our data processing infrastructure.
Focus on emerging ad units, channels, and transaction types
Our business historically consisted largely of OMP transactions conducted through an ad server waterfall for desktop display advertising. This business, while still an important source of revenue for us, is contracting. In order for us to grow and compete effectively, we must continue to focus on areas of the digital advertising business that are experiencing growth and to adapt to evolution in the business.
Mobile: We believe we can significantly expand the penetration of our mobile offerings among buyer and seller clients by creating and introducing new mobile ad formats, growing mobile advertising by brands with better measurement and decisioning data, and leveraging header bidding to improve returns for developers. Mobile includes mobile web pages as well as mobile applications.
Audiences: We aim to develop technology to enable buyers andhelp sellers to safely leverageoptimize their first-party data assetsyield across both programmatic and third-party data assets in our platform to increase the value of sellers' inventory and the precision of buyers' targeting efforts, and to drive more precise matching of buyer demand to sellerdirectly sold inventory. As the world continues to move more toward an app-centric consumption of the Internet, our concept of identity is evolving away from the browser cookie and into more sophisticated ID-agnostic systems and technology.
Header Bidding:We will invest in continued improvement in our header bidding capabilities, including through support of open-source wrapper technologies that eliminate exchange bias as well as expand support for major third-party header bidding technologies and additional formats to maximize access to inventory supply, and development of enhanced customer service capabilities.
Private Marketplace: We will continue to invest in our PMP solution, which we believe is well-positioned to take advantage of increased industry demand for PMP transactions.
Video. We plan to expand our video presence by continuing to drive growth with header bidding, new formats and stronger measurement and targeting capabilities, and providing monetization service for over-the-top ("OTT") and connected television content providers as they migrate increasingly to programmatic monetization of their advertising inventory.
Bringing Automation to Additional Media. Historically, our solution has focused on display advertising. We believe, however, that television and other analog and print media will eventually converge with existing digital channels, creating opportunities for us to expand our solution beyond digital media to analog and print media, such as television, radio, and magazines, as well as further expand in out-of-home media like billboards. We intend to extend our solution to track this convergence and support increasingly complex volumes of advertisements spanning multiple media. In addition to platform expansion, we intend to extend beyond our current capabilities for display, video, and engagement to other forms of advertising units as they may arise.

Technology and Development
To support a majority of our solution,non-CTV transactions, we have developed a globally distributed infrastructure hosted at on-prem data centers in the U.S., Europe, and Asia that run our proprietary software and process privacy-enabled usersoftware. Our CTV transactions run primarily on the cloud. We believe these two approaches optimize the type of traffic we handle - hosted data including analytics and decision-making algorithms, and store, manage, and process rules set by buyers and sellers and data about demographics, economics, timing, and preferences. Our hardware provides significant scale and is programmedcenters for high-frequency, low-latency transactions. Its massive scaletransactions and cloud-supported for lower frequency transactions subject to more volatile viewing patterns, for example CTV prime-time viewing spikes.
Our approach supports the volume, diversity, and complexity of buyers’ bidsbidding patterns, which increases market liquidity. Bid efficiency algorithms provide bid prediction (i.e., which buyers are most likely to bid on sellers’a given impression) and throttling (i.e., the volume of bid requests a given buyer can process), to improve infrastructure load and execute transactions efficiently by only sending bid requests to those buyers of advertising inventory who can handle the volume and are likely to increase market liquidity, and it achieves improved auction pricing using our machine-learning algorithms. respond.
This infrastructure is supported by a real-time data pipeline,pipelines, a system that quickly moves volumes of data generated by our business into reporting and machine-learning systems that allow usage both internally and by buyers and sellers. It also is supported by a 24-hour Network Operations Center, which provides failure protection by monitoring and rerouting traffic in the event of equipment failure or network performance issues between buyers and our marketplace.

Auctionmarketplace, and security algorithms use matchmaking algorithms with both historical and real-time data to drive automated decision-making processes. Bid efficiency algorithms provide bid prediction (i.e., which buyers are most likely to bid on a given impression) and throttling (i.e., the volume of bid requests a given buyer can process), to improve infrastructure load and execute transactions in the most timely manner possible by only sending bid requests to those buyers of advertising inventory who can handle the volume and are likely to respond.    
Ourour core technology and
11

development team, which is responsible for the design, development, operation, and maintenance of our platform. Our technologyplatform, and employs an agile development process is based on agile development methodologies andthat emphasizes frequent, iterative, and incremental development cycles. Within the technology and development team, we have several highly aligned, independent sub-teams that focus on particular features of our platform. Each of these sub-teams includes engineers, quality assurance specialists, and product developers responsible for the initial and ongoing development of each sub-team’s feature. In addition, the technology and development team includes our technical operations sub-team, which is responsible for the performance and capacity of our platform. While our sub-teams operate independently, the combined work is coordinated by our project management team, which manages dependencies and optimizes the schedule of the entire team towards common goals.
Technology and development expenses are composed of both cost of revenue (excluding amounts paid to sellers for transactions reported on a gross revenue basis) and technology and development on our consolidated statements of operations. These combined expenses, excluding amounts associated with intangible asset write-offs, were $103.7 million, $102.3 million and $79.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
We believe that continued investment in our platform, including its technologies and functionalities, is critical to our success and long-term growth. We therefore expect technology and development expenses to increase as we continue to invest in technology infrastructure to support an increased volume of advertising spending on our platform and international expansion, as well as to expand our engineering and technology teams to maintain and support our technology and development efforts. We also intend to invest in new and enhanced technologies and functionalities to enhance our platform and further automate our business processes with the goal of enhancing our future profitability.

Sales and Marketing
We market our solution to buyers and sellers through global direct sales teams that operate from various locations around the world. These teams leverage market knowledge and expertise to demonstrate the benefits of advertising automation and our solution to buyers and sellers. We deploy a professional services team with each seller integration to assist sellers in extractinggetting the most value from our solution. Our buyer team, focuses on the unique challenges and priorities of buyers andwhich is separately managed, in orderfocuses on collaborating with and increasing spend from DSPs, agencies, and brands, and our client services teams work closely with clients to properly represent this important client group. Wesupport and execute campaigns. Our marketing initiatives are focused on managing our brand, increasing market awareness, and driving advertising spend to our platform. To do so, weWe often present at industry conferences, create custom events, and invest in public relations. In addition, our marketing team advertises online, in print, and in other forms of media, creates case studies, sponsors research, writes whitepapers, publishes marketing collateral, generates blog posts, and undertakes client research studies.

Competition
Our industry is highly competitive. Overall digital advertising spending is highly concentrated in a small number of very large companies that have their own inventory, including Google, Facebook, Microsoft, Comcast, and Facebook,Amazon, with which we compete for digital advertising inventory and demand. These companies are formidable competitors due to their huge resources and direct user relationships.relationships, and could become even more dominant as third-party cookie use decreases. Despite the dominance of large companies, there is still a large addressable market that is highly fragmented and includes many providers of transaction services with which we compete, including supply side platforms, or SSPs,video ad servers, and advertising exchanges. As we introduce new offerings, as our existing offerings evolve, or as other companies introduce new products and services, we may be subject to additional competition. There has been rapid evolution and consolidation in the advertising technology industry, and we expect these trends to continue, thereby increasing the capabilities and competitive posture of larger companies, particularly those that are already dominant in various ways, and enabling new or stronger competitors to emerge. There are many ways for buyers and sellers of digital advertising inventory to connect and transact, including directly and through many other exchanges, and advertising inventory buyers are increasingly demanding more transparency and lower transaction costs and establishing relationships directeddirectly with sellers of advertising inventory, which puts significant pressure on us. Our offering must remain competitive in terms of scope, ease of use, scalability, speed, data access, price, inventory quality, brand security, customer service, identity protection and other technological features that help sellers monetize their inventory and buyers increase the return on their advertising investment.
While our industry is evolving rapidly and becoming increasingly competitive, we believe that our solution enables us to compete favorably on the factors described above. However, competitive differentiation is difficult to achieve, both in terms of capabilities and in terms of client perception. We lack the scale of some of our competitors, which may have the ability to compete effectively with us by offering broader capabilities or more aggressive pricing. Other competitors with capabilities

inferior to ours may nevertheless compete effectively with us if clients do not perceive, or value, whatthese factors. In addition, we believe to be ourwe enjoy a number of competitive advantages.strengths, as further detailed above.
To an increasing degree, SSPs and exchanges are becoming somewhat similar and less distinguishable in the services that they provide, and with the proliferation of header bidding, which increased competition for impressions, pricing has become a key competitive factor. In 2017, we continued to see a heightened level of competition on pricing sensitivity, which led us to implement buyer fee reductions in the first half of the year and ultimately to eliminate all our buy side transaction fees on November 1, 2017. As a result, our overall take rate in 2017 dropped to 18.5% as compared to 25.0% in the full year 2016 and exited 2017 at approximately 11.6%. We believe this take rate puts us in a favorable competitive position in terms of pricing, but it is uncertain whether it represents a sustainable competitive advantage or if we can increase our transaction volume enough to compensate for lower prices.
Human Capital: Our Team and Culture
Our team consists of ad tech pioneers and veterans that drawdraws from a broad spectrum of experience, including data science, artificial intelligence, machine-learning algorithms, auctions, infrastructure, software development, and software development.from experienced leadership on the seller and buyer sides, including streaming, mobile and video. In addition to the United States, we have personnel and operations in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden, and the United Kingdom, in order to service buyers and sellers on a global scale.
We focus heavily upon developing and maintaining a company culture that supports our goals. Culture
We strive to makebuild a culture that is high-performing and results-oriented while emphasizing growth, collaboration and innovation. Our recruitment team seeks individuals that are committed to seeing the big picture and being catalysts of change. We ask our employees to empower others and commit to making our company an excitinga great place to work, not just a “job.”"job."
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Diversity, equity and inclusion applies to everything we do, from our platform and brand to the entire employee experience. Our mission is to diversify voices within the Company, cultivate a culture in which employees feel safe as their authentic selves, and invest in strategies to support our local communities. Our objectives, through the support of the Magnify
12

Council, a rotating group of internal employees, are to create an exceptional employee experience, continually deploy programs to develop diverse talent, and support external partners that emphasize the global promotion of diversity, equity and inclusion.
Talent Retention
We believe empowerment starts with investing in our employees, both inside and outside the office. We reward team and individual excellence and constantly striveare committed to buildcreating an exceptional workplace environment in which we seek feedback from our employees in regular engagement surveys. We believe in continual feedback on performance. Our employees set goals at a stronger, more innovative teamregular cadence throughout the year and a consistent culture across allmanagers provide achievement ratings at year-end. We continually invest in learning and leadership development programs and routinely analyze voluntary employee turnover to understand and address trends. We give equity to our locations.employees to promote alignment and ownership.
Conduct
We are committed to promoting high standards of honest and ethical business conduct and compliance in alignment with our cultural values. We do not tolerate harassment or discrimination. Our employees are required to take annual harassment and discrimination training as well as acknowledge our Code of Business and Ethics Policy.
As of December 31, 2017,2023, we had 514911 full-time employees, of whom 198 were in sales and marketing functions, 209 were in technology and development, and 107 were in general and administrative functions. There were 408 full-time employees located in the United States. In addition to the United States, we had 106 personnel and operations in England, Canada, France, Australia, Germany, Italy, Japan, Singapore, Brazil, and the Netherlands. As of March 14, 2018, and giving effect for the reductions in force described in “Business Overview - Recent Developments,” we would have approximately 415 full-time employees.

Our Intellectual Property
Our proprietary technologies are important and we rely upon trade secret, trademark, copyright, and patent laws in the United States and abroad to establish and protect our intellectual property and protect our proprietary technologies.
We have nineseveral issued U.S. patents as described below. Additionally, we have sixand pending patent applications in the United States and two pending non-U.S. patent applications, some of which may ultimately gobe abandoned if we determine that the cost of prosecution or maintenance does not justify the utility of receiving the patent. None of these patents has been litigated and we aredo not licensingbelieve that any of the patents.individual patent or patent application is material to our business. Their importance to our business is uncertain and there are no guarantees that any of the patents will serve as protection for our technology or market in the United States or any other country in which an application has been filed. Our nine issued U.S. patents include: U.S. Patent No. 11,959,385, titled Auction for Each Individual Ad Impression, issued on February 6, 2018; U.S. Patent No. 9,898,762, titled Managing Bids in a Real-Time Auction for Advertisements, issued on February 1, 2018; U.S. Patent No. 8,472,728, titled System and Method for Identifying and Characterizing Content within Electronic Files Using Example Sets, issued on June 25, 2013; U.S. Patent No. 8,473,346, titled Ad Network Optimization System and Method Thereof, issued on June 25, 2013; U.S. Patent No. 8,554,683, titled Content Security for Real-Time Bidding, issued on October 8, 2013; U.S. Patent No. 8,831,987, titled Managing Bids in a Real-Time Auction for Advertisements, issued on September 9, 2014; U.S. Patent No. 9,076,151, titled Graphical Certifications of Online Advertisements Intended to Impact Click-Through Rates, issued on July 7, 2015; U.S. Patent No. 9,202,248, titled Ad Matching System and Method Thereof, issued on December 1, 2015; and U.S. Patent No. 9,208,507, titled Ad Network Optimization System and Method, issued on December 8, 2015.
We register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain trademarks. We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business, in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. We also use measures designed to control access to our technology and proprietary information. We view our trade secrets and know-how as a significant component of our intellectual property assets, which we believe differentiate us from our competitors.
Any impairment of our intellectual property rights, or any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property or technology, could harm our business, our ability to compete and our operating results.


Client Dynamics
While we serve many clients, certain buyersSellers
Sellers own or operate media properties, websites and sellers account for a large share of business transactedapplications through our platform.
On the buy-side of our business, while demand for advertising inventory is diffuse, spending by advertisers on digital advertising inventory has historically been channeled through intermediaries, including principally advertising agencies and DSPs, both of which are importantadvertisements can be delivered to us. We have generated a majority of our revenue through OMP, and most OMP inventory purchases are executed by a relatively small number of DSPs that have the bidding technologies, data assets, and client bases necessary to enable them to execute OMP purchases at scale on behalf of their clients. We have relationships with almost all of these major DSPs, but because there are relatively few of them, each of these relationships is important to us because it represents a source of demand that could be difficult for us to replace. Similarly, the majority of spending to date on our PMP product has been by a relatively small number of advertising agencies. Creating new agency relationships and expanding our business with existing agency clients is important to our growth, and the loss of any agency clients could adversely affect our PMP business. In addition, because large agencies often spend through multiple DSPs, new or enhanced agency relationships can result in increased spending onconsumers as they navigate across screens. Sellers use our platform by multiple DSPs, while a decrease in business or a decline in our relationship with a single agency can result in reduced spending by multiple DSPs. We are working to develop relationships directly with advertisers, both to provide them with direct access tomonetize and manage their advertising inventory to supplement their DSP and agency relationships, and also to encourage them to influence their DSPs and agencies to route their spending through our platform.inventory.
On the sell-side of our business, whileWhile we work with many clients, a relatively small number of them provide a large share of the unique user audiences accessible by buyers. This is particularly true in CTV, where sellers tend to be larger compared to other online sellers. Given the limited number of CTV sellers, we are focused on building deeper, long-term strategic partnerships with these clients through a full-service business development strategy. We have invested significant resources in identifying and cultivating these relationships and our sales executives and account managers often serve a consultative role within a client’s sales organization to help establish best practices and evangelize the benefits of programmatic advertising. This team is further supported by our product and engineering team with deep technical expertise, and for larger clients, we may build out custom features or functionality to help drive deeper adoption of our platform.
In addition, mostthe mobile channel, many of the application providers that make inventory available through our platform utilize system development kits ("SDKs") and other proprietary technology of third parties, such as aggregators, and it is those third parties, not the application providers themselves, that contract with us to help monetize the inventory. Termination or diminution of our relationships with these third parties could result in a material reduction of the amount of mobile inventory
13

available through our platform. We encourage application developers to use our own SDK when appropriate, but it is difficult to displace existing SDKs.
Our contractsBuyers
On the buy-side of our business, we maintain close relationships with buyersbrand advertisers and sellers generally do not provide for any minimum volumes and may be terminated on relatively short notice. Buyer and seller needs and plans can change quickly, and buyers and sellers are free to terminate their arrangements with us or direct their spending and inventory to competing sources of inventory and demand, quickly and without penalty. Loss of a major buyer could result in a decrease of demandagencies, as well as the technological intermediaries through which they transact on our platform, principally DSPs.
DSPs are directly connected to our technology through server-to-server integrations and loss of a major seller could result in decrease ofare responsible for bidding on and purchasing advertising inventory available on our platform. Despite such losses, there could still be adequate demand and inventory supply on our platform pursuant to sustainmaster service agreements. We have relationships with all of the major DSPs, and grow our revenue, so itbecause ad spend is not necessarily the case that losshighly concentrated among relatively few DSPs, each of these relationships is important to us and represents a buyer or seller equates to loss of revenue. However, loss of unique inventory or demand could result directly in revenue loss. In addition, just as growth in the inventory strengthens buyer activity in a network effect, loss of substantial inventory or demand could degrade our marketplace. Loss of major DSP sourcessource of demand could adversely affect bid density or pricing in our RTB auctions, and reduction in fees if we are not able to redirect inventory to other demand sources. Loss of important unique inventory could reduce fees from demand that cannot be shifted to other sellers. The number of large media buyers and sellers in the market is finite, and it could be difficult for us to replace the losses from any buyers or sellers whosereplace.
We maintain close relationships with us diminishDSPs to maximize the amount of spend being transacted through our platform. For instance, our sales team collaborates with DSPs to create custom private marketplaces that fit specific targeting criteria for a given campaign and our team of technical account managers continually monitors DSP bidding activities and provides recommendations that inform their trading practices.
While the DSP is generally responsible for the direct purchasing of advertising inventory through our platform, the overall direction of an advertising campaign is typically determined by the advertiser or terminate.
Because of these factors, we seek to expand and diversify our client relationships. In particular, as part of our strategyadvertising agency that has engaged the DSP. As such, in order to increase the volumeamount of advertisingspend transacted on our platform, and in furtherance of our SPO efforts, we expend significant resources establishing and expanding relationships directly with brand advertisers and agencies.
In addition to transacting through DSPs, we also offer brands and agencies the ability to access our platform directly, including on a managed service basis through the use of insertion orders and programmatically through our ClearLine product offering. For these managed service campaigns, our team of specialists manages the delivery and execution of the campaign according to an agreed set of objectives with the advertiser or agency, at a negotiated fixed price. For ClearLine, advertisers and agencies use a self-service programmatic solution to directly access premium inventory on our exchange, we are initiating relationships with aggregators of inventoryplatform. This solution helps advertisers and with large sources of supply that have their own monetization capabilities but also allow third partiesagencies maximize the spend going towards working media, makes it easier to connect to their exchangessecurely share data, and bid on their inventory. These relationships represent additional risks in terms of inventory quality, transaction discrepancies, and collections, and may be less profitable because we may be required to compensate these partners or share the fees availableimproves workflow for intermediaries in these transactions, and may incur higher serving costs relative to revenue.campaigns traditionally transacted manually.

Geographic Scope of Our Operations
In addition toThe growth of programmatic advertising is expanding into geographic markets outside of the United States, we have personnel and operations in England, Canada, France, Australia, Germany, Italy, Japan, Singapore, Brazil, andsome markets, the Netherlands. Asadoption rate of December 31, 2017, 106 of our 514 employees were based outsideprogrammatic digital advertising is greater than in the United States.
Our international operations and expansion plans expose us to various risks. International operations require significant investment in developing the technology infrastructure necessary to deliver our solution and establishing sales, delivery, support, and administrative capabilities in the countries where we operate. We face staffing challenges, including difficulty in recruiting, retaining, and managing a diverse and distributed workforce across time zones, cultures, and languages. We must also adapt our practices to satisfy local requirements and standards (including differing privacy requirements that are sometimes more stringent than in the U.S.), and manage the effects of global and regional pandemics, recessions and economic and political instability. Transactions

denominated in various non-U.S. currencies expose us to potentially unfavorable changes in exchange rates and added transaction costs. Foreign operations expose us to potentially adverse tax consequences in the United States and abroad and costs and restrictions affecting the repatriation of funds to the United States.
In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, approximately 39%, 34%, and 31%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from international markets. A majority of our assets are U.S. assets. For detailed information regarding our revenuesrevenue and property and equipment, net by geographical region, see Note 164 and Note 6 of the "Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements."
User Reach
It is not practicable to determine the exact number of unique users we reach because we do not collect personally identifiable information. In order to estimate our user reach, we start with data we track on devices we see through our platform in a given time period: for web browsers, we identify each combination of browser user agent and originating IP address, and for mobile application users, we identify unique device identifiers. The resulting aggregated total counts some devices more than once because the same device creates different user agent and IP address combinations by using different browsers to access the Internet and/or accessing the Internet from locations with different IP addresses. We therefore make assumptions about the amount of duplication, as well as assumptions about the average numbers of devices per person, which can vary by geography and over time, and apply these assumptions to estimate of the number of users we reach. Following this methodology, we estimate that we reach approximately one billion users globally through our platform. This figure depends upon our assumptions and is therefore inherently imprecise and may differ from third-party estimates of our reach.
Regulation
Interest-based advertising, orOur business is highly susceptible to existing and emerging privacy regulations and oversight concerning the collection, use and sharing of data to draw inferences about a user’s interests and deliver relevant advertising to that user, has come under increasing scrutiny by legislative, regulatory, and self-regulatory bodiesdata. Data protection authorities in the United States and abroad thataround the world continue to focus on consumer protection or data privacy. In particular, this scrutiny has focused on the use of cookies and otheradvertising technology to collect or aggregate information about Internet users’ online browsing activity.ecosystem. Because we, and our clients, rely upon large volumes of such data, collected primarily through cookies, it is essential that we monitor developments in this area domestically and globally, and engage in responsible privacy practices, including providing consumers with notice of the types of data wepractices.
We do not collect and how we useinformation that data to provide our services.
We provide this notice through our privacy policy, which can be found on our website at http://www.rubiconproject.com/privacy. As stated in our privacy policy, our technology platform does not collect information,used to directly identify a real person, such as name, address, or phone number, that can be used directly to identify a real person, and we take steps not to collectavoid collecting and storestoring such personally identifiable information from any source.information. Instead, we rely on pseudonymous forms of data such as IP addresses, general geo-location information, and persistent identifiers about Internet users and do not attempt to associate this data with other data that can be used to identify real people. ThisHowever, this type of information is considered "personal" across various jurisdictions and is governed by an increasing number of consumer privacy laws and regulations.
Data collection, use, and disclosure by companies that do not have direct relationships with the consumers whose personal data they process will now be subject to state data broker laws, including in some jurisdictions or otherwise may beCalifornia and Texas. Notably, California
14

recently passed the subject of future legislation or regulation. The definition of personal data varies by country,Delete Act, dramatically increasing obligations and continues to evolve in ways that may require us to adapt our practices to avoid violating laws or regulations relatedpotential penalties relative to the collection, storage, and use of consumer data. For example, some European countries consider IP addresses or unique device identifiers to be personalstate’s preexisting data subject to heightened legal and regulatory requirements. As a result, our technology platform and business practices must be assessed regularly in each country in which we do business.broker statute.
There are also a number of specific laws and regulations governing the collection and use of certain types of consumer data relevant to our business. For example, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act ("COPPA"), imposes restrictions on the collection and use of data about users of child-directed websites. To comply with COPPA, we have taken various steps to implement a system that: (i) flags seller-identified child-directed sites to buyers, (ii) limits advertisers’ ability to serve interest-based advertisements, (iii) helps limit
In the types of information that our advertisers have access to when placing advertisements on child-directed sites,European Economic Area ("EEA") member states and (iv) limits the data that we collect and use on such child-directed sites.
TheUnited Kingdom (“UK”), the use and transfer of personal data in EU member states is currently governed under the EU Data Protection Directive, which generally prohibits the transfer of personal data of EU subjects outside of the EU, unless the party exporting the data from the EU implements a compliance mechanism designed to ensure that the receiving party will adequately protect such data. We have relied on alternative compliance measures, which are complex, which may be subject to legal challenge, and which directly subject us to regulatory enforcement by data protection authorities located in the European Union. By relying on these alternative compliance measures, we risk becoming the subject of regulatory investigations in any of the individual jurisdictions in which we operate. Each such investigation could cost us significant time and resources, and could potentially result in fines, criminal prosecution, or other penalties. Further, some of these alternative compliance measures are facing legal challenges, which, if successful, could invalidate the alternative compliance measures that we currently rely on. It may take us significant time, resources, and effort to restructure our business and/or rely on another legally sufficient compliance measure. In addition, the

European Union has finalized the General Data Protection Regulation ("and the UK General Data Protection Regulation (the "GDPR" and "UK GDPR"), which will become effective in May 2018.. The GDPR setsand UK GDPR set out highersignificant potential liabilities for certain data protection violations as well asand establish significant regulatory requirements resulting in a greater compliance burden for us in the course of delivering our solution in Europe; among other requirements,the EEA and UK.
In addition to the GDPR obligates companies that process large amounts of personal data about EU residentsand UK GDPR, state lawmakers in the United States continue to implement a number of formal processesactively focus on consumer privacy regulations. These laws have caused, and policies reviewing and documenting the privacy implications of the development, acquisition, or use of all new products, technologies, or types of data. Further, the European Union is expectedwill likely continue to replace the EU Cookie Directive governing the use of technologiescause, us to collect consumer information with the ePrivacy Regulation. Current drafts of the ePrivacy Regulation propose burdensome requirements around obtaining consent,incur additional compliance costs and impose fines for violations that are materially higher than those imposed under the Cookie Directive.
The UK's decision to leave the European Union may add cost and complexity to our compliance efforts. The UK is an important geography foradditional restrictions on us and we have structuredon our EU privacy and data protection compliance program in a UK-centric way. If UK and EU privacy and data protection laws and regulations diverge, we will be required to implement alternative EU compliance measures and adapt separately to any new UK requirements.
industry partners. Additionally, our compliance with our privacy policypolicies and our general consumer privacy practices are also subject to review by the Federal Trade Commission which may bring enforcement actions to challenge allegedly unfair and deceptive trade practices, including the violation of privacy policies and representations therein. Certaincertain State Attorneys General may also bring enforcement actions based on comparable state laws or federal laws that permit state-level enforcement.General. Outside of the United States, our privacy and data practices are subject to regulation by data protection authorities and other regulators in the countries in which we do business.
Beyond laws and regulations, we are also members of self-regulatory bodies that impose additional requirementsset out best practices, principles and codes of conduct related to the collection, use, and disclosure of consumer data, including the Internet Advertising Bureau ("IAB"), the Digital Advertising Alliance, the Network Advertising Initiative, and the Europe Interactive Digital Advertising Alliance. Under the requirements of these self-regulatory bodies, in addition to other compliance obligations, weWe provide consumers with notice via our privacy policy about our use of cookies and other technologies to collect consumer data, and of our collection and use of consumer data to deliver interest-basedpersonalized advertisements. We also allow consumers to opt-out or withdraw consent from the use of data we collect for purposes of interest-basedbehavioral advertising through a mechanism on our website, linked through our privacy policy as well as through portals maintained by some of these self-regulatory bodies. Some
We support privacy initiatives and believe they will be beneficial to consumers' confidence in advertising technology, which will ultimately be positive for the advertising ecosystem in the long term. However, until prevailing compliance practices standardize, the impact of these self-regulatory bodies have the abilityworldwide privacy regulations on our business and, consequently, our revenue could be negatively impacted.
For additional information regarding regulatory risks to discipline members or participants, which could result in fines, penalties, and/or public censure (which could in turn cause reputational harm). Additionally, some of these self-regulatory bodies might refer violations of their requirements to the Federal Trade Commission or other regulatory bodies.our business, see "Item 1A. Risk Factors."
Business
Seasonality
Our advertising spend, revenue, cash flow from operations, Adjusted EBITDA, operating results, and other key operating and financial measures may vary from quarter to quarter due to the seasonal nature of buyer spending. For example, many buyers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing. We expect our revenue, cash flow, operating results and other key operating and financial measures to fluctuate based on seasonal factors from period to period and expect these measures to be higher in the fourth quartersquarter than in priorother quarters.
Working Capital Requirements
Our revenue is generated from advertising spend transacted on our platform using our technology solution. Generally, we invoice and collect from buyers the full purchase price for impressions they have purchased, retain our fees, and remit the balance to sellers. We attempt to coordinate collections from our buyers so as to fund our payment obligations to our sellers. However, in some cases, we may be required to pay sellers for impressions delivered before we have collected, or even if we are unable to collect, from the buyer of those impressions. There can be no assurances that we will not experience bad debt in the future. Any such write-offs for bad debt could have a materially negative effect on our results of operations for the periods in which the write-offs occur. In addition, growth and increased competitive pressure in the digital advertising industry are causing brand spenders to become more demanding, resulting in overall increased focus by all industry participants on pricing, transparency, and cash and collection cycles. Some buyers have experienced financial pressures that have motivated them to challenge some details of our invoices or to slow the timing of their payments to us. If buyers slow their payments to us or our cash collections are significantly diminished as a result of these dynamics, our revenue and/or cash flow could be adversely affected and we may need to use working capital to fund our accounts payable pending collection from buyers. This may result in additional cash expenditures and cause us to forego or defer other more productive uses of that working capital.


Available Information
The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and accordingly files Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, and related amendments and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Information filed by the Company with the SEC is available free of charge on the Company’s website at investor.rubiconproject.cominvestor.magnite.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or into any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.


Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk, including the risks described below, each of which may be relevant to decisions regarding an investment in or ownership of our stock. The occurrence of any of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, revenue, results of operations, growth, or ability to accomplish our strategic objectives, and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. You should carefully consider the risks set forth below and the other information contained in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, before making investment decisions related to our common stock. However, this report cannot anticipate and fully address all
15

possible risks of investing in our common stock, the risks of investing in our common stock may change over time, and additional risks and uncertainties that we are not aware of, or that we do not consider to be material, may emerge. Accordingly, you are advised to consider additional sources of information and exercise your own judgment in addition to the information we provide.
Risks RelatingRelated to Our Business, Growth Prospects and Operating Results
We made a strategic decision to reduce our pricing by lowering and then eliminating our buyer fees in 2017, resulting in significant revenue declines. We are now pursuing a higher volume, lower cost business model, which involves risks and may not succeed.
The ad tech market is demanding more efficiency and lower cost from intermediaries like us. In an effort to be more competitive in attracting demand and capturing inventory supply, we made a strategic decision in mid-2017 to reduce the fees we charged buyers in open market RTB transactions. In addition, in 2017 our business mix shifted to a higher proportion of header bidding transactions, and we charged lower buyer fees for header bidding transactions in order to pass higher bids to the downstream decisioning process. Finally, in response to increasing market pressure and in an effort to be more competitive, on November 1, 2017 we eliminated our buyer transaction fees altogether.
Buyer transaction fees represented approximately 51% of our revenue in 2016 and 49% of our revenue for the first ten months of 2017, which is the period during which we charged buyer fees in 2017. Consequently, the elimination of our buyer transaction fees has had a severe adverse effect on our revenue and margins. We must increase transactional activity on our platform dramatically to make up for this lost revenue and return to growth. A critical part of our plan to adjust to our lower take rates is to increase advertising spending on our platform and operate with improved efficiency that will support lower margins. To increase our advertising spend, we are taking steps to increase significantly the ad requests coming from our seller clients, which represent inventory available for purchase on our platform, and to increase the percentage of ad requests that we convert into successful transactions (fill rate). Our plans for increasing our inventory volumes include active pursuit of more direct relationships with sellers, particularly of mobile, video, and PMP impressions, which are areas of industry growth. We also plan to access ad requests that might not otherwise be accessible to us by utilizing emerging server-side header bidding technologies, including third-party wrappers, and also integrating with large sources of supply that have their own monetization capabilities but also allow third parties to connect to their exchanges and bid on their inventory. Our plans to improve our fill rate include using the technology we acquired from nToggle to filter out low-quality impressions so that a higher proportion of the ad requests on our platform are of interest to our buyers, and to enable our buyers to identify and purchase the impressions they want more efficiently. In addition, we expect the nToggle filtering technology to help us and our buyers control the processing costs associated with higher volumes of ad requests. These efforts require us to expend a significant amount of time and resources and may ultimately prove to be ineffective.   

We may not succeed in increasing the inventory on our platform to the levels we expect for various reasons. Competitors could match our price reductions and develop their own filtering capabilities, thereby reducing competitive advantage we seek to develop. Sellers could decide to reduce the number of exchanges with which they integrate and choose competitors over us. Large sources of supply that have their own monetization capabilities and also allow us to connect to their exchanges and bid on their inventory could reduce the amount of inventory they sell through third parties, including us. Providers of third-party header bidding solutions could impose prohibitive terms. Even if we increase inventory on our platform as expected, much of that inventory growth will be through header bidding or other downstream decisioning arrangements; we must compete effectively with other sources of demand to purchase that inventory, which may be difficult if competitors have more robust demand or more effective technology or offer better pricing or service. In addition, operating at higher volumes with lower margins requires scale and efficiency, and we could have difficulty competing successfully with our largest competitors if the market evolves to aggressive price-cutting. Unless and until we are able to compensate for our price reductions by increasing advertising spend on our platform, our revenue will continue to decline, we will not be able to grow our business, our cash resources may be depleted, and we may be forced to seek additional capital to support our business and operations.  
While we work to increase the volume of transactions on our exchange, we must operate more cost-effectively to relieve the pressure on our margins and cash resources that has resulted from our price reductions. We must achieve overall cost controls despite the additional investments in technology and data processing capabilities required to support the increased volume of transactions on our exchange that our growth plans require. Therefore, in addition to the pursuit of our growth strategies, we are pursuing various cost-control measures. We are undertaking various efficiency initiatives including increased automation, bid filtering, office consolidation, reduction in general and administrative expenses, and other measures, all of which involve operational tradeoffs and involve risk, including increased risk of administrative error due to reduced staffing levels. If we are not able to improve the efficiency of our operations and succeed with our growth strategies, our business may not be viable.
We must grow rapidly to remain a market leader and to accomplish our strategic objectives. In order to meet our growth objectives, we will need to rely upon our ability to innovate, the continued adoption of our solution by buyers and sellers for higher value advertising inventory, the extension of the reach of our solution into evolving digital media, continued growth into new geographic markets, shift of our business mix to emphasize higher growth channels and ad units, and the implementation of new offerings. If we fail to grow, the value of our company may decline.
We must reverse the business declines we experienced in 2017 and grow significantly to keep pace with the growth and change in our market and to compete effectively. Growth depends upon the quality of our strategic vision and planning and our ability to compete effectively and meet the evolving needs of our clients. The advertising market is evolving rapidly, and if we make strategic errors, there is a significant risk that we will be unable to recover and achieve our objectives.
Historically, real-time bidding, or RTB, open-market transactions, particularly for desktop display advertising, have provided most of the activity on our platform. We expect our historical open-market RTB desktop display advertising business to continue to be an important source of revenue for us, but consistent with market trends, our RTB desktop display business has declined significantly as other transaction types and channels have absorbed a greater share of advertising spend. In addition, our share of the RTB desktop display market has diminished, largely because header bidding has allowed other exchanges to compete more effectively for inventory. Accordingly, our RTB desktop display business cannot be relied upon to drive growth. In order for us to grow and compete effectively, we must continue to increase our business in other transaction types, such as PMP transactions, other channels, such as mobile and out-of-home, and other advertising units, such as video, all of which are growth areas in the market, innovate to adapt to changing market conditions, further increase our international business in existing and new markets, and significantly expand the use of our PMP offerings. Mobile, video, and other emerging digital platforms require different technology and business expertise than display advertising, and also present other challenges that may be difficult for us to overcome, including inventory quality issues. Many of our competitors in these emerging platforms have a significant head start in terms of technology, buyer or seller relationships, and the scope of their product offerings. Furthermore, a growing percentage of online and mobile advertising spending is captured by owned and operated sites (such as Facebook and Google). Our business model may not translate well into higher-value advertising due to market resistance or other factors, and we may not be able to innovate quicklyachieve anticipated cost savings or successfully enoughother anticipated benefits of the SpotX Acquisition and other recent acquisitions.
There could be lingering issues related to the integration of SpotX and other recently acquired companies into our core business, and anticipated long term anticipated benefits may not ultimately be realized, including synergies, cost savings, technological innovation and operational efficiencies from such transactions. For example, in 2023 we introduced our unified CTV platform, Magnite Streaming, which merges leading technology from our legacy Magnite CTV and SpotX CTV platforms. Although we believe our new Magnite Streaming platform represents an industry leading solution, which incorporates cutting edge technology from our legacy platforms, there are certain risks inherent in introducing a new platform. For example, it is possible that our new platform will experience bugs or errors, or clients may not be satisfied with the functionality compared to our legacy CTV platforms, which could lead to a loss of business and negatively impact our results. If we are unable to achieve the anticipated benefits of our recent acquisition or the integration of our CTV platforms, it could negatively affect our business and result of operations.
Any acquisitions we undertake may disrupt our business, adversely affect operations, dilute stockholders, and expose us to costs and liabilities.
Acquisitions have been an important element of our business strategy, and we may pursue future acquisitions in an effort to increase revenue, expand our market position, add to our service offering and technological capabilities, respond to dynamic market conditions, or for other strategic or financial purposes. However, there is no assurance that we will identify suitable acquisition candidates or complete any acquisitions on favorable terms, or at all. Further, any acquisitions we do complete would involve a number of risks, which may include the following:
the identification, acquisition, and integration of acquired businesses require substantial attention from management. The diversion of management's attention and any difficulties encountered in the integration process could hurt our business;
the identification, acquisition, and integration of acquired businesses requires significant investment, including to determine which new service offerings we might wish to acquire, harmonize service offerings, expand management capabilities and market presence, and improve or increase development efforts and technology features and functions;
the anticipated benefits from the acquisition may not be achieved, including as a result of loss of clients or personnel of the target, other difficulties in supporting and transitioning the target's clients, the inability to realize expected synergies from an acquisition, or negative organizational cultural effects arising from the integration of new personnel;
we may face difficulties in integrating the personnel, technologies, solutions, operations, and existing contracts of the acquired business;
we may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company, technology, or solution, including issues related to intellectual property, solution quality or architecture, income or other taxes and other regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, or employee or client issues;
to pay for future acquisitions, we could issue additional shares of our common stock or pay cash. Issuance of shares would dilute stockholders. Use of cash reserves could diminish our ability to respond to other opportunities or challenges. Borrowing to fund any cash purchase price would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impair our ability to manage our operations;
acquisitions expose us to the risk of assumed known and unknown liabilities including contract, tax, regulatory or other legal, and other obligations incurred by the acquired business or fines or penalties, for which indemnity obligations, escrow arrangements or insurance may not be available or may not be sufficient to provide coverage;
new business acquisitions can generate significant intangible assets that result in substantial related amortization charges and possible impairments;
the operations of acquired businesses, or our adaptation of those operations, may require that we apply revenue recognition or other accounting methodologies, assumptions, and estimates that are different from those we use in our current business, which could complicate our financial statements, expose us to additional accounting and audit costs, and increase the risk of accounting errors;
acquired businesses may have insufficient internal controls that we must remediate, and the integration of acquired businesses may require us to modify or enhance our own internal controls, in each case resulting in increased
16

administrative expense and risk that we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act");
acquisition of businesses based outside the United States would require us to operate in foreign languages and manage non-U.S. currency, billing, and contracting needs, comply with laws and regulations, including labor laws and privacy laws that in some cases may be more restrictive on our operations than laws applicable to our business in the United States; and
acquisitions can sometimes lead to disputes with the former owners of the acquired company, which can result in increased legal expenses, management distraction and the risk that we may suffer an adverse judgment if we are not the prevailing party in the dispute.

Our revenue and operating results are highly dependent on the overall demand for advertising and any macroeconomic challenges may adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.
Our business depends on the overall demand for advertising and on the economic health of our current and prospective sellers and buyers. If advertisers reduce their overall advertising spending, our revenue and results of operations are directly affected. Accordingly, our business and operations have been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by events beyond our control, such as health epidemics or pandemics, geopolitical events, including the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, and economic and macroeconomic factors like labor strikes, labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, capital market disruptions and instability of financial institutions, inflation and recessionary concerns impacting the markets and communities in which our clients operate.
Our business has been negatively impacted as a result of macroeconomic challenges, such as inflation, global hostilities, fears of a recession, global pandemics, and other macroeconomic factors, which have generally negatively impacted ad budgets, and in turn led to reduced ad spend through our platform. Any worsening of macroeconomic conditions in future periods would likely have a negative effect on our financial results, the magnitude of which is difficult to predict.

If CTV advertising spend grows more slowly than we expect, or growth occurs disproportionately through platforms that we cannot access, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.
The growth of our business is dependent, in part, on the continued growth in CTV advertising spend. Growth in the CTV advertising market is dependent on a number of factors, including the pace of cord-cutting (the replacement of tradition linear TV for CTV streaming), the continued proliferation of digital content and CTV providers, the adoption of ad-supported models by CTV sellers in lieu of, or in addition to, subscription models, and an acceleration in the shift of ad dollars from traditional linear TV to CTV to keep pace with changing viewership habits.
In addition, if CTV sellers that have traditionally utilized subscription models were to adopt additional ad-supported models or tiers, there is no guarantee that we would have access to such inventory, as they may rely on proprietary solutions or enter into preferred or exclusive arrangements with third parties. Moreover, if we are able to access such inventory it may be on less favorable terms or at a reduced take rate. There is the additional risk that these CTV sellers will represent a disproportionate amount of the overall ad spend growth in CTV and that a substantial increase in available CTV ad inventory will result in an overall decline in CPMs.
If the market for ad-supported CTV develops more slowly than we expect or fails to develop our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed. In addition, to the extent that CTV advertising spend growth is concentrated among inventory that is not available to us or not available on favorable terms it could hurt our overall growth prospects.

If CTV sellers fail to adopt programmatic advertising solutions, or adopt such solutions more slowly than we expect, our operating and growth prospects could be harmed.
As digital advertising has continued to scale and evolve, the amount of advertising being bought and sold programmatically has increased dramatically. Despite the opportunities created by programmatic advertising, CTV sellers have been slower to adopt programmatic solutions compared to desktop and mobile video sellers. Many CTV sellers have backgrounds in cable or broadcast television and have limited experience with digital advertising, and in particular programmatic advertising. For these sellers, it is extremely important to protect the quality of the viewer experience to maintain brand goodwill and ensure that online advertising efforts do not create sales channel conflicts or otherwise detract from their direct sales force. In this regard, programmatic advertising presents a number of potential challenges, including the ability to ensure that ads are brand safe, comply with business rules around competitive separation, are not overly repetitive, are played at the appropriate volume and do not cause delays in load-time of content. Our platform was designed to address these challenges and we have invested significant time and resources cultivating relationships with CTV sellers to establish best practices and evangelize the benefits of programmatic CTV.
17

While we believe that programmatic advertising will continue to grow as a percentage of overall CTV advertising, there can be no assurance that CTV sellers will adopt programmatic solutions or the speed at which they may adopt such solutions. Any such failure or delay in adoption could negatively impact our finance results and growth prospects.
We may not be able to maintain or increase access to the CTV advertising inventory monetized through our platform on terms acceptable to us.
Our success requires us to maintain and expand our access to premium and unique advertising inventory. We do not own or control the ad inventory upon which our business depends and do not own or create content. Sellers are generally not required to offer a specified level of inventory on our platform, and we cannot be assured that any publisher will continue to make their ad inventory available on our platform. Sellers may seek to change the terms on which they offer inventory on our platform, including with respect to pricing, or may elect to make advertising inventory available to our competitors who offer more favorable economic terms. Sellers may also require us to take increased risks in some of our commercial agreements in the form of offering revenue guarantees or minimum spend commitments. Furthermore, sellers may enter into exclusive relationships with our competitors, which preclude us from offering their inventory.
These risks are particularly pronounced with CTV sellers. CTV inventory is highly sought after, and unlike desktop or mobile advertising, which may come from disparate sources, CTV inventory tends to be concentrated on a smaller number of larger sellers that enjoy significant negotiating leverage. In addition, CTV sellers may be more likely to rely on proprietary technology to power their ad business given their additional resources. This dynamic has been exacerbated by consolidation in the industry, as a number of digital-first CTV sellers have been acquired by larger established television and media brands. We expect consolidation to continue among CTV sellers, and in some instances this consolidation may result in the loss of business with an existing client (for example, if an acquiror has a preferred relationship with one of our competitors or has a proprietary solution). Because of the concentration among CTV sellers, the loss of a CTV client may result in a significant decrease in the amount of CTV inventory available through our platform. Any decrease in our ability to access CTV inventory could negatively impact our results, as we view CTV revenue as a key differentiator and driver for our growth.
We may be unsuccessful in our Supply Path Optimization efforts.
SPO refers to efforts by buyers to consolidate the number of vendors with which they work to find the most effective and cost-efficient paths to procure media. There are a number of criteria that buyers use to evaluate supply partners. While we believe we are well positioned to benefit from supply path optimization in the long run as a result of our transparency, our pricing tools, which reduce the overall cost of working with us, our broad and unique inventory supply across all channels and formats, buyer tools such as traffic shaping that reduce the cost of working with us, and our brand safety measures, we compete effectively on new platforms, orfor demand with a number of well-established companies, and we must continue to adapt and improve our solutionofferings to win buyers' business.
In addition, in order to achieve increased advertising spend or prevent loss of business to a competitor, we may negotiate discounts, rebates, or similar incentives with advertisers or agencies. We believe that because our business has many fixed costs, increases in advertising spend volume generally create opportunities to disproportionately improve our bottom line results, even with increased discounts, rebates or other buyer incentives. However, our revenue could be negatively impacted by discounts, rebates and infrastructure to international markets. New offerings may not correctly anticipate market demand, may not address demand as effectively as competing offerings, and may not deliver the results we expect.other buyer incentives, notwithstanding an increase in ad spend.
Our technology development efforts may be inefficient or ineffective, which may impair our ability to attract buyers and sellers.
We face intense competition in the marketplace and are confronted by rapidly changing technology (including advancements in artificial intelligence), evolving industry standards and consumer needs, regulatory changes, and the frequent introduction of new solutions by our competitors thatto which we must adapt and respond to.respond. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to enhance our existing solution and to develop and introduce competing new solutions in a timely manner with features and pricing that meet changing client and market requirements. Our solutions are complex and can require a significant investment of time and resources to develop, test, introduce, into use, and enhance. These

activities can take longer than we expect. We schedule and prioritize our development efforts according to a variety of factors, including our perceptions of market trends, client requirements, and resource availability; however, we may encounter unanticipated difficulties that require us to re-direct, or scale back, our efforts and we may need toor modify our plans in response to changes in buyer and seller requirements, market demands, resource availability, regulatory requirements or other factors.efforts. If development of our solution becomes significantly more expensive due to changes in regulatory requirements or industry practices, or other factors, we may find ourselves at a disadvantage to larger competitors with more resources to devote to development. These factors place significant demands upon our engineering organization, require complex planning, and decision making, and can result in acceleration of some initiatives and delay of others. IfWe use outsourced software development for certain development efforts, which may put the company at greater risk with respect to our technology development because we may have less control over the performance of outside programmers and we may be at greater risk of losing their services. To the extent we do not manage our development efforts efficiently and effectively, we may fail to produce or timely produce, solutions that respond appropriately to the needs of buyers and sellers, and competitors may develop offerings that more successfully anticipate market evolution and address market expectations.develop responsive offerings. If our solution is not responsive and competitive, buyers and sellers can be expected to shift their business to competing solutions. Buyers and sellers may also resist
18

adopting our new solutions for various reasons, including reluctance to disrupt existing relationships and business practices or to invest in necessary technological integration or preference for competitors'integration. Clients, vendors, and competitors may also react negatively to the announcement of new products and offerings, or self-developed capabilities.which may have a harmful effect on our relationships and our business.
The emergence of header bidding may reduce the value of inventory available to ushas increased competition from sellers, and our header bidding solution may not result in revenue growthother demand sources and may cause infrastructure strain and added cost.
SellersIn the mobile and desktop channels, the vast majority of sellers have embraced header bidding technology, a technology solution by which impressions that would have previously been exposed to different potential sources of demand in a sequence dictated by ad server placementpriorities are instead available for concurrent competitive bidding by demand sources that use header bidding tags that the seller accepts.sources. This can help sellers increase revenue by exposing their inventory to more bidders, thereby allocating more inventory to demand sources that value it most highly. However, the number ofWhile header bidding tagshas increased our access to certain pools of inventory that sellers accept is limited because too many header bidding tags can cause delays in the transaction execution process, and therefore we must compete with other demand sources for sellers' header bidding slots. With sellers that accept our header bidding tags, we may be able to participate in improved demand dynamics by competing for impressions thatotherwise would previously have been allocated first to demand sources prioritized above usother exchanges, thus increasing our revenue opportunity, it has also resulted in the seller's ad server, with accompanying potentiala number of challenges for improved revenue. However,our business. For instance, some sellers may choose not accept our header bidding tags, and our opportunitiesto integrate with those sellers may be impairedus as a result. Certainheader-bidding demand source, or may prioritize other sources of demand, with unique value propositions may be prioritized by sellers in their allocationincluding owners of availablethe header bidding slots,solutions, leaving us to compete with other competitors for the remainder. Further, header bidding allows smaller competitors with less demand and/or fewer established seller relationships to compete for higher-value impressions onat a more even footing. Just as header bidding allows us to compete with demand sources that would previously have been above us in sellers' ad server sequences, it exposes us to additional competition by demand sources that, prior to the emergence of header bidding, might have been below uscompetitive disadvantage in the sellers' ad server sequences or otherwise unable to compete effectively for inventory. Thisauction. In addition, header-bidding has contributed to our loss of market share for RTB desktop display inventory.
We havevastly increased the number of installations of our header bidding solution with sellers. However, the productivity of our implementations to date has varied among sellers as a result of factors over which we have limited control, including seller systems and capabilities, technical proficiency of seller implementations, and other third-party code that sellers load onto their pages. As a result, many implementations require individualized adaptation and troubleshooting. Because header bidding has typically relied upon the consumer’s browser for execution, header bidding auctions can fail if the consumer’s browser is not updated or if the consumer’s internet connection is slow, and header bidding can cause increased load times for content, adversely affecting user experience. Mobile browsers present additional difficulties. One alternative is to migrate functionality away from the client-side to the server-side, which is more highly controlled and should support faster load times. We are pursuing server-side solutions, but they present their own challenges. Adding an additional step between the user’s browser and the demand source can cause increased latency and limit the amount of user data that is transmitted, contributing to difficulties in user data syncing and resulting adverse effects on audience targeting. Server-side technology also significantly increases the volume of demand sourcesad requests that canneed to be accommodated,processed and analyzed through our system, resulting in increased competition for impressions. Further, the host of the server used in a particular transaction has an advantage in user synch with its demand sources, at least until some form of universal user identification approach gains significant market adoption. In the future,infrastructure costs.
If we plan to host more server-side header bidding solutions for our sellers, but this will increase our infrastructure costs, which we will not recover without increasing our fill rates.
As we invest in development of next-generation header bidding technology, we must continue workingare unable to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our current header bidding solutionsolutions and installations. Untilinstallations, we address these transitional issues, we willmay not fully offset thethese increased infrastructure costs, associated with the higher volume of ad and bid requests we process as a result of header bidding; and we will not be able to take full advantage of the opportunities made available through current header bidding technology to access a larger addressable market and increase our revenue by capturing a greater share of higher value inventory. In addition, our success in monetizing impressions through header-bidding solutions is dependent on the expansion of header bidding exposes more inventory to competitive bidding, thereby potentially resulting in increased volatilityinteroperability of our operating resultsplatform with little warning asproprietary header-bidding solutions, some of which are owned by our competitors, including Google. As a result, of various factors, includingwe may be susceptible to evolution in technology and changes in business practices by the owners of such as competitors’ bidding tactics and sellers’header-bidding solutions that we cannot predict.
While header-bidding technologies have not been largely adopted by CTV sellers, such solutions or similar solutions geared towards increasing demand competition may become more prevalent in the future. If we are not able to effectively offer or adapt our technology to such solutions, it may lead to increased competition for CTV inventory, resulting in reduced opportunities or higher costs to monetize such inventory. We have addressed the market need for such requirements in part, through our ad server, integrationSpringServe, which offers a unified programmatic demand solution for CTV, which leverages our existing programmatic SSP capabilities and management.

connects with third party programmatic demand sources. However, this is a new offering and it may not be adopted by clients, or such clients may adopt competing solutions. While still relatively nascent, as the programmatic market for CTV advertising continues to mature, other ad serving or similar technology platforms are likely to enter the market and/or gain market share, creating additional competitive pressure and attendant risks.
We must increase the scale and efficiency of our technology infrastructure to support our growth and transaction volumes.
Our technology must scale to process the increased ad requests we anticipate on our platform. Additionally, for each individual advertising impression created when a user visits a website or uses an application where our auctions technology is integrated, our technology must send bid requests to appropriate and available buyers, receive and process their responses, select a winner, and, increasingly, integrate with third-party header bidding or other downstream decisioning systems. It must perform these transactions end-to-end within milliseconds. We must continue to increase the capacity of our platform to support our high-volume strategy, to cope with increased data volumes and parties resulting from header bidding increases in the number of buyers and sellers, and an increasing variety of advertising formats and platforms, and to maintain a stable service infrastructure and reliable service delivery. Delivering this increased capacity while concurrently reducing organizational costs to help compensate for our reduced revenue base will require us to implement more efficient data processing and traffic filtering. IfTo the extent we are unable, for cost or other reasons, to effectively increase the capacity of our platform, continue to process transactions at fast enough speeds, and support emerging advertising formats or services preferred by buyers, our revenue may be adversely affected by the inability to obtain new buyers or sellers, loss of existing buyers or sellers, or failure to process auction transactions in a timely manner.will suffer. We expect to continue to invest in our platform to meet increasing demand. Such investment may negatively affect our profitability and results of operations, or cause dilution to our stockholders.operations.
Our belief that there is significant and growing demand for our private marketplace solutions may be inaccurate, and we may not realize a return from our investments in that area.
We believe there is significant and growing demand for PMPs, and we have made significant investments to meet that demand through internal development efforts. The market for these solutions is still developing and may not grow as we expect, or it could have slow adoption rates for various reasons, including reluctance of some sellers to substitute our solution for transactions they have historically handled themselves through direct dealings with buyers. It is our expectation that PMPs may involve lower fees than we can charge for our real-time bidding services, which may not be fully offset by anticipated higher CPMs. In some cases, we have experienced fee pressure as we have built out our PMP offering, and we expect this fee pressure to increase as more competitors, including new entrants as well as sellers themselves, build their own technology and infrastructure to enter this business. Even ifTo the market for these solutions develops as we anticipate, buyers and sellers might not embrace our offerings to the degree we expect due to various factors. For example, we may not be successful in building out these offerings consistent with our vision, or competitive offerings may be offered at lower prices or be perceived as having better features and functionality. We may also be unable to scale our solution to markets outside of the United States due to local currency or other specific regulatory or operational requirements that we are unable to comply with. Even if the market for these solutions develops as we anticipate, and our buyers and sellers embrace our offerings, the positive effect of our PMP offerings on our results of operations may be offset or negated if PMPs cannibalize our open marketplace transaction volumes or by similar offerings from our competitors or other adverse developments.
Our expectations regarding the growth prospects of our buyer offerings may be incorrect, and we may not realize a return from our investments in that area.
We compete for demand with well-established companies that have technological advantages stemming from their experience in the market. We must continue to adapt and improve our demand technology to compete effectively, and buyers may not embrace our offering due to various factors, including the perception that competitors have superior technology or produce better results. Buyers’ efforts to optimize their supply paths have resulted in demands for transparency, inventory quality accountability, and longer payment terms. Some buyers are demanding access to data that we are restricted from sharing by our arrangements with sellers. These factors may make it difficult for us to increase our business with some buyers, cause some buyers to reduce their spending with us, and increase our costs of doing business.
We have invested heavily in our mobile technology, which poses additional risks that did not affect our legacy desktop display business. Mobile connected devices, their operating systems, Internet browsers or content distribution channels, including those controlled by our competitors, may develop in ways that make it difficult for advertisements to be delivered to their users. Further, we rely upon relationships with third parties to provide our buyers with access to large numbers of mobile inventory sellers that utilize third-party technology to display ads. Ifextent our access to mobile inventory is limited by third-party technology or lack of direct relationships with mobile sellers, our ability to grow our business will be impaired.
Due to increased usage of mobile devices and resulting migration of advertising spending to mobile platforms, we have invested heavily in our mobile technology and are relying to a significant degree on our mobile offerings to fuel our continued growth. The mobile advertising market is growing and changing quickly, and technological, market, or regulatory developments could render our solution less competitive. Because mobile advertising uses different data-capture techniques and methods of recording payable transactions, caters to different buyer budgets, may require us to enter emerging markets in which we have less experience, including China and India, and involves development challenges imposed by differing technological requirements and

standards, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in achieving our goals in this market. Moreover, buyers' spending to reach consumers through mobile advertising may evolve more slowly than expected, or not grow to levels we anticipate. Our mobile investment has been focused on real-time bidding of mobile impressions, and that market may not grow as we expect. Our mobile revenue growth depends to a significant degree on the success of our xAPI technology, which enables us to access inventory aggregated by third parties, and there can be no assurance that this technology will continue to work as anticipated, without costly bugs or errors. Our success in the mobile channel depends upon the ability of our technology solution to provide advertising for most mobile-connected devices, as well as the major operating systems or Internet browsers that run on them and the thousands of applications that are downloaded onto them. The design of mobile devices and operating systems, applications, or Internet browsers is controlled by third parties. These parties frequently introduce new devices and applications, and from time to time they may introduce new operating systems or Internet browsers or modify existing ones in ways that may significantly affect our business, such as by providing ad-blocking capabilities.capabilities or by limiting access to Internet user data. Network carriers may also affect the ability to access specified content on mobile devices. IfTo the extent our solution is unable to work on these devices, operating systems, applications, or Internet browsers for any reason, our ability to generate revenue through mobile advertising could beis significantly impaired.
Our growth depends upon our ability to attractimpaired, and retain buyers and sellers and increase business with them. Buyers and sellers are free to direct their spending and inventory to competing sources of inventory and demand, and large competitors with direct mobile user relationships and proprietary first-party user data have invested early and heavily in mobile advertising solutions, have many established relationships with mobile buyers and sellers that impairment may be difficult for usmaterial.
We expect mobile applications to replicate, and may provide more compelling solutions than we do. Mostbe the largest driver of the application providers selling inventory through our platformmobile business. Many mobile apps utilize software development kits, or SDKs, and other proprietary technology of third parties, such as aggregators, and it is those third parties,
19

not the application providers themselves, that contract with us to provide exchange services to help monetize the inventory. Termination or diminution ofDue to this consolidation, if our relationships with these third parties coulddecline or are terminated, it may result in a larger than usual loss of access to mobile inventory. Any rapid andand/or significant reduction ofdecline in the amountavailability of mobile inventory available through our platform, which in turn wouldcan adversely affect our mobile advertising spend and growth prospects.
Fee issues have in the past and could in the future have a material adverse effect on our business.
A majority of our advertising spendrevenue comes from DSP buyers purchasing advertising inventory in RTB transactionsmade available by sellers on our platform. Prior to eliminating our buyer fees on November 1, 2017, our proprietary auction algorithms included a buyer fee for use of our technology, and we typically charged buyers a variable price for real-time bidding impressions without specifying the amount or method of determining the fee that was included in the price. Buyers and sellers sometimes questioned our buyer fees, and we experiencedWe experience requests from buyers and sellers for discounts, fee concessions or revisions, rebates or other forms of consideration, refunds, and greater levels of pricing transparency and specificity, in some cases as a condition to maintain the relationship. This could continue with respectrelationship or to historicalincrease the amount of advertising spend that the buyer fees.sends to our platform. In addition, we charge fees to sellers for use of our technology, typically as a percentage of the cost of media, and we may decide to offer discounts or other pricing concessions in order to attract more inventory or demand, or to compete effectively with other providers that have different or lower pricing structures and may be able to undercut our pricing due to greater scale or other factors.
We alsoThese fee concessions may facebe more prevalent among CTV publishers where inventory is scarce and concentrated among large sellers with significant negotiating leverage. Moreover, the risk thatmajority of CTV transactions are currently executed through reserve auctions and we expect reserve auctions to grow as a buyer that is dissatisfied with the executionpercentage of a transaction on our platform could request a refund from us of the advertising spend on the transaction notwithstanding thatrevenue in mobile and desktop as well. Reserve auctions generally involve lower fees than we have only collected acan charge for open marketplace transactions and we may experience additional fee on the transactionpressure as more competitors, including new entrants as well as sellers themselves, build their own technology and may not have the abilityinfrastructure to recover the full amount of spending associated with the transaction from the seller. enable reserve auctions.
Our revenue, take rate (our fee as a percentage of advertising spend), the value of our business, and the price of our stock could be adversely affected if we cannot maintain and grow our revenue and profitability through volume increases that compensate for price reductions, or if we are forced to make significant fee concessions, rebates, or refunds, or if buyers reduce spending with us or sellers reduce inventory available through our exchange due to fee disputes or pricing issues.
Our take rates may be difficult to forecast and may decrease in future periods; any decrease in our take rates may result in a decrease in our revenue notwithstanding an increase in the amount of spend transacted through our platform.
We generate revenue through our platform on a transactional basis where we are paid by a publisher each time an impression is monetized on our platform. Typically, this fee is structured as a percentage of advertising spend that the publisher receives for its inventory. Our take rate varies by publisher and transaction type. For instance, our take rate tends to be lower for reserve auctions compared to open auctions, and tends to be lower on CTV transactions compared to other channels. Additionally, take rates tend to be higher for our managed service business where we are responsible for delivering a campaign at a fixed price. We may also negotiate lower take rates with large sellers to win additional business or share of inventory.
As a result of these factors, even if we are able to accurately forecast the anticipated total advertising spend transacted by buyers across our platform, we may have limited visibility regarding the revenue or Contribution ex-TAC (as defined in section "Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics") we will generate. Any decrease in our take rate could cause our revenue and Contribution ex-TAC to decrease notwithstanding an increase in the total spend transacted through our seller platform.
We have a history of losses and we need to sustain and increase investment in our technology in order to be competitive, but we face many risks that may prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability in the future.
We reported a net lossesloss of $154.8$159.2 million, $18.1net loss of $130.3 million, and $18.7net income of $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2014,2021, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported net income of $0.4 million. As of December 31, 2017,2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $253.8$684.0 million. During 2017, we were not able to sustain our earlier revenue growth and experienced significant declines in revenue and earnings for various reasons including our decisions to reduce and then eliminate our buyer fees. We have implemented strategic plans designed to reverseimprove our financial declinesperformance and returncontinue to growth,increase revenue, and have taken steps to reduce unnecessary expenses and redirect spending to areas we expect to produce higher growth.growth; however, these plans and steps may ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.
Notwithstanding these measures, revenue may continue tocould decrease due to competitive pressures, maturation of our business, macroeconomic or other factors, and additional cost-reduction measures may be required even as we must continue to increase investment in technology in response to industry developments and to retain competitiveness. We may not be able to return to revenuesustain growth or to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have encounteredOur business and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly evolving industries, including allocating and making effective usethe businesses of our limited resources; achieving market acceptanceadvertiser clients may be subject to sales and use tax, advertising and other taxes.
The application of sales and use tax, goods and services tax, business tax and gross receipt tax on our existingdigital services is complex and future solutions; competing against companies with greater financialevolving. In general, sales of tangible personal property are subject to sales and technical resources; recruiting; integrating, motivating,use tax unless a specific exemption applies, while services generally are not subject to sales tax unless specifically enumerated. Advertising services are considered a service and retaining qualified employees; developing relationships with buyersare generally not subject to sales and sellers; developing new solutions; integrating new technologies or companiesuse tax, except in certain states. Additionally, Maryland adopted a tax on gross revenues from digital advertising. While the law is being challenged in the courts, the law took effect and we acquire; and establishing and maintaining our corporate infrastructure, including internal controls relating to our financial and information technology systems. We must improve our current operational infrastructure and technology to support significant growth and to respondare technically subject to the tax, which increases our cost of doing business. Other states are looking to follow suit and tax either
20

digital advertising or other goods or services. In addition, the continual evolution of our market and competitors' developments. Our business prospects depend in large part on our ability to:
grow our share of online and mobile advertising spendingservices and the supplyexpansion of advertising impressions available to us notwithstanding the growing share of digital advertising that is controlled by owned and operated sites (such as Facebook and Google);
return to revenue growth and positive cash flow before depleting our cash resources to the point that our ability to fund our cash cycle and invest in our business is impaired;
build and maintain our reputation for innovation and solutions that meetofferings may further complicate the evolving needs of buyers and sellers;
distinguish ourselves from the wide variety of solutions available in our industry;
maintain and expand our relationships with buyers and sellers;
respond to evolving industry standards and government regulations that impact our business, particularly in the areas of data collection and consumer privacy;
prevent or otherwise mitigate failures or breaches of security or privacy;
attract, hire, integrate and retain qualified employees;
effectively execute upon our international expansion plans;
evaluate new acquisition targets, and successfully integrate acquired companies' businesses and technologies;
maintain our cloud-based technology solution continuously without interruption 24 hours a day, seven days a week; and
anticipate and respond to varying product life cycles and new advertising solutions such as header bidding, regularly enhance our existing advertising solutions, and introduce new advertising solutions and pricing models on a timely basis, including by developing our capabilities in evolving areasdetermination of the business, such as mobile and video.sales taxability of our services in certain jurisdictions.
As a result of various factors, our operating results have in the past and may in the future fluctuate significantly, be difficult to predict, and fall below analysts' and investors' expectations.
Our operating results may beare difficult to predict, particularly because we generally do not have long-term contracts with buyers or sellers. We have experienced significant variations in revenue and operating results from period to period, and operating results may continue to fluctuate and be difficult to predict due to a number of factors, including:
seasonality in demand for digital advertising;advertising, as many advertisers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, and advertising inventory in the fourth quarter may be more expensive due to increased demand for advertising inventory;
changes in pricing of advertising inventory or pricing for our solution and our competitors' offerings, including potential further reductions in our pricing and overall take rate as a result of competitive pressure, changes in supply, improvements in technology and extension of automation to higher-value inventory, uncertainty regarding rate of adoption, changes in the allocation of demand spend by buyers, changes in revenue mix, auction dynamics, pricing discussions or negotiations with clients and potential clients, header bidding and other factors;
diversification of our revenue mix to include new services, some of which may have lower pricing than our historic lower-value inventory business or may cannibalize existing business;
the addition or loss of buyers or sellers;
general economic conditions and the economic health of our current and prospective sellers and buyers;
changes in the advertising strategies or budgets or financial condition of advertisers;
the performance of our technology and the cost, timeliness, and results of our technology innovation efforts;
advertising technology and digital media industry conditions and the overall demand for advertising, or changes and uncertainty in the regulatory environment for us or buyers or sellers, including with respect to privacy regulation;
the introduction of new technologies or service offerings by our competitors and market acceptance of such technologies or services;
the phasing out of third-party cookies throughout the industry;
our level of expenses, including investment required to support our technology development, scale our technology infrastructure and business expansion efforts, including acquisitions, hiring and capital expenditures, or expenses related to litigation;

the impact of changes in our stock price on valuation of stock-based compensation or other instruments that are marked to market;
the effectiveness of our financial and information technology infrastructure and controls;
geopolitical and social factors, such as concerns regarding negative, unstable or changing economic conditions in the countries and regions where we operate, global and regional recessions, political instability, and trade disputes;
foreign exchange rate fluctuations; and
changes in accounting policies and principles and the significant judgments and estimates made by management in the application of these policies and principles.
Because significant portions of our expenses are relatively fixed, variation in our quarterly revenue couldcan cause significant variations in operating results and resulting stock price volatility from period to period. In order to minimize adverse effects of our price reductions on revenue, we must increase the inventory and advertising spend on our platform and add more high-value inventory, which requires ongoing investment that can adversely affect earnings and might ultimately be unsuccessful. Period-to-period comparisons of our historical results of operations are not necessarily meaningful, and historical operating results may not be indicative of future performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, or below any guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Our revenue and operating results are highly dependent on the overall demand for advertising. Factors that affect the amount of advertising spending, such as economic downturns, can make it difficult to predict our revenue and could adversely affect our business.
Our business depends on the overall demand for advertising and on the economic health of our current and prospective sellers and buyers. If advertisers reduce their overall advertising spending, our revenue and results of operations are directly affected. Various macro factors could cause advertisers to reduce their advertising budgets, including adverse economic conditions and general uncertainty about economic recovery or growth, particularly in North America and Europe, where we do most of our business, instability in political or market conditions generally, and any changes in favorable tax treatment of advertising expenses and the deductibility thereof. Reductions in inventory due to loss of sellers would make our solution less robust and attractive to buyers.
Seasonal fluctuations in digital advertising activity could result in material fluctuations of our revenue, cash flows, operating results, and other key performance measures from period to period.
Our revenue, advertising spend, cash flow from operations, operating results, and other key performance measures may vary from quarter to quarter due to the seasonal nature of advertiser spending. For example, many advertisers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, and advertising inventory in the fourth quarter may be more expensive due to increased demand for advertising inventory. As a result, any events that reduce the amount of advertising spend during the fourth quarter, or reduce the amount of inventory available to buyers during that period, could have a disproportionate adverse effect on our revenue and operating results for that fiscal year.
Failure to maintain our culture and institutional knowledge could jeopardize our innovation and operation effectiveness.
We have had significant attrition, including through workforce reductions, and it may become increasingly difficult to retain employees given concerns about our financial performance and significant reduction in the value of equity compensation resulting from the significant decline we have experienced in the market value of our common stock. Significant changes in our personnel may make it difficult for us to maintain our institutional knowledge and corporate culture, which has contributed significantly to our success in the past. If our culture and knowledge base are negatively affected, our ability to support our growth and innovation may diminish.
Risks Related to the Advertising Technology Industry, Market, and Competition
Market conditions are increasing the costs and risks of our operations.
Due to various factors, including header bidding, market pressure from the increasing share of the digital advertising economy absorbed by Google and Facebook, and demands by both buyers and sellers of digital advertising for increased efficiency and value throughout the ecosystem, business conditions are becoming more difficult for intermediary businesses like ours. We see this in various ways. Both demand and supply for digital advertising inventory outside the “walled garden” companies are becoming less unique, contributing to commodification of the business. Buyers and sellers are demanding more favorable trade terms, which puts pressure on our cash collections cycle and can require more of our cash to fund our payments, making it unavailable to invest in growth. Buyers increasingly require us to accept liability for inventory quality and sellers increasingly require us to accept liability for ad content, despite the fact that we are not in direct control of either. Increased buyer vigilance regarding non-human traffic and other inventory quality issues, and varying inconsistent methodologies for assessing inventory quality, are causing buyers increasingly to withhold payment for transactions they question. Buyers and sellers are increasingly insisting upon using their own

data to resolve discrepancies in transaction counts more favorably to them, resulting in some revenue loss. These and similar trends increase the costs and risks of our operations and put pressure on our margins. 
The digital advertising market is relatively new, dependent on growth in various digital advertising channels, and vulnerable to adverse public perceptions and increased regulatory responses. If this market develops more slowly or differently than we expect, or if issues encountered by other participants or the industry generally are imputed to or affect us, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.
While our core business of desktop display advertising has been used successfully for many years, marketing via new digital advertising channels, such as mobile and social media, out-of-home, and digital video advertising, are emerging and may evolve in unexpected ways, and our future growth will be constrained if we are not able to adapt successfully to market evolution. In addition, the success of our efforts to advance new solutions for increased advertising automation will depend upon adoption of our solution by personnel at buyers and sellers in lieu of their traditional methods of order placement. It is difficult to predict adoption rates, demand for our solution, the future growth rate and size of the digital advertising solutions market or the entry of competitive solutions.
Further, the digital advertising industry is complex and evolving, and the relatively few publicly traded companies operating in the business tend to be small and new to the public markets. Consequently, the digital advertising industry may not be as widely followed or understood in the financial markets as more mature industries. The markets may not fully appreciate our particular place in the industry and our strengths and differentiating factors. Problems experienced by one industry participant (even private companies) or issues affecting a part of the industry have the potential to have adverse effects on other participants in the industry or even the entire industry. Emerging understanding of how the digital advertising industry operates has spurred privacy concerns and misgivings about exploitation of consumer information and prompted regulatory responses that limit operational flexibility and impose compliance costs upon industry participants.
Any expansion of the market for digital advertising solutions depends on a number of factors, including social and regulatory acceptance, the growth of the overall digital advertising market and the growth of specific sectors including social, mobile, video, and out-of-home as well as the actual or perceived technological viability, quality, cost, performance and value associated with emerging digital advertising solutions. If demand for digital display advertising and adoption of automation does not continue to grow, or there is a reduction in demand for digital advertising caused by weakening economic conditions, decreases in corporate spending, quality, viewability, malware issues or other issues associated with buyers, advertising channels or inventory, negative perceptions of digital advertising, additional regulatory requirements, or other factors, or if we fail to develop or acquire capabilities to meet the evolving business and regulatory requirements and needs of buyers and sellers of multi-channel advertising, our competitive position will be weakened.
We operate in an intensely competitive market that includes companies that have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do.
We face intense competition in the marketplace. We compete for advertising spending against competitors that, in some cases, are also buyers and/or sellers on our platform. We also compete for supply of advertising inventory against a variety of competitors. Some of our existing and potential competitors are better established, benefit from greater name recognition, may have offerings and technology that we do not have or that are more evolved and established than ours, and have significantly more financial, technical, sales, and marketing resources than we do. In addition, some competitors, particularly those with greater scale or a more diversified revenue base and a broader offering, may have greater flexibility than we do to compete aggressively on the basis of price and other contract terms, or to compete with us by including in their product offerings services that we may not provide. Some competitors are able or willing to agree to contract terms that expose them to risks that might be more appropriately allocated to buyers or sellers of advertising (including inventory risk and the risk of having to pay sellers for unsold advertising impressions), and in order to compete effectively we might need to accommodate risks that could be difficult to manage or insure against. Some buyers that use our solution, and some potential buyers, have their own relationships with sellers or are seeking to establish such relationships and can directly connect advertisers with sellers, and many sellers are investing in capabilities that enable them to connect more effectively directly with buyers. Our business may suffer to the extent that buyers and sellers purchase and sell advertising inventory directly from one another or through other intermediaries other than us, reducing the amount of advertising spend on our platform. In addition, as a result of solutions introduced by us or our competitors, our marketplace will experience disruptions and changes in business models, which may result in our loss of buyers or sellers. Our innovation efforts may lead us to introduce new solutions that compete with our existing solutions. New or stronger competitors may emerge through acquisitions and industry consolidation or through development of disruptive technologies. If our offerings are not perceived as competitively differentiated, due to competition and growth in our industry or our failure to develop adequately to meet market evolution, we could lose clients and market share or be compelled to reduce our prices, making it more difficult to grow our business profitably.

There has been rapid evolution and consolidation in the advertising technology industry, and we expect these trends to continue, thereby increasing the capabilities and competitive posture of larger companies, particularly those that are already dominant in various ways, and enabling new or stronger competitors to emerge. For example, while we are investing to participate in the shift of digital advertising spending to mobile channels, the mobile advertising market is dominated by a relatively small number of large competitors with direct mobile user relationships and proprietary first-party user data. These competitors have invested early and heavily in mobile advertising solutions that may be more compelling than ours, and have many established relationships with buyers and sellers that may be difficult for us to replicate. Similar dynamics can be expected as growth in digital video advertising brings established broadcast and content companies into the digital advertising business.
As technology continues to improve and market factors continue to attract investment by others in the business, competition and pricing pressure may increase and market saturation may change the competitive landscape in favor of larger competitors with greater scale and broader offerings, including those that can afford to spend more than we can to grow more quickly and strengthen their competitive position through innovation, development and acquisitions. In order to compete effectively, we may need to innovate, further differentiate our offerings, and expand the scope of our operations more quickly than would be feasible through our own internal efforts. However, because some capabilities may reside only in a small number of companies, our ability to accomplish necessary expansion through acquisitions may be limited because available companies may not wish to be acquired or may be acquired by larger competitors with the resources to outbid us, or we may need to pay substantial premiums to acquire those businesses. Our ability to make strategic acquisitions has also been hampered by the significant decline we have experienced in the value of our common stock, because our stock may not be viewed favorably as acquisition currency by an acquisition target, and the lower our stock price, the more dilution results from stock-based acquisitions.
Many buyers and sellers are large consolidated organizations that may need to acquire other companies in order to grow. Smaller buyers and sellers may need to consolidate in order to compete effectively. There is a finite number of large buyers and sellers in our target markets, and any consolidation of buyers or sellers may give the resulting enterprises greater bargaining power or result in the loss of buyers and sellers that use our platform, and thus reduce our potential base of buyers and sellers, each of which would lead to erosion of our revenue.
Acts of competitors and other third parties can adversely affect our business.
Our revenue is vulnerable to acts by third parties that reduce the amounts of spending or inventory available to us. For example, the amount of inventory available to independent platforms like us could be reduced as a result of decisions by Facebook to emphasize content viewable through its site or to favor friends-and-family type feeds over third-party properties, or decisions by Google to utilize its ad server advantages to outbid us and other competitors in open-market transactions. Similarly, decisions by buyers and sellers to transact directly rather than through us would tend to reduce both spending and inventory on our platform.
Our business depends on our ability to collect and use data to deliver advertisements, and to disclose data relating to the performance of advertisements. Any limitation imposed on our collection, use or disclosure of this data could significantly diminish the value of our solution and cause us to lose sellers, buyers, and revenue.
As we process transactions through our solution, we are able to collect significant amounts of information about advertisements, their buyers and sellers, and the transactions themselves. This includes buyer and seller preferences and requirements for media and advertisement content and specifications such as placement, size and format; pricing of advertisements; and auction activity such as price floors, bid response behavior, and clearing prices. We also are able to collect certain information about users, including browser or device location and characteristics; online behavior; exposure to and interaction with advertisements; and inferential data about purchase intentions and preferences. We collect this data through various means, including from our own systems, pixels, web beacons, software development kits installed in mobile applications, and cookies (which are discussed below). Our sellers and buyers also may provide us with their proprietary data about users.
We aggregate this data over trillions of advertising impressions and analyze it in order to enhance our services, including the pricing, placement and scheduling of advertisements purchased by buyers across the advertising inventory provided by sellers. We also share this data, or analyses based upon the data, with clients as part of our services. Our ability to collect, use, and share data about advertising purchase and sale transactions and user behavior and interaction with content is critical to the value of our services, and any limitation on our data practices could impair our ability to deliver effective solutions that meet the needs of sellers and buyers of advertising, resulting in loss of volume and reduced pricing.
Much of the data we collect and use belongs to our buyers or sellers, and we receive their permission to use it. (Other data is subject to control by Internet users, either as a result of regulation or through choices such as behavioral advertising opt-outs or use of ad blocking technologies, as discussed below). We use data related to our buyers and sellers and their transactional activity on our platform to facilitate our services, but we must exercise care not to use this data in ways that provide unfair advantages to, or adversely affect, buyers or sellers. Although our sellers and buyers generally permit us to aggregate and use data from advertising

placements, subject to certain restrictions, sellers or buyers might decide to restrict our collection or use of their data. There could be various reasons for this, including perceptions by buyers that their data can be used by sellers to extract higher prices for impressions, or perceptions by sellers that their data can be used by buyers to bid tactically to reduce pricing for impressions. Buyers and sellers may also request that we discontinue using data obtained from their transactions that has already been aggregated with other data. It would be costly and difficult, if not impossible, to comply with such requests. As consumers continue to increase their use of digital technology and to incorporate multiple devices into their lives, linking and using data across such devices will become increasingly important. Various challenges affect our ability to link data relating to discrete devices or browsers, including different technologies, increased user awareness and sensitivity regarding use of data about their device usage, and evolving regulatory and self-regulatory standards. These challenges may slow growth, and if we are not able to cope with these challenges as effectively as other companies, we will be competitively disadvantaged. Any limitation on our ability to collect data about user behavior and interaction with content could make it more difficult for us to deliver effective solutions that meet the needs of sellers and buyers.
If the use of cookies is restricted or subject to unfavorable regulation, or cookies are replaced by alternative tracking mechanisms, our performance may decline and we may lose buyers and revenue.
We use "cookies," or small text files placed through an Internet browser on an Internet user's computer, to gather data to enable our solution to be more effective. Our cookies record certain user information, such as when an Internet user views or clicks on an advertisement, where a user is located, how many advertisements the user has seen, and browser or device information. We may also receive information from cookies placed by buyers or other parties who give us permission to use their cookies. We use data from cookies to help buyers decide whether to bid on, and how to price, an opportunity to place an advertisement in a certain location, at a given time, in front of a particular Internet user. Without cookie data, transactions occurring through our solution would be executed with less insight into activity that has taken place through an Internet user's browser, reducing the accuracy of buyers' decisions about which inventory to purchase for an advertising campaign. This could make placement of advertising through our solution less valuable, with commensurate reductions in pricing. If our ability to use cookies is limited, we may be required to develop or obtain additional applications and technologies to compensate for the lack of cookie data, which could be time consuming to develop or costly to obtain, less effective than our current use of cookies, and subject to additional regulation.
Cookies are an important component of our ability to provide a satisfactory offering to our clients, and our continued use of cookies is vulnerable to actions by sellers of inventory, consumers, and regulators. For example, the European Union, or EU, Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive (Directive 2002/58/EC), commonly referred to as the “Cookie Directive,” directs EU member states to ensure that Internet users consent to storing or accessing information on their devices, such as through a cookie. Because we lack a direct relationship with Internet users, we currently rely on our sellers to obtain such consent. Once the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) (as further described below) comes into effect, it may become more challenging for sellers to obtain effective consent under the Cookie Directive. In order to obtain effective consent, sellers must provide increasingly granular data to end users about cookies placed in the course of delivering an advertisement, including cookies placed by us, or by buyers using our technology. Providing this granular level of data may be difficult, and in some cases where a buyer is non-responsive or recalcitrant, may not be possible. Further, to the extent any seller does not adequately satisfy their consent obligations for our technology, we may face regulatory risk. As a result, these types of disclosure requirements, as well as any other limitations on our or our clients’ ability to place or use third-party cookies, may impair our ability to provide services in certain jurisdictions. The EU is also expected to replace the Cookie Directive with the ePrivacy Regulation. Current drafts of the ePrivacy Regulation propose significant requirements around obtaining consent, and impose fines for violations that are materially higher than those imposed under the Cookie Directive.
Separately, some prominent sellers have announced intentions to discontinue the use of cookies, and to develop alternative methods and mechanisms for tracking web users. It is possible that these companies may rely on proprietary algorithms or statistical methods to track web users without cookies, or may utilize log-in credentials entered by users into other web properties owned by these companies, such as their digital email services, to track web usage, including usage across multiple devices, without cookies. Alternatively, such companies may build different and potentially proprietary user tracking methods into their widely-used web browsers.
If cookies are effectively replaced by proprietary alternatives, our continued reliance upon cookie-based methods may face negative consumer sentiment and otherwise place us at a competitive disadvantage, compelling us to develop or license alternative proprietary tracking methodologies. Development would take time, potentially subjecting us to competitive disadvantages, and require substantial investment from us. Development also may not be commercially feasible given our relatively small size, the fact that development of such technologies may require technical skills that differ from our core engineering competencies, and the likelihood that the market would adopt solutions developed by larger competitors. Licensing new proprietary tracking mechanisms and data from companies that have developed them may not be viable for us for various reasons; creators of such technology may compete with us and may offer to provide the technology to us only on unfavorable terms or not at all, and if proprietary web

tracking standards are owned by sellers or browser operators that have access to user information by virtue of their popular consumer-oriented websites or browsers and design their technology for use in conjunction with the types of user information collected from their websites or design their browser to disfavor third-party cookies, we may still be at a competitive disadvantage even if we license their technology.
If cookies are effectively replaced by open industry-wide tracking standards rather than proprietary standards, we may still incur substantial re-engineering costs to replace cookies with these new tracking technologies. This may also diminish the quality or value of our services to buyers if such new web-tracking technologies do not provide us with the quality or timeliness of the tracking data that we currently generate from cookies.
If the use of third-party cookies for digital advertising generally is rejected by Internet users, through opt-out or ad-blocking technologies or other means, or if other consumer choice mechanisms like “Do Not Track" and ”Limit Ad Tracking" inhibit our ability to collect and use data about end users, our performance may decline and we may lose buyers and revenue.
Internet users can, with increasing ease, implement practices or technologies that may limit our ability to collect and use data to deliver advertisements, or otherwise inhibit the effectiveness of our solution. First, cookies may easily be deleted or blocked by Internet users. All of the most commonly used Internet browsers allow Internet users to modify their browser settings to block first-party cookies (placed directly by the publisher or website owner that the user intends to interact with) or third-party cookies (placed by parties, like Rubicon Project, that have no direct relationship with the user), and some browsers, such as Safari, may block third-party cookies by default. Most browsers also now support temporary privacy modes that allow the user to suspend, with a single click, the placement of new cookies or reading or updates of existing cookies. Many applications and other devices allow users to avoid receiving advertisements by paying for subscriptions or other downloads. Mobile devices based upon the Android and iOS operating systems limit the ability of cookies to track users while they are using applications other than their web browser on their device. As a consequence, fewer of our cookies or sellers' cookies may be set in browsers or be accessible in mobile devices, which adversely affects our business.
Second, some Internet users also download free or paid "ad blocking" software, not only for privacy or security reasons, such as a desire to avoid being targeted for ads based upon location or online activity, but also to counteract the adverse effect advertisements can have on users' experience, including increased load times, data consumption, and screen overcrowding. Similar ad blocking technology has also recently emerged for mobile devices. Such ad blocking technology may prevent certain third-party cookies, or other tracking technologies, from being stored on a user's computer or mobile device. If more Internet users adopt these measures, our business could be harmed. Ad blocking technologies could have an adverse effect on our business if they reduce the volume or effectiveness (and therefore value) of advertising. In addition, some ad blocking technologies block only ads that are targeted through use of third-party data, while allowing ads based on first-party data (i.e. data owned by the provider of the website or application being viewed). These ad blockers could place us at a disadvantage because we rely on third-party data, while large competitors have troves of first-party data they use to direct advertising. Other technologies allow ads that are deemed "acceptable," which could be defined in ways that place us or our clients at a disadvantage, particularly if such technologies are controlled or influenced by our competitors. Even if ad blockers do not ultimately have a material impact on our business, investor concerns about ad blockers could cause our stock price to decline.
Increased prevalence of ad blocking has prompted examination of the effect of digital advertising industry practices upon the quality of user experiences, and changes in industry practices may emerge as a result. Such changes could reduce the viability of our existing business model, place us at a competitive disadvantage, or require us to invest significantly in developing new technologies and business practices.
Third, current versions of the most widely used web browsers allow users to send "Do Not Track" signals to indicate that they do not wish to have their web usage tracked. There is currently no definition of "tracking" and no set of commonly accepted standards regarding how to respond to a "Do Not Track" preference, but if such standards are implemented, either by applicable law or industry self-regulation, they could impose significant requirements and limitations on our data collection. Some proposed standards would allow first parties to continue to track users, even if the users have enabled the "Do Not Track" signal in their web browser, but would prevent third parties, like us, from any further tracking of such users across the Internet. Such a standard would place us at a significant competitive disadvantage compared to first-party data owners such as large website operators, many of whom own or are developing or acquiring capabilities that compete with our solution. Even absent an industry standard, various government authorities have indicated an intent to implement some type of "Do Not Track" standard. For example, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and the European Commission, which proposes legislation to the European Parliament, have previously stated that they will pursue a legislative solution if the industry does not agree to a standard. Additionally, members of Congress have also issued public statements supporting the idea of a legislative solution. Such legislation or regulation may affect our ability to collect or use data collected through our platform when a user enables "Do Not Track," and may also include a distinction between first-party and third-party collection and usage of data, which may impact our ability to compete in the marketplace. We may separately elect to respond to any such legislation by adopting a policy to discontinue profiling or web tracking in response to

"Do Not Track" requests, and it is possible that we could in the future be prohibited from using non-personal consumer data by industry standards or state or federal legislation, which may diminish our ability to target and improve advertisements and the value of our services.
Legislation and regulation of digital businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, could create unexpected additional costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or cause us to change our technology solution or business model, which may have an adverse effect on the demand for our solution.
Many local, state, federal, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of data collected from and about consumers and devices, and the regulatory framework for privacy issues is evolving worldwide. Various U.S. and foreign governments, consumer agencies, self-regulatory bodies, and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation directed at the digital advertising industry in particular, and we expect to see an increase in legislation and regulation related to the collection and use of data to target advertisements and communicate with consumers, including mobile device and cross-device data, geo-location data, anonymous Internet user data and unique device identifiers, such as IP address or mobile advertising identifiers, and the collection of data from apps and websites that are directed to children. Such legislation or regulation could affect the costs of doing business online and may adversely affect the demand for or the effectiveness and value of our solution. Some of our competitors may have more access to lobbyists or governmental officials and may use such access to effect statutory or regulatory changes in a manner that commercially harms us while favoring their solutions.
The U.S. government, including the FTC and the FCC, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices. For example, the U.S. Senate and certain state legislatures are considering enacting regulations that would place significant restrictions on the collection and use of geo-location data, including for advertising purposes. More recently, the FTC has issued guidance on how companies should apply privacy principles to tracking and delivery of targeted advertisements to consumers across multiple devices. The FTC has also adopted revisions to the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act that expand liability for the collection of information (including certain anonymous information such as persistent identifiers) by operators of websites and other online services that are directed to children or that otherwise use (for certain purposes) information collected from or about children. In addition, the European Union has adopted a General Data Protection Regulation, Regulation (EU) 2016/679 or the "GDPR," that will supersede the EU Data Protection Directive. The GDPR sets out higher potential liabilities for certain data protection violations, as well as a greater compliance burden for us in the course of delivering our solution in Europe. The regulatory climate in Europe, in particular, has grown increasingly unfavorable for advertising technology based business. Regulators have expressed antipathy towards common technologies deployed in digital advertising. As a result of the heightened consent and compliance obligations imposed by GDPR and anticipated under the ePrivacy Regulation, publishers may experience significantly higher rates of users who express a preference to limit the collection or use of certain data about them or their device, which could reduce the value of advertising to such users, with adverse effects on our revenue. European publishers may choose to monetize their content through non-advertising based methods, including but not limited to, converting to a subscription based website only.
The UK's decision to leave the European Union may add cost and complexity to our compliance efforts. The UK is an important geography for us and we have structured our EU privacy and data protection compliance in a UK-centric way by using our UK subsidiary as our EU data controller. If UK and EU privacy and data protection laws and regulations diverge, we will be required to implement alternative EU compliance mechanisms and adapt separately to any new UK requirements. Complying with any new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs, impact how clients view our technology, or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could reduce our revenue or compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategy.
Further, many governments are restricting the transmission or storage of information about individuals beyond their national borders. Such restrictions could, depending upon their scope, limit our ability to utilize technology infrastructure consolidation, redundancy, and load-balancing techniques, resulting in increased infrastructure costs, decreased operational efficiencies and performance, and increased the risk of system failure.
These laws and regulations are continually evolving, not always clear, and not always consistent across the jurisdictions in which we do business. The measures we take to protect the security of information that we collect, use, and disclose in the operation of our business may not always be effective. Our failure to protect, and comply with applicable laws and regulations or industry standards applicable to, personal data or other data relating to consumers could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of our officers, and public censure, claims for damages by consumers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation, and loss of goodwill. This is particularly true given that the FTC, Attorneys General of various U.S. States and various international regulators (including numerous data protection authorities in the European Union), have specifically cited as enforcement priorities certain practices that relate to digital advertising. Even the perception of concerns relating to our collection, use, disclosure, processing, and retention of data, including our security measures applicable to the data we collect, whether or not

valid, may harm our reputation (and the reputation of the digital advertising ecosystem) and inhibit adoption of our solution by current and future buyers and sellers. We are aware of ongoing lawsuits filed against, or regulatory investigations into, companies in the digital advertising industry concerning various alleged violations of consumer protection, data protection, and computer crime laws, asserting various privacy-related theories. Any such proceedings brought against us could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our services, and ultimately result in the imposition of monetary liability or restrictions on our ability to conduct our business. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless buyers or sellers from the costs or consequences of litigation or regulatory investigations resulting from using our services or from the disclosure of confidential information, which could damage our reputation among our current and potential sellers or buyers, require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and cause us to lose business and revenue.
Privacy and other regulatory violations by other participants in the digital advertising ecosystem could lead to increased regulatory and enforcement activities, reductions in the growth of demand for digital advertising, and increased user requirements, all of which could have adverse consequences and impose additional costs for all industry participants, including us.
The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation, which will take effect in May 2018 and restricts the transfer of personal data of EU residents to the United States, as well as pending legal cases in the European Union challenging certain transfers of such personal data outside of Europe, could require us to adopt costly compliance mechanisms, subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny, and hamper our plans to expand our business in Europe.
The use and transfer of personal data in EU member states is currently governed under Directive 95/46/EC (which is commonly referred to as the Data Protection Directive) as well as legislation adopted in the member states to implement the Data Protection Directive. The Data Protection Directive generally prohibits the transfer of personal data of EU subjects outside of the European Union, unless the party exporting the data from the European Union implements a compliance mechanism designed to ensure that the receiving party will adequately protect such data. We have relied on alternative compliance measures that directly subject us to regulatory enforcement by data protection authorities located in the European Union. As a result, we risk becoming the subject of regulatory investigations in any of the individual jurisdictions in which we operate. Each such investigation could cost us significant time and resources, and could potentially result in fines, criminal prosecution, or other penalties. Being forced to rely on alternative compliance measures could also affect the market for our technology, as EU clients may choose to do business with EU-based companies or other competitors that do not need to transfer personal data to the United States in order to avoid the above-identified risks and legal issues. Further, some of these alternative compliance measures are facing legal challenges, for example in Data Protection Commissioner v. Facebook and Maximillian Schrems, which was recently referred by the Irish High Court to the Court of Justice of the European Union. If these legal challenges successfully invalidate the alternative compliance measures that we currently rely on or may choose to rely on in the future, it may take us significant time, resources, and effort to restructure our business and/or rely on another legally sufficient compliance measure. Additionally, such an invalidation might affect our reputation with our clients, who may choose to work with businesses that do not rely on such compliance mechanisms, to ensure legal and regulatory compliance.
Additionally, the European Union has adopted the GDPR, which will supersede the Data Protection Directive in May 2018, or perhaps earlier in some jurisdictions. Among other requirements, the GDPR obligates companies that process large amounts of personal data about EU subjects to implement a number of formal processes and policies reviewing and documenting the privacy implications of the development, acquisition, or use of all new products, technologies, or types of data. Implementing these policies before the GDPR takes effect will take considerable time and resources, and could result in slowing our ability to develop, acquire, or enter into agreements to use new products, technologies, or types of data. By way of example, we must ensure that any recipient of personal data from data subjects in the EU can satisfy the adequate protection standards imposed by the EU. We may need to terminate relationships with third parties that do not satisfy these standards. In such case, we may have interruptions in our current client and vendor relationships, which may be disruptive and/or costly to our business.Further complicating this effort, the GDPR enables EU member states to enact jurisdiction-specific requirements in key areas, which could require us to modify our plans to comply with the GDPR, or otherwise to implement multiple policies unique to the jurisdictions in which we operate, which could make it more difficult and resource-intensive to continue to operate in the European Union. Additionally, the GDPR significantly increases the potential fines that might be awarded for violations of the regulation, in some cases permitting fines of up to 4% of a company’s total global turnover, though it remains unclear how EU data protection authorities will enforce the regulation and what penalties they may seek to impose on companies that violate the regulation. Finally, GDPR permits some forms of representative actions, which may be similar to class actions or collective actions in the United States. Allowing such representative actions may incentivize parties, organizations, and/or advocates to pursue private legal action relating to data protection violations more aggressively.
Current guidance on the obligations set forth in the GDPR remains sparse, so we have limited resources to draw upon as we develop our ongoing compliance practices. In particular, under the GDPR, a company is only permitted to process personal data if it

satisfies one of the permitted grounds for processing data. For our core business operations, we are processing data in accordance with the “legitimate interest” grounds, which permit processing activities, provided the interests are not “overridden by the interests or fundamental rights and freedoms of the data subject.” There is minimal guidance on the factors that would override any legitimate interest for processing. To the extent our legal basis for processing data is called into question, we may be restricted from collecting and/or processing end user data within the EU. Moreover, if we are no longer able to rely on the “legitimate interest” grounds and must instead rely on “consent,” it may be difficult for our publishers to obtain effective consent on our behalf, and it may be difficult for us to obtain effective consent directly given our lack of direct relationships with end users and the lack of clear and consistent guidance by EU data protection authorities as to how third parties might obtain effective consent from end users. These complexities are compounded by the ability of different national and state governmental authorities within the EU to adopt differing interpretive and enforcement approaches to the law.
The GDPR significantly worsens the regulatory climate in the EU for ad tech generally. If European publishers react by choosing to monetize their content through non-advertising based methods (such as paid subscriptions), or reduce use of personal data subject to the GDPR in order to reduce compliance cost and risk, the volume and value of impressions available through our exchange would decrease, with potentially significant adverse consequences for our business.
The recently passed U.S. comprehensive tax reform bill could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act, among other things, includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes future limitations on the deductibility of Research and Development (R&D) expenditures and net operating loss carryforwards, allows for the expensing of capital expenditures, and puts into effect the migration from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system. Our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities have been revalued as of December 31, 2017 at the newly enacted corporate rate and we have recorded a provisional estimate of our income at December 31, 2017 for the transition tax liability related to the deemed repatriation of all undistributed earnings from our foreign subsidiaries. The Tax Act could result in significant one time charges in future taxable years and increase our future U.S. tax expense. We are continuing to evaluate the Tax Act and its requirements, as well as its application to our business and its impact on our effective tax rate. At this stage, it is unclear how many U.S. states will incorporate these federal law changes, or portions thereof, into their tax codes. The implementation by us of new practices and processes designed to comply with and benefit from, the Tax Act and its rules and regulations could require us to make substantial changes to our business practices, allocate additional resources, and increase our costs, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We generally do not have contractual privity with Internet users who view advertisements that we place, and we may not be able to disclaim liabilities from such Internet users or consumers.
Potential sources of liability to Internet users include malicious activities, such as the introduction of malware into users' computers through advertisements served through our platform, and code that redirects users to sites other than the ones users sought to visit, potentially resulting in malware downloads or use charges from the redirect site. Sellers of advertisement space purchased through our solution often have terms of use in place with their users that disclaim or limit their potential liabilities to such users, or pursuant to which users waive rights to bring class-action lawsuits against the sellers related to advertisements. Certain of our competitors are also prominent sellers, and may be able to include protections in their website or application terms of use that also limit liability to users of their advertising services. We generally do not have terms of use in place with such users. As a consequence, we generally cannot disclaim or limit potential liabilities to such users through terms of use, which may expose us to greater liabilities than competing advertising networks that are also prominent sellers.
Changes in market standards applicable to our solution could require us to incur substantial additional development costs.
Market forces, competitors' initiatives, regulatory authorities, industry organizations, seller integration revisions, and security protocols are causing the emergence of demands and standards that are or could be applicable to our solution. We expect compliance with these kinds of standards to become increasingly important to buyers and sellers, and conforming to these standards is expected to consume a substantial and increasing portion of our development resources. If our solution is not consistent with emerging standards, our market position and sales could be impaired. If we make the wrong decisions about compliance with these standards, or are late in conforming, or if despite our efforts our solution fails to conform, our offerings will be at a disadvantage in the market to the offerings of competitors that have complied.
The evolving concept of viewability involves competitive uncertainty and may cause us to incur additional costs and liability risk.
Viewability of digital advertising inventory is relevant to marketers because it represents a way of assessing the value of particular inventory as a means to reach a target audience. However, there is no consensus definition of viewability. Some approaches focus on whether an advertisement can be seen at all, and others focus on whether an advertisement that can be seen is

actually seen, in whole or part, or for how long. Low viewability can be caused by various factors, including technical issues (e.g. device screen size, browser functionality and settings, web site load times), media design (e.g. below-the-fold or sub-page placements), and user behavior (e.g. the decision whether to scroll down a website or click on an advertisement or how long to watch a video). Non-viewability is a separate issue and may result, for example, from stacking ads so the one in the back is obscured, or serving ads into a single pixel space too small to be seen.
Aside from non-viewable inventory, which is generally well understood, various vendors and other industry participants advocate definitions and measurements of low viewability that are consistent with their technology or interests. We cannot predict whether consensus views will emerge, or what they will be. Nevertheless, some themes seem to have emerged:
Buyers of advertising inventory are increasingly using technology, often provided by third parties, to assess viewability of impressions for use as a bidding or purchasing criterion, or to determine value for purposes of determining pricing.
Assessment of viewability is imperfect, but technology can be expected to improve as data providers, DSPs, and buyers themselves develop viewability assessment tools and build viewability factors into their algorithms for bidding, purchasing, and pricing decisions.
Inventory viewability and value correlate. More viewable inventory is more valuable, and viewability of inventory increases in importance with the price paid for that inventory.
Viewability can be used as an inventory differentiator, by domain or on an impression level, with higher viewability generally associated with higher value and pricing, and lower viewability generally associated with lower value and pricing.
These themes are relevant to our business of facilitating fully informed purchase and sale of advertising, and the evolution of viewability standards may represent an opportunity to refine matching of supply and demand. However, incorporating viewability concepts fully into our business as they evolve will require us to incur additional costs to integrate relevant technologies and process additional information through our system. If we do not handle viewability well, we could be competitively disadvantaged.
In addition, inventory that is well differentiated on the basis of viewability will also be differentiated on the basis of value, with less viewable inventory valued lower. In this context, if we are not positioned to transact the higher viewability inventory competitively, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.
Buyers could attempt to hold us responsible, and not to pay us, for impressions that do not satisfy their viewability requirements or expectations, and depending upon how viewability evolves, market practice or emerging regulation may require us to incur compliance costs and assume some responsibility for viewability of advertisements transacted through our solution. Divergent views of how to measure viewability and imperfect measurement technology could lead to disagreement, increasing risk of disputes, demands for refunds, and reputational harm.
Failure to comply with industry self-regulation could harm our brand, reputation and our business.
In addition to compliance with government regulations, we voluntarily participate in trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practices or codes of conduct addressing privacy and the provision of digital advertising. However, in the past, some of these guidelines have not comported with our business practices, making them difficult for us to implement. If we encounter difficulties in the future, or our opt-out mechanisms fail to work as designed, or if digital media users misunderstand our technology or our commitments with respect to these principles, we may be subject to negative publicity, as well as investigation and litigation by governmental authorities, self-regulatory bodies or other accountability groups, buyers, sellers, or other private parties. Any such action against us could be costly and time consuming, require us to change our business practices, divert management's attention and our resources, and be damaging to our reputation and our business. In addition, we could be adversely affected by new or altered self-regulatory guidelines that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with applicable laws and regulations in the United States and other countries where we do business. As a result of such inconsistencies or conflicts, or other business or legal considerations, we may choose not to comply with some self-regulatory guidelines. Additionally, as we expand geographically, we may begin to operate in jurisdictions that have self-regulatory groups in which we do not participate. If we fail to abide by or are perceived as not operating in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and industry best practices, or any industry guidelines or codes with regard to privacy or the provision of Internet advertising, our reputation may suffer and we could lose relationships with buyers and sellers.

Forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates, if at all.
We have in the past provided, and may continue to provide, forecasts related to our market, including forecasts relating to the expected growth in the digital advertising market and parts of that market as well as the forecasted trend towards automation of analog and print advertising markets. Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, the anticipation that the advertising industry will continue to shift from analog and print media to digital advertising at the rate forecasted, or the anticipation of the shift in advertising spending from analog to digital, may not come to fruition. Further, even if the market grows, we may not. Our plans to enter or increase our presence in various markets may not succeed for various reasons, including possible shortfall or misallocation of resources or superior technology development or marketing by competitors. Large competitors, principally Google and Facebook, have absorbed a large portion of recent growth in digital advertising spending and appear well positioned to continue to do so, making it more difficult for smaller companies like us to participate in market growth without taking share from competitors.
Risks Related to Our Relationships with Buyers and Sellers and Other Strategic Relationships
We rely on buyers and sellers to abide by contractual requirements and relevant laws, rules, and regulations when using our solution. The acts or omissions of buyers or sellers, or our own failure to meet advertising and inventory content standards and provide services that our buyers and sellers trust, could harm our brand and reputation and those of our partners, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Though we contractually require buyers and sellers to abide by relevant laws, rules and regulations, as well as restrictions by their counterparties, when transacting on our platform, we do not control the content of the advertisements that we serve or the content of the websites providing the inventory, and there are many circumstances in which it is difficult or impossible for us to monitor or evaluate the compliance of our buyers and sellers. If buyers or sellers fail to abide by relevant laws, rules and regulations, or contract requirements, we could potentially face liability for such misuse.
21

In addition, both advertisers and inventory suppliers are concerned about being associated with content they consider inappropriate, competitive or inconsistent with their brands, or illegal, and they are hesitant to spend money or make inventory available, respectively, without some guarantee of brand security. Consequently, our reputation depends in part on providing services that our buyers and sellers trust, and we have contractual obligations to meet content and inventory standards. We contractually prohibit the misuse of our platform by our buyers and sellers and actively monitor inventory against our quality guidelines. Despite such efforts, we may provide access to inventory that is objectionable to our buyers or serve advertising that contains objectionable content, which could harm our or our clients’ brand and reputation, decrease their trust in our platform, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we may receive public pressure to discontinue working with certain sellers or buyers on our platform and our determination whether to continue or cease working with a given client may subject us to reputational risk.
Our contracts with buyers and sellers are generally not exclusive, may be terminated upon relatively short notice, and generally do not require minimum volumes or long-term commitments. If buyers or sellers representing a significant portion of the demand or inventory in our marketplace decide to materially reduce the use of our solution, we could experience an immediate and significant decline in our revenue and profitability and harm to our business.
Generally, our buyers and sellers are not obligated to provide us with any minimum volumes of business, may do business with our competitors as well as with us, may reduce or cancel their business with us or terminate our contracts without penalty, and may bypass us and transact directly with each other or through other intermediaries that compete with us. Accordingly, our business is highly vulnerable to changes in the macro environment, price competition, and development of new or more compelling offerings by our competitors, which could reduce business generally or motivate buyers or sellers to migrate to competitors'competitors’ offerings.
Sellers and buyers may seek to change the terms on which they do business with us, or allocate their advertising inventory or demand to our competitors who provide advertising demand and supply to them on more favorable terms or whose offerings are considered more beneficial. Sellers may allocate their available inventory among channels according to various methodologies that often result in ranked prioritization in their ad servers. Competitors ranked higher in priority see available impressions earlier and have more opportunity to acquire more inventory and more high value inventory. It is easy for sellers to change rankings in their ad servers, and we cannot control how sellers rank us, and to the extent that competitors have higher priority than us, our revenue and the quality of inventory available to our buyers can be adversely affected. Supply of advertising inventory is also limited for some sellers, such as special sites or new technologies, and sellers may request higher prices, fixed price arrangements or guarantees that we cannot provide as effectively as our competitors, or that would reduce the profitability of that business. In addition, sellers sometimes place significant restrictions on the sale of their advertising inventory, such as strict security requirements, limitations on data sharing, prohibitions on advertisements from specific advertisers or specific industries, and restrictions on the use of specified creative content or format. Finally, with the proliferation of header bidding, sellers' inventory could beis available for purchase through multiple exchanges simultaneously, thereby potentially reducing the numbersimultaneously. Buyers, in turn, are free to direct their spend to us or one or more of ad impressions sold through our exchange even where we have historically had relationships with the seller.competitors, and increasingly are seeking price concessions, rebates, or other consideration to direct more spend towards us.
We serve many buyers and sellers, but certain large buyers and sellers have accounted for and will continue to account for a disproportionate share of business transacted through our solution. Buyer and seller needs and plans can change quickly, andIn 2023, there were two buyers or sellers may reduce volumes or terminateof advertising inventory that indirectly contributed to approximately 37% of revenue through their arrangements with us, quickly and without penalty, for a variety of reasons, including financial issues or other changes in circumstances; development or acquisition by buyers or sellers of their own technologies that reduce their reliance upon us; the new offerings by or strategic relationships with our competitors; change or removal of personnel with whom we traditionally had relationships; opportunities for buyers and sellers to bypass us and deal directly with each other; change in control (including consolidations through mergers and acquisitions); adoption of header bidding solutions; or declining general economic conditions (including those resultingbuying activity from dissolutions of companies). Technical issues affecting our systems or the systems of our larger buyers or sellers could also cause a decline in spending. As is typical in our industry, some of the largest buyers and sellers on our platform are also competitors, which could increase the risk that such companies could reduce their business with us. These factors make it important for us to expand and diversify our client relationships. The number of large media buyers and sellers in the market is finite, and it could be difficult for us to replace revenue loss from any large buyers or sellers whose relationships with us diminish or terminate. Just as growth in our inventory strengthens buyer activity in a network effect, loss of inventory or buyers could have the opposite effect.
Because we do not have long-term contracts, our future revenue may be difficult to predict and there is no assurance that our current buyers and sellers will continue to use our solution or that we will be able to replace lost buyers or sellers with new ones.platform. If a buyer or group of buyers representing a significant portion of the demand in our marketplace, or a seller or group of sellers

representing a significant portion of the inventory in our marketplace decides to materially reduce use of our solutions, it could cause an immediate and significant decline in our revenue and profitability and harm to our business. Additionally,In addition, loss of substantial inventory or demand could degrade our marketplace. Loss of major DSP sources of demand could adversely affect bid density or pricing in our auctions, and reduction in fees if we overestimate future usage, we may incur additional expensesare not able to redirect inventory to other demand sources. Loss of important unique inventory could reduce fees from demand that cannot be shifted to other sellers and make it harder to differentiate ourselves from our competitors. The number of large media buyers and sellers in adding infrastructure without a commensurate increase in revenue, which would harm our profitabilitythe market is finite, and other operating results.it could be difficult for us to replace the losses from any buyers or sellers whose relationships with us diminish or terminate.
We must provide value to both buyers and sellers of advertising without being perceived as favoring one over the other or being perceived as competing with them through our service offerings.
Buyers and sellers have different interests, with each trying to enhance its value in their transactions through use of data, requests that we adapt our solution to help them, and other means. We are interposed between buyers and sellers, and to be successful, we must continue to find ways of providing value to both without being perceived as favoring one at the expense of the other. For example, our proprietary auction algorithms, which are designed to improve auction outcomes, influence the allocation and pricing of impressions and must do so in ways that add value to both buyers and sellers. Continued technological evolution in our business results in the availability and use of more data more incisively to inform buying and selling decisions. Third-partydecisions necessitates that we, as an intermediary, use data analytics providers encourage this dynamic by offering products to buyers and sellers to attempt to swing transactional dynamics to their advantage atin a manner that complies with the expense of the other. We come under pressure to provide raw data to fuel these products and to facilitate their use by buyers and sellers on our platform. Unlike some competitors, who focus on serving either buyers or sellers, we must serve the interestsexpectations of both meaning that we must exercise caution in use of dataour seller and may determine not to facilitate some data products, which could result in loss of business from clients that insist upon using such products.buyer clients. Furthermore, because new business models continue to emerge, we must constantly adapt our relationship with buyers and sellers and how we market ourselves to each. Consistent with our goal of connecting buyers and sellers, we inevitablyseek to grow closerour connections to each, and we must take care that our deeper connections with buyers, on the one hand, or sellers, on the other hand, do not come at the expense of the other's interests. For example, our recent decision to default to a first-price auction dynamic for all our header bidding auctions could be perceived by some buyers as serving the interests of sellers by increasing amounts paid for inventory, while some sellers could view our Estimated Market Rate service, which is designed to reduce buyers’ first price bids while maintaining their win rates, as favoring buyers. In addition, as our own capabilities evolve, we may be perceived by clients, particularly buyers, as competing with them.them, which could result in a loss of their business or otherwise negatively impact our relationships. For instance, we recently introduced ClearLine, a self-service buying tool that provides agencies direct access to premium advertising on our platform. This solution helps agencies maximize the spend going towards working media, makes it easier for sellers and agencies to securely share data, improves workflow for campaigns traditionally transacted manually, and helps publishers generate more revenue and develop new sources of unique
22

demand. If we fail to balance our clients' interests appropriately, our ability to provide a full suite of services and our growth prospects may be compromised.
We rely on buyers to use our solution to purchase advertising on behalf of advertisers. Such buyers may have or develop high-risk credit profiles or pay slowly, which may result in credit risk to us or require additional working capital to fund our accounts payable. In addition, direct billing arrangements between buyers and sellers may result in unfavorable fee dynamics and increased working capital demands.
Generally, we invoice and collect from buyers the full purchase price for impressions they have purchased, retain our fees, and remit the balance to sellers. However, in some cases, we may be required or choose to pay sellers for impressions delivered before we have collected, or even if we are unable to collect, from the buyer of those impressions. There can be no assurances that we will not experience bad debt in the future, and write-offs for bad debt could have a materially negative effect on our results of operations for the periods in which the write-offs occur. This is particularly true in the case of buyers that act as technological intermediaries, such as DSPs, since those DSPs control large amounts of spend across various advertisers and agencies. In addition to posing their own credit risk, such DSPs may not be required to pay us for specific inventory in the event the DSP is not able to collect payment from the underlying advertiser directing the campaign.
In addition, we attempt to coordinate collections from our buyers so as to fund our payment obligations to our sellers. However, some buyers and sellers may require direct billing and collection arrangements between themselves, and some providers of header bidding wrappers or other downstream decisioning mechanisms in which we participate (such as Google EBDA)EB) may control billing and collection for transactions we win through their platforms. When we collect from buyers and pay sellers, we are able to retain our fees from cash we collect before remitting balances to sellers. However, if we do not manage collections and payments, we will need to invoice clients for our fees, which may delay our collections and increase visibility and result in pressure for more transparent or lower fees. Further, growth and increased competitive pressure in
In the digital advertising industry is causing brand spenders to become more demanding, resulting in overall increased focus by all industry participants on pricing, transparency, and cash and collection cycles. Somepast, some buyers have experienced financial pressures that have motivated them to slow the timing of their payments to us. If buyers slow their payments to us or our cash collections are significantly diminished as a result of these dynamics, our revenue and/or cash flow could be adversely affected and we may need to use working capital to fund our accounts payable pending collection from the buyers. This may result in additional costs and cause us to forgo or defer other more productive uses of that working capital.
Our sales efforts with buyers and sellers may require significant time and expense and may not yield the results we seek.
Attracting new buyers and sellers and increasing our business with existing buyers and sellers involves substantial time, expense, and expense,personnel investments, and we may not be successful in establishing newour efforts. This is particularly true with respect to our managed service business, which relies on direct relationships or in maintaining or advancingwith advertisers, and is therefore more resource intensive. Certain of our current relationships. We may spend substantialproduct offerings require a significant amount of time and effort educating buyerscosts in the initial client setup and sellers about our offerings, including providing demonstrationsimplementation, and comparisons against other available solutions.we generally do not recognize revenue from such clients until we commence services. This process can be costly and time-consuming, and is complicated by us having to spend time integrating our solution with software of buyers and sellers. Because our solution may be less familiar in some markets outside the United States, the time and expense involved with attracting, educating and integrating buyers and sellers in international

markets may be even greater than in the United States. If we are not successful in targeting, supporting and streamlining our sales processes, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected. In addition, because of competitive market conditions and negotiating leverage enjoyed by large buyers and sellers, we are sometimes forced to choose between loss of business or contracting on terms that allocate more risk to us than we would prefer to accept.
We rely on buyers and sellers to abide by contractual requirements and relevant laws, rules, and regulations when using our solution, and legal claims or enforcement actions resulting from the actions of buyers or sellers could expose us to liabilities, damage our reputation, and be costly to defend.
The buyers and sellers engaging in transactions through our platform impose various requirements upon each other, and they and the underlying advertisers are subject to regulatory requirements by governments and standards bodies applicable to their activities. We assume responsibility for satisfying or facilitating the satisfaction of some of these requirements through the contracts we enter into with buyers and sellers. In addition, we may have responsibility for some acts or omissions of buyers or sellers transacting business through our solution under applicable laws or regulations or as a result of common law duties, even if we have not assumed responsibility contractually. These responsibilities could expose us to significant liabilities, perhaps without the ability to impose effective mitigating controls upon, or to recover from, buyers and sellers.
We contractually require our buyers and sellers to abide by relevant laws, rules and regulations, as well as restrictions by their counterparties, when transacting on our platform, and we generally attempt to obtain representations from buyers that the advertising they place through our solution complies with applicable laws and regulations and does not violate third-party intellectual property rights, and from sellers about the quality and characteristics of the impressions they provide. We also generally receive representations from buyers and sellers about their privacy practices and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including their maintenance of adequate privacy policies that disclose and permit our data collection practices. Nonetheless, there are many circumstances in which it is difficult or impossible for us to monitor or evaluate their compliance. For example, we cannot control the content of buyers’ advertisements or sellers’ media properties, and we are often unable to determine exactly what information a buyer collects after an ad has been placed, and how the buyer uses any such collected information. If buyers or sellers fail to abide by relevant laws, rules and regulations, or contract requirements, when transacting over our platform, or after such a transaction is completed, we could potentially face liability for such misuse. Similarly, if such misconduct results in enforcement action by a regulatory body or other governmental authority, we could become involved in a potentially time-consuming and costly investigation or we could be subject to some form of sanction or penalty. We may not have adequate indemnity to protect us against, and our policies of insurance may not cover, such claims and losses.
Our business relationships expose us to risk of substantial liability for contract breach, violation of laws and regulations, intellectual property infringement and other losses, and our contractual indemnities and limitations of liability may not protect us adequately.
Our agreements with sellers, buyers and other third parties typically obligate us to provide indemnity and defense for losses resulting from claims of intellectual property infringement, damages to property or persons, business losses or other liabilities. Generally, these indemnity and defense obligations relate to our own business operations, obligations and acts or omissions. However, under some circumstances, we agree to indemnify and defend contract counterparties against losses resulting from their own business operations, obligations and acts or omissions, or the business operations, obligations and acts or omissions of third parties. For example, because our business interposes us between buyers and sellers in various ways, buyers often require us to indemnify them against acts and omissions of sellers, and sellers often require us to indemnify them against acts and omissions of buyers. In addition, our agreements with sellers, buyers and other third parties typically include provisions limiting our liability to the counterparty and the counterparty's liability to us. These limits sometimes do not apply to certain liabilities, including indemnity obligations. These indemnity and limitation of liability provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements in which they appear.
We have limited ability to control acts and omissions of buyers and sellers or other third parties that could trigger our indemnity obligations, and our policies of insurance may not cover us for acts and omissions of others. Because we contract with many buyers and sellers and those contracts are individually negotiated with different scopes of indemnity and different limits of liability, it is possible that in any case our obligation to provide indemnity for the acts or omissions of a third party such as a buyer or seller may exceed what we are able to recover from that party. Further, contractual limits on our liability may not apply to our indemnity obligations, contractual limits on our counterparties' liability may limit what we can recover from them, and contract counterparties may be unable to meet their obligations to indemnify and defend us as a result of insolvency or other factors. Large indemnity obligations, or obligations to third parties not adequately covered by the indemnity obligations of our contract counterparties, could expose us to significant costs.

In addition to the effects on indemnity described above, the limitation of liability provisions in our contracts may, depending upon the circumstances, be too high to protect us from significant liability for our own acts or omissions, or so low as to prevent us from recovering fully for the acts or omissions of our counterparties.
Our solution relies on third-party open source software components. Failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could expose us to liabilities, and the combination of certain open source software with code that we develop could compromise the proprietary nature of our solution.
Our solution utilizes software licensed to us by third-party authors under "open source" licenses. The use of open source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar solutions with lower development effort and time and ultimately put us at a competitive disadvantage.
23

The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on us. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that our processes for controlling our use of open source software will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue operating using our solution on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our solution or the supporting computational infrastructure to discontinue use of certain code, or to make generally available, in source code form, portions of our proprietary code.

Risks RelatingRelated to Our Operationsthe Advertising Technology Industry, Market, and Competition
The digital advertising market may develop more slowly or differently than we expect, if so our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.
Our reorganization and cost-control efforts mightfuture growth will be constrained if we are not assure profitability and may affect morale and make itable to adapt successfully to market evolution. It is difficult to retain employeespredict adoption rates, demand for our solution, the future growth rate and size of the digital advertising solutions market or attract new ones.the entry of competitive solutions. Any expansion of the market for digital advertising solutions depends on a number of factors, including social and regulatory acceptance, the growth of the overall digital advertising market and the growth of specific sectors including CTV, social, mobile, video, and out-of-home as well as the actual or perceived technological viability, quality, cost, performance and value associated with emerging digital advertising solutions. If digital marketing does not develop in the manner we expect, our business and financial condition would be adversely affected.
We implemented a reductionoperate in force affecting approximately 125 employees in November 2016an intensely competitive market that includes companies that have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do.
We face intense competition in the first quartermarketplace. We compete for advertising spending against competitors that, in some cases, are also buyers and/or sellers on our platform. We also compete for supply of 2017, we exited the intent marketing business and reorganized our management team. These steps were partadvertising inventory against a variety of a larger effort we began earlier in 2016 to realign our business to address the needscompetitors. Some of our existing and potential competitors are better established, benefit from greater name recognition, may have offerings and technology that we do not have or have significantly more financial, technical, sales, and marketing resources than we do. In addition, some competitors, particularly those with greater scale or a more diversified revenue base and a broader offering, have greater flexibility than we do to compete aggressively on the basis of price and other contract terms, or to compete with us by including in their product offerings services that we may not provide. Some existing and potential buyers have their own direct relationships with sellers or are seeking to establish such relationships, and many sellers are investing in capabilities that enable them to connect more effectively directly with buyers without the use of intermediaries such as us. Our business suffers to the extent that buyers and sellers purchase and sell advertising inventory directly from one another or through intermediaries other than us, reducing the amount of advertising spend on our platform. New or stronger competitors may emerge through acquisitions and industry consolidation or through development of disruptive technologies. If our offerings are not perceived as competitively differentiated, we could lose clients, and the evolving marketplace in which we operate, and to pursue our strategic priorities. Our strategic decisions to reduce and then eliminate our buyer fees have contributed to a significant decline in our revenue and cash flow, whichmarket share or be compelled us to pursue additional cost-reduction measures in the first quarter of 2018 in an ongoing effort to operate profitably. As a result, we implemented further headcount reductions of approximately 100 employees in the first quarter of 2018. We had previously scaled our organization in anticipation of continuing revenue growth in excess of the actual results we have achieved, and the steps we have taken are intended to reduce our costsprices, making it more difficult to aligngrow our organizationbusiness profitably.
There has been rapid evolution and cost structure more appropriatelyconsolidation in the advertising technology industry, and we expect these trends to continue, thereby increasing the capabilities and competitive posture of larger companies, particularly those that are already dominant in various ways, and enabling new or stronger competitors to emerge. There is a finite number of large buyers and sellers in our current revenuetarget markets, and any consolidation of buyers or sellers may give the resulting enterprises greater bargaining power or result in the loss of buyers and sellers that use our platform, and thus reduce our potential base of buyers and sellers, each of which would lead to erosion of our revenue.
As technology continues to improve and market factors continue to attract investment, competition and pricing pressure may increase and market saturation may change the competitive landscape in favor of larger competitors with greater scale and broader offerings, including those that can afford to position us betterspend more than we can to expand our investments in future growth areas including header bidding, mobile, video,grow more quickly and PMP. However, our cost reduction efforts do not assure our profitability. Additional cost reductionsstrengthen their competitive position. Competition may be implementedfurther impacted by advancements in artificial intelligence, and our ability to compete in the future and cost savings may be offset bydependent, in part, on our ability to further develop artificial intelligence into our solutions. In addition, our competitors or potential competitors may adopt certain aspects of our business model, which could reduce our ability to differentiate our solutions.
For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future hiringcompetitors.

Risks Related to Our Collection, Use and Disclosure of Data
Our business depends on our ability to collect, use, and disclose data to deliver advertisements. Any limitation imposed on our collection, use or disclosure of this data could significantly diminish the value of our solution and cause us to lose sellers, buyers, and revenue. Proliferation of consumer tools, regulatory restrictions and technological limitations all threaten our ability to use and disclose data.
24

The more informed advertising is about its audience, the more valuable it is. Programmatic advertising enables more precise audience targeting based on the interests and actions of the user. Targeted advertising is generally more effective and valuable for buyers than other types of advertising, resulting in more revenue for sellers. In order to target advertising, we and our clients must collect and use data in a variety of ways. Our ability to collect, use, and share data about advertising purchase and sale transactions and user behavior and interaction with content is critical to the value of our services, and any limitation on our data practices could impair our ability to deliver effective solutions to our clients. Any restriction on the types of data we collect could make placement of advertising through our solution less valuable, with commensurate reductions in revenue.
Consumers can, with increasing ease, implement practices or technologies that limit our ability, or that of our sellers, buyers and business partners, to collect data. For example, users may delete or block the use of the cookies and similar technologies used to collect data, including through their browser or mobile device settings. Consumers may also download "ad blocking" software that prevents certain cookies and other tracking technologies from being stored on a user’s computer or mobile device or from making calls to advertising partners. This may prevent the display of targeted or other costsadvertisements. In addition, device manufacturers, browsers and other tools are increasingly promoting features that allow users to pursue strategic objectives. The reductiondisable the collection of data. For example, Apple now requires user opt-in before permitting access to Apple’s unique identifier, or IDFA. Further, Google has announced that it will deprecate the mobile advertising identifier used on Android devices. These shifts have had, and will likely continue to have, a substantial impact on the mobile advertising ecosystem and could harm growth in forcethis channel. User privacy features of other channels of programmatic advertising are growing, such as use of browser-based opt out signals like Global Privacy Control (“GPC”) on web browsers, and management reorganizationprivacy features on CTV or over-the-top video. Technical or policy changes, including regulation or industry self-regulation, could adverselyalso harm our growth in those channels. In addition, as further described in the risk factors below, current and potential future privacy laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad already restrict, and could further restrict, the ability to collect and process certain types of user data.
Further, much of the data we collect and use belongs to our buyers or sellers, and we receive their permission to use it. Although our sellers and buyers generally permit us to aggregate and use data from advertising placements, subject to certain restrictions, sellers or buyers might decide to restrict our collection or use of their data. There could be various reasons for this, including perceptions by buyers that their data can be used by sellers to extract higher prices for impressions, or perceptions by sellers that their data can be used by buyers to bid tactically to reduce pricing for impressions. As consumers continue to increase their use of digital technology and to incorporate multiple devices into their lives, linking and using data across such devices is increasingly important. Various challenges affect morale in our organizationability to link data relating to discrete devices or browsers, including different technologies, increased user awareness and sensitivity regarding use of data about their device usage, and evolving regulatory and self-regulatory standards. These challenges may slow growth, and if we are not able to cope with these challenges as effectively as other companies, we will be competitively disadvantaged. Any limitation on our reputation as an employer, which could leadability to the loss of valued employeescollect data about user behavior and interaction with content could make it more difficult for us to hire new employeesdeliver effective solutions that meet the needs of sellers and buyers.
As cookies are replaced by alternative tracking mechanisms, our performance may decline and we may lose buyers and revenue.
Industry participants in the future,advertising technology ecosystem have taken or may take action to eliminate or restrict the use of cookies and other identifiers, and we expect the reductionuse of third-party cookies to be largely phased out by the end of 2024. For instance, Google has announced plans to fully eliminate support for third-party cookies in the Chrome browser by the end of 2024. While Magnite generally supports the notion of third-party cookie deprecation, these efforts could lead to significant uncertainty and instability in the short term as well as a decrease in CPMs and a shift in advertising spend, as the industry adjusts to a new targeting paradigm.
In the absence of third-party cookies, it is possible that other companies in our headcount could adversely affectecosystem that we work with, or with which we may compete, may develop alternative solutions to target users, including through the use of first party data, proprietary algorithms or statistical methods or other proprietary identifiers. These solutions may favor walled gardens or other owned properties that have access to large amounts of first party data and may build solutions into their widely-used web browsers or social platforms. For instance, Google has announced its Privacy Sandbox, which is intended to create web standards for websites to access user information without compromising privacy.
In the absence of third-party cookies, it is possible that other companies in our service deliveryecosystem that we work with, or with which we may compete, may develop alternative solutions to target users, including through the use of first party data, proprietary algorithms or statistical methods or other proprietary identifiers. While new identification solutions will likely provide some level of consistency and make it more difficultcompatibility with our platform, they are unreleased and unproven, and may require substantial development and commercial changes for us to pursue new opportunitiessupport. In addition, these solutions may favor walled gardens or other owned properties that have access to large amounts of first party data and initiativesmay build solutions into their widely-used web browsers or social platforms. For instance, Google has announced its Privacy Sandbox, which is intended to facilitate audience targeting for personalized advertising without the use of third party cookies. This tool set is still being tested in the future.industry, but its current design does not support all current ad tech use cases and business practices, and may be less effective than solutions based on third-party cookies.There is also a substantial risk that the Privacy Sandbox is developed in a way that self-preferences Google’s own ad tech solutions, including products which are competitive with our SSP. Even if third-party cookies are
25

effectively replaced by open industry-wide tracking standards rather than proprietary standards, we may still incur substantial re-engineering costs to replace cookies with these new technologies. This may also diminish the quality or value of our services to buyers if such new technologies do not provide us with the quality or timeliness of the data that we currently generate from cookies.

Our belief that the elimination of third-party cookies will lead to an increased use of first-party publisher data may be incorrect.
We believe that the elimination of third-party cookies has the potential to shift the programmatic ecosystem from an identity model powered by buyers that are able to aggregate and target audiences through cookies and other tracking technologies to one enabled by sellers that have direct relationships with consumers and are therefore better positioned to obtain user data and consent for implementing first party identifiers. While we believe that our platform and scale position us well to provide the infrastructure and tools needed for a publisher-centric identity model to succeed, there is no guarantee that our efforts will lead to an increase of the use of first-party publisher segments in the ecosystem. It is also possible that the increased use of first-party publisher segments will disproportionately benefit sellers or the large walled gardens that have access to large amounts of first party data. Additionally, these changes could create some variability in our revenue across certain buyers or sellers, depending on the timing of changes and developed solutions, and even if there is an increase in the proliferation of first-party publisher segments, we may still incur substantial re-engineering costs to optimize our solution for use with such segments.

Risks Related to Regulation
More legislation and regulation of digital businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, could create unexpected additional costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or cause us to change our technology solution or business model, which may have an adverse effect on the demand for our solution.
Many local, state, federal, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of data collected from and about consumers and devices, and the regulatory framework for privacy issues is evolving worldwide. Various U.S. and foreign governments, consumer agencies, self-regulatory bodies, and public advocacy groups have called for or implemented new regulation directly impacting the digital advertising industry.
While California was the first state to enact an omnibus consumer privacy law in 2018, similar laws enacted by four other states became enforceable in 2023, each of which affect the digital advertising ecosystem. Numerous other states have recently passed similar laws, which go into effect throughout 2024 and beyond. In the coming months and years, we expect to see more state regulation, as well as potential federal regulation, aimed at the collection and use of data to target advertisements and communicate with consumers. Such legislation or regulation could affect the costs of doing business online and may adversely affect the demand for or the effectiveness and value of our solution. Recently enacted state laws define “personal information” or “personal data” in ways that capture the types of data that we collect, such as device identifiers and IP addresses. Under these laws, consumers have broad privacy rights (including rights of access and deletion), which bear similarity to some of the data subject rights granted to EEA and UK residents under the GDPR and UK GDPR. In addition, these laws require all businesses that engage in certain advertising uses of consumer personal information to offer and honor an opt-out of such activities, including, in some states, through browser or device-based preference signals. The implementation of these state laws and any corresponding regulations will cause us to incur additional compliance costs and may impose additional restrictions on us and on our industry partners.
Separate from these comprehensive state consumer privacy laws, lawmakers continue to focus their efforts on data collection, processing, and disclosures by companies that do not have direct relationships with the consumers whose personal data they process. Several states, including California and Texas, have recently enacted or updated laws restricting the activities of data brokers. Notably, California recently passed the Delete Act, dramatically increasing obligations and potential penalties relative to the state’s preexisting data broker statute. Beyond additional transparency requirements, beginning in August 2026, companies registered as data brokers in California (including Magnite), must honor universal deletion requests consumers make of all data brokers via a deletion mechanism the state will create. Beginning in 2028, data brokers must undergo audits verifying their compliance with the Delete Act. These obligations may reduce the data available to Magnite, require us to develop complex and expensive compliance tools and procedures, and may result in reductions in revenue.
In the European Economic Area ("EEA") and the United Kingdom ("UK"), the General Data Protection Regulation, Regulation (EU) 2016/679 ("GDPR") and UK General Data Protection Regulation ("UK GDPR") respectively treat much of the end-user information that is critical to programmatic digital advertising as "personal data", subject to significant conditions and restrictions on its collection, use, transfer and disclosure. The GDPR and UK GDPR also set out substantial potential liabilities for certain data protection violations and create a compliance burden for us in the course of delivering our solution in Europe.
26

Compliance stakes are high because penalties for violation of the law can reach up to the greater of 20 million Euros (GDPR)/£17.5 million (UK GDPR) or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover (revenue).
Further, many governments are restricting the transmission or storage of information about individuals beyond their national borders. Such restrictions could, depending upon their scope, limit our ability to utilize technology infrastructure consolidation, redundancy, and load-balancing techniques, resulting in increased infrastructure costs, decreased operational efficiencies and performance, and increased risk of system failure.
These laws and regulations are continually evolving, not always clear, and not always consistent across the jurisdictions in which we do business. Any failure to protect, and comply with applicable laws and regulations or industry standards applicable to, personal data or other data relating to consumers could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of our officers, and public censure, claims for damages by consumers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation, and loss of goodwill.
The GDPR and UK GDPR impose strict requirements for transferring personal data from the European Economic Area and United Kingdom to the United States and other countries, and regulatory guidance and case law on international transfers is continually evolving; this increases uncertainty and may require us to change our EEA and UK data practices and/or change our technology solution or business model, which may in turn adversely affect demand for our solution.
The GDPR and UK GDPR generally prohibit the transfer of personal data of EEA and UK subjects outside of the European Economic Area and the UK to countries whose laws do not ensure an adequate level of protection, unless a lawful data transfer solution has been implemented. On July 16, 2020, in a case known as "Schrems II," the Court of Justice of the European Union ("CJEU") ruled on the validity of two of the primary data transfer solutions. The first method, EU-U.S. Privacy Shield operated by the U.S. Department of Commerce, was declared invalid as a legal mechanism to transfer data from the EEA and UK to the U.S. A successor agreement, the Data Privacy Framework (“DPF”), is now in place, but numerous lawsuits against the DPF have already been filed, and it is uncertain whether DPF will stand up to judicial scrutiny by the CJEU or, like its predecessor agreement, be declared invalid.
The GDPR imposes requirements for end user consent or opt-out that may cause us to incur additional or unexpected costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or cause us to change our service or business model, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.
The European Union Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive (Directive 2002/58/EC), commonly referred to as the "ePrivacy Directive," and the GDPR require consent or another legal basis in order to process personal data for purposes of behavioral advertising, and there is currently significant risk and uncertainty regarding the standard for obtaining valid consent. Current regulatory developments indicate stricter interpretation of the ePrivacy Directive, meaning that data processing without consent will continue to decrease.
End-user consent is difficult for ad tech intermediaries like us to obtain because we do not have direct relationships with such end users, so we have historically relied upon sellers to obtain consent for use of our technology. To the extent any seller does not adequately satisfy its consent obligations for our technology, we may face regulatory risk. Further, emerging regulatory guidance in the EU has challenged this method of obtaining consent.
In 2018, IAB Europe released a tool, the Transparency and Consent Framework (the "TCF"), in order to assist sellers, advertisers and advertising technology providers, with passing signals related to the legal basis obtained for processing personal data. For example, the TCF is used to indicate in the bidstream when there is consent from end users in accordance with the ePrivacy Directive and GDPR. Following a decision by the Belgian Data Protection Authority ("ADP"), the TCF was revised in 2023.
There is still significant uncertainty as to whether the new TCF (or any other) tool to convey legal basis (including consent) is acceptable to regulators as an appropriate mechanism to provide transparency and establish lawful grounds for processing, and a referral case is pending before the CJEU. Depending on its outcome, it may become difficult or impossible for us to rely on standardized solutions to provide transparency and compliance with consent requirements, which may increase costs and risks related to compliance. This legal uncertainty and evolving guidance may result in certain sellers removing personal data from their inventory, which would reduce the value to buyers.
Legal standards and regulatory guidance will continue to evolve. National regulators in the UK and EU are evolving their guidance on the use of advertising technologies and compliance with the GDPR and ePrivacy Directive. This guidance may be burdensome or inconsistent across countries, and present challenges to the way we operate.
As a result of all of the factors set forth above, our or our clients’ ability to serve target advertisements may become significantly impaired or complicated in certain jurisdictions.
We are subject to regulation with respect to political advertising, which lacks clarity and uniformity.
We are subject to regulation with respect to political advertising activities, which are governed by various federal and state laws in the U.S., and national and provincial laws worldwide. Online political advertising laws are rapidly evolving and in
27

certain jurisdictions we have compliance requirements with respect to political ads delivered on our platform. In some jurisdictions we may determine not to serve political advertisements due to uncertainty around these requirements and potential burdens of compliance. In addition, our sellers may impose restrictions on receiving political advertising. The lack of uniformity and increasing compliance requirements around political advertising may adversely impact the amount of political advertising spent through our platform, increase our operating and compliance costs, and subject us to potential liability from regulatory agencies.
Issues related to industry self-regulation could harm our brand, reputation, and our business.
In addition to compliance with government regulations, we voluntarily participate in trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practices or codes of conduct addressing privacy and the provision of digital advertising. If we encounter difficulties abiding by these principles, we may be subject to negative publicity, as well as investigation and litigation by governmental authorities, self-regulatory bodies or other accountability groups, buyers, sellers, or other private parties. Any such action against us could be costly and time consuming, require us to change our business practices, divert management's attention and our resources, and be damaging to our reputation and our business. In addition, we could be adversely affected by new or altered self-regulatory guidelines that are inconsistent with our practices.
Our business is subject to evolving corporate governance and public disclosure regulations and expectations, including with respect to environmental, social and governance matters that could expose us to numerous risks.
Increasingly, regulators, customers, investors, employees and other stakeholders are focusing on environmental, social and governance ("ESG") matters and related disclosures. These changing rules, regulations and stakeholder expectations have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and increased management time and attention spent complying with or meeting such regulations and expectations.
We may also communicate certain initiatives and goals regarding environmental matters, diversity, responsible advertising, social investments and other ESG matters in our SEC filings or in other public disclosures. We could face scrutiny from certain stakeholders for the scope or nature of such initiatives or goals, or for any revisions to these goals. If our ESG related data, processes and reporting are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to our ESG goals on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial performance and growth could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations
Real or perceived errors or failures in the operation of our solution could damage our reputation and impair our sales.
We must operate our technology infrastructure without interruption to support the needs of sellers and buyers. Because our software is complex, undetected errors and failures may occur, especially when new versions or updates are made to our software or network infrastructure, or changes are made to sellers' or buyers' software interfacing with our solution. Errorssolution, or as we further integrate acquired technologies. For example, our Magnite Streaming platform is relatively new, and unknown errors or bugs in our software, faulty algorithms, technical or infrastructure problems, or updates to our systems could lead to an inability to effect transactions or process data to place advertisements or price inventory effectively, cause the inadvertent disclosure of proprietary data, or cause advertisements to display improperly or be placed in proximity to inappropriate content. Despite testing by us,Such errors or bugs in our software have in the past, and may in the future, not be found until the software is in our live operating environment. For example, changes to our solution have in the past caused errors in the reporting and analytics applications for buyers, resulting in delays in their spending on our platform. Errors or failures in our solution, even if caused by the implementation of changes by buyers or sellers to their systems, could also result in negative publicity, disclosure of confidential information, damage to our reputation, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solution, increased costs or loss of revenue, loss of competitive position, or claims by advertisers for losses sustained by them.

We may make errors in the measurement of transactions conducted through our solution, causing discrepancies with the measurements of buyers and sellers, which can lead to a lack of confidence in us and require us to reduce our fees or provide refunds to buyers and sellers. Alleviating problems resulting from errors in our software could require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and could cause interruptions, delays, or the cessation of our business.
Various risks could interrupt access to our network infrastructure or data, exposing us to significant costs and other liabilities.
Our revenue depends on the technological ability of our solution to deliver and measure advertising impressions, and the operation of our exchange and our ability to place impressions depend on the continuing and uninterrupted performance of our IT systems. Our platform operates on our data processing equipment that is housed in third-party commercial data centers that we do not control.control or on servers owned and operated by cloud-based service providers. We rely on multiple bandwidth providers, multiple internet service providers, as well as content delivery network, or CDN providers, and domain name systems, or DNS providers, and mobile networks to deliver video ads. In addition, our systems interact with systems of buyers and sellers and their contractors. Any damage to, or failure of, these systems could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our service. Moreover, the failure of our data center hosting facilities or any other third-party providers to meet our capacity requirements, or dramatically increased costs of such resources, could result in interruptions in the availability or functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations. All of these facilities and systems are vulnerable to
28

interruption and/or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation: (i) loss of adequate power or cooling and telecommunications failures; (ii) fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, and other natural disasters; (iii) software and hardware errors, failures, or crashes; (iv) financial insolvency; and (v) computer viruses, malware, hacking, terrorism, and similar disruptive problems. In particular, intentional cyber-attacks present a serious issue because they are difficult to prevent and remediate and can be used to defraud our buyers and sellers and their clients and to steal confidential or proprietary data from us, our clients, or their users. The use of artificial intelligence has the potential to further exacerbate these cyber security threats. Further, because our Los Angeles headquartersoffice and San Francisco offices and our California data center sites are in seismically active areas, earthquakes present a particularly serious risk of business disruption. These vulnerabilities may increase with the complexity and scope of our systems and their interactions with buyer and seller systems.
The steps we take to mitigate this risk may not protect against all problems, and our ability to mitigate risks to related third-party systems is limited. In addition, we rely to a significant degree upon security and business continuity measures of our data center operators, which may be ineffective. Our disaster recovery and business continuity plans rely upon third-party providers of related services, and if those vendors fail us, we could be unable to meet the needs of buyers and sellers. Any steps we take to increase the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures. Any failures with our solution or delays in the execution of transactions through our system may result in the loss of advertising placements on impressions and, as a result, the loss of revenue. Our facilities would be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require substantial time.
Buyers may attribute to us any technical disruption or failure in the performance of advertisements on sellers' digital media properties, harming our reputation and resulting in buyers seeking to avoid payment or demand future credits for disruptions or failures. If we are unable to operate our exchange and deliver advertising impressions successfully, our ability to attract potential buyers and sellers and retain and expand business with existing buyers and sellers could be harmed.
Malfunction or failure of our systems, or other systems that interact with our systems, or inaccessibility or corruption of data, could disrupt our operations and negatively affect our business and results of operations to a level in excess of any applicable business interruption insurance, result in potential liability to buyers and sellers, and negatively affect our reputation and ability to sell our solution.
Any breach of our computer systems or confidential data in our possession could expose us to significant expense and liabilities and harm our reputation.
We maintain our own confidential and proprietary information in our IT systems, and we control or have access to confidential, proprietary, and personal data belonging or related to buyers, sellers, and their clients and users, as well as vendors and business partners. Our clients and various third parties also have access to our confidential and proprietary information. There is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this data despite our efforts to protect this data.
We are subject to ongoing Though we undertake robust security threats and breaches, computer malware, computer hacking attacks, and inadvertent transmission of computer viruses. Other harmful software code may occur on our systems or those of our clients, business partners, or information technology vendors. Security measures, undertaken by us, our vendors, and our buyers and sellers may be ineffective as a result of employee error, failure to implement appropriate processes and procedures, malfeasance, cyber-attacks, cyber-extortion or other intentional misconduct by computer hackers, "phishing" or other tactics to obtain illicit system access, or otherwise. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, and because we typically are not able to control the efficacy of security measures implemented by our clients and vendors, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures.

Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or breach, any security incident could disrupt computer systems or networks, interfere with services to our sellers, buyers, or their clients, and result in unauthorized access to personally identifiable information, intellectual property, and other confidential business information owned by us or our buyers, sellers, or vendors. As a result, we could be exposed to legal claims and litigation, indemnity obligations, regulatory fines and penalties, contractual obligations, other liabilities, significant costs for remediation and re-engineering to prevent future occurrences, significant distraction to our business, and damage to our reputation, our relationships with buyers and sellers, and our ability to retain and attract new buyers and sellers. If personally identifiableParticularly, if information subject to breach notice statuses is compromised, we may be required to undertake notification and remediation procedures, provide indemnity, and undergo regulatory investigations and penalties, all of which can be extremely costly and result in adverse publicity.
Failure If the breach is material, we will be subject to maintain the brand security features of our solution couldadditional SEC disclosure requirements, which may harm our brand, reputation, and expose us to liabilities.
It is important to sellers that the advertising placed on their media not conflict with existing seller arrangements and be of high quality, consistent with applicable seller standards and compliant with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. It is important to buyers that their advertisements are placed on appropriate media, in proximity with appropriate content, that the impressions for which they are charged are legitimate, and that their advertising campaigns yield their desired results. We use various measures, including proprietary technology, in an effort to store, manage and process rules set by buyers and sellers and to ensure the quality and integrity of the results delivered to sellers and buyers through our solution. If we fail to properly implement or honor rules established by buyers and sellers, or if our measures are not adequate, advertisements may be improperly placed through our platform, which can result in harm to our reputation as well as the need to pay refunds and other potential legal liabilities.overall business.
Failure to detect or prevent fraud, intrusion of malware through our platform into the systems or devices of our clients and their customers, or other actions that impact the integrity of our solution or advertisement performance, could cause sellers and buyers to lose confidence in our solution and expose us to legal claims, which would cause our business to suffer. If we terminate relationships with sellers as a result of our screening efforts, our volume of paid impressions may decline.
We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to fraudulent and malicious activities undertaken by persons seeking to use our platform for improper purposes, including to divert or artificially inflate purchases by buyers through our platform, or to disrupt or divert the operation of the systems and devices of our clients and their customers to misappropriate information, generate fraudulent billings, stage hostile attacks, or for other illicit purposes. Examples of such activities include the use of bots or other automated or manual mechanisms to generate fraudulent impressions that are delivered through our platform, which could overstate the performance of advertising impressions. Such activities could also include the introduction of malware through our platform by persons seeking to commandeer, or gain access to information on, consumers' devices. We use proprietary and third party technology to identify non-human inventory and traffic, as well as malware, and we generally terminate relationships with parties that appear to be engaging in such activities, which may result in fewer paid impressions in the year the relationships are terminated than would have otherwise occurred. Despite our efforts, it can be difficult to detect fraudulent or malicious activity for various reasons. We do not own contentreasons and must relyadvancements in part on sellers and buyers for controls with respectartificial intelligence are likely to such activity. Perpetrators of fraudulent impressions and malware can be ingenious and change their tactics to adapt to preventative measures, requiring us to improve over time our processes for assessing the quality of sellers' inventory and controlling fraudulent activity. Fraudulent activity is more difficult for us to detect and police in inventory we access through third-party aggregators, because in those situations we do not connect directly to the publishers and their servers. We plan to increase our reliance on this type of inventory as part of our strategy to increase the volume of transactions on our platform, which could expose us to increased risk of fraudulent activity.exacerbate these challenges. If we fail to detect or prevent fraudulent or other malicious activity, we could face legal claims from clients and/or consumers and the affected advertisers may experience or perceive a reduced return on their investment or heightened risk associated with use of our solution, resulting in dissatisfaction with our solution, refusals to pay, refund demands, loss of confidence of buyers or sellers, or withdrawal of future business. We also face claims from sellers that we terminate because of known or perceived fraudulent activity, and any such claim could be material.
We are relying uponFailure to maintain the ad classification technology we acquired from nToggle to help us increase the scalebrand security features of our business and compete for demand.
In July 2017, we purchased nToggle, which had developed ad classification and filtering technology. Our plan is to use the technology to filter bidstream data to helpsolution or handle viewability issues well could harm our buyers more efficiently identify and purchase the inventory they are looking for, help our sellers monetize their inventory, and enable us to process ad requests more efficiently and achieve higher fill rates. As such, it is an important part of our strategic plans and is critical to our ability to increase the volume of transactional activity on our exchange significantly and in a cost-effective manner. We have invested substantially in continued development of the technology and the rollout of the classification and filtering capabilities to all of our buyers globally. The filtering stack is available in all of the US and Europe as of the first quarter of 2018, and Asia will be deployed by the second quarter of 2018. The current version of the technology is designed to eliminate low-value traffic for each buyer, and increase the amount of traffic that each buyer finds valuable, with the result that our traffic will be more valuable to our buyers than what they see from other exchanges. The

technology requires additional development and its ongoing integration into our platform and implementation of the technology at scale in our services to our clients will continue to require significant efforts. We may need to allocate more resources to integration and product development activities than originally anticipated, and these efforts may increase the short-term cost of the deployment until we can more tightly integrate the features into our core platform. While we believe that the technology will give us a significant advantage in filtering capabilities over our competitors, some of our competitors are larger and better funded than we are, can devote more resources to development of technologies like filtering than we can, and thus might develop similar or better capabilities faster than we can. We intend to provide nToggle’s technology to our DSPs without charging separately for it, so we do not currently expect to generate revenue directly from sale of filtering services based upon nToggle’s technology. Instead, we plan to rely upon positive effects from integration of nToggle’s technology into our operations, as described above, to recover our investment in the acquisition and help us return to growth and positive cash flow. However, the results we expect from the nToggle technology might not materialize, and we may not be able to recoup our investment in the technology, potentially resulting in adverse effects on our strategic plans and negative effects on our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition from acquisition-related charges, amortization of intangible assets and asset impairment charges. 
Any acquisitions we undertake may disrupt our business, adversely affect operations, dilute stockholders,reputation and expose us to costsliabilities.
It is important to sellers that the advertising placed on their media not conflict with existing seller arrangements and liabilities.be of high quality, consistent with applicable seller standards and compliant with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. It is important to buyers that their advertisements are placed on appropriate media, in proximity with appropriate content, that the impressions for which they are charged are legitimate, and that their advertising campaigns yield their desired results. We use
Acquisitions have been an important element
29

various measures, including proprietary technology, in an effort to increase revenue, expand our market position, addstore, manage and process rules set by buyers and sellers and to our service offeringensure the quality and technological capabilities, respond to dynamic market conditions, or for other strategic or financial purposes. However, there is no assurance that we will identify suitable acquisition candidates or complete any acquisitions on favorable terms, or at all. Further, any acquisitions we do complete would involve a number of risks, including the following:
The identification, acquisition, and integration of acquired businesses require substantial attention from management. The diversion of management's attention and any difficulties encountered in the transition process could hurt our business.
The identification, acquisition, and integration of acquired businesses requires significant investment, including to determine which new service offerings we might wish to acquire, harmonize service offerings, expand management capabilities and market presence, and improve or increase development efforts and technology features and functions.
The anticipated benefits from the acquisition may not be achieved, including as a result of loss of clients or personnelintegrity of the target, other difficulties in supportingresults delivered to sellers and transitioning the target's clients, the inability to realize expected synergies from an acquisition, or negative culture effects arising from the integration of new personnel.
We may face difficulties in integrating the personnel, technologies, solutions, operations, and existing contracts of the acquired business.
We may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company, technology, or solution, including issues related to intellectual property, solution quality or architecture, income tax and other regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, or employee or client issues.
To pay for future acquisitions, we could issue additional shares ofbuyers through our common stock or pay cash. Issuance of shares would dilute stockholders. Use of cash reserves could diminish our ability to respond to other opportunities or challenges. Borrowing to fund any cash purchase price would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impair our ability to manage our operations.
Acquisitions expose us to the risk of assumed known and unknown liabilities including contract, tax, and other obligations incurred by the acquired business or fines or penalties, for which indemnity obligations, escrow arrangements or insurance may not be available or may not be sufficient to provide coverage.
New business acquisitions can generate significant intangible assets that result in substantial related amortization charges and possible impairments.
The operations of acquired businesses, or our adaptation of those operations, may require that we apply revenue recognition or other accounting methodologies, assumptions, and estimates that are different from those we use in our current business, which could complicate our financial statements, expose us to additional accounting and audit costs, and increase the risk of accounting errors.
Acquired businesses may have insufficient internal controls that we must remediate, and the integration of acquired businesses may require us to modify or enhance our own internal controls, in each case resulting in increased

administrative expense and risk thatsolution. If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Acquisition of businesses based outside the United States would require us to operate in foreign languagesproperly implement or honor rules established by buyers and manage non-U.S. currency, billing, and contracting needs, comply with laws and regulations, including labor laws and privacy laws that in some casessellers, or if our measures are not adequate, advertisements may be more restrictive onimproperly placed through our operations than laws applicable to our business in the United States.
Acquisitions can sometimes lead to disputes with the former owners of the acquired company,platform, which can result in increasedharm to our reputation as well as the need to pay refunds and other potential legal expenses, management distraction andliabilities.
Moreover, viewability of digital advertising (i.e. whether an advertisement that can be seen is actually seen, in whole or part, or for how long) represents a way of assessing the risk thatvalue of particular inventory as a means to reach a target audience. If we may suffer an adverse judgmentdo not handle viewability well, or if we are not positioned to transact the prevailing party in the dispute.
The purchase price allocation for any acquisition we complete is generally not finalized until well after the closing of the acquisition,higher viewability inventory competitively, our revenue and any final adjustment to the valuation could change the fair values assigned to the assets and liabilities, resulting in a change to our consolidated financial statements, including a change to goodwill. Such changeprofitability could be material.adversely affected and we could be competitively disadvantaged.
If we fail to attract, motivate, train, and retain highly qualified engineering, marketing, sales and management personnel, our ability to execute our business strategy could be impaired.
We are a technology-driven company and it is imperative that we have highly skilled mathematicians, computer scientists, data scientists, engineers and engineering management to innovate and deliver our complex solutions. Increasing our base of buyers and sellers depends to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations and activities, and our solution requires a sophisticated sales force with specific sales skills and specialized technical knowledge that takes time to develop. Appropriately qualified personnel can be difficult to recruit and retain. In addition, in international markets, we encounter staffing challenges that are unique to a particular country or region, such as recruiting and retaining qualified personnel in foreign countries and difficulty managing such personnel and integrating them into our culture. In particular, it may be difficult to find qualified sales personnel in international markets, or sales personnel with experience in emerging segments of the market. Skilled and experienced management is critical to our ability to achieve revenue growth, execute against our strategic vision and maintain our performance through the growth and change we anticipate.
Our success depends significantly upon our ability to recruit, train, motivate, and retain key technology, engineering, sales, and management personnel, and competition for employees with experience in our industry can be intense, particularly in California, New York, California, Denver, London and London,Sydney, where our operations and the operations of other digital media companies are concentrated and where other technology companies compete for management and engineering talent. Other employers may be able to provide better compensation, more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. These challenges could become more acute for us because our revenue and cash flow declines may contribute to concerns about our stability, and the decline we have experienced in the market value of our common stock reduces the perceived value of the equity compensation we offer and has left the stock options previously issued to our employees largely out of the money. Similarly, it may be difficult for us to recruit, train, motivate, and retain key technology, engineering, sales, and management personnel in light of the recent headcount reductions we have undertaken. None of our founders, officers or other key employees hashave an employment agreement for a specific term, and any of such individuals may terminate his or her employment with us at any time.
It can be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive to recruit personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. New hires require significant training and it may take significant time (often six months or more) before they achieve full productivity. As a result, we may incur significant costs to attract and retain employees, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards before new hires contribute to sales or productivity, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training. Moreover, new employees may not be or become as productive as we expect, and we may face challenges in adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce and culture. At times we have experienced elevated levels of unwanted attrition, and as our organization grows and changes and competition for talent increases, this type of attrition may increase.
Our proprietary rights may be difficult to enforce, which could enable others to copy or use aspects of our solution without compensating us, thereby eroding our competitive advantages and harming our business.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect proprietary methods and technologies that we develop or otherwise acquire, so that we can prevent others from using our inventions and proprietary information. Establishing trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name, and patent protection is difficult and expensive. We rely on trademark, copyright, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary methods and technologies. Our patent program is

relatively small, and while we have some issued patents and pending patent applications, valid patents may not be issued from our pending applications or we may choose to abandon applications, and the claims of our issued patents or the claims eventually allowed on any pending applications may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology or offerings and services. Any issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents may not actually provide adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages to us. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications to successful conclusion at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain adequate patent protection, or to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.
Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our technology or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, and the steps we take to protect our proprietary information may not prevent misappropriation of our technology and proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property is difficult. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. Our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names or business names similar to ours, and we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or using domain names and other trademarks that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brands, trademarks or service marks. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those of the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of our proprietary rights in such countries may be inadequate. Also, despite the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights, itIt may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our technology or otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, or to develop technologies similar or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights, despite the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights.
From time to time, we may take legal action to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or defend against claims of infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of limited resources, and might not be successful. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights (including aspects of our technology solution) we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage.
We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which are costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies and intellectual property.
Third parties may assert claims of infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights against us or buyers, sellers, or third parties with which we work; we cannot be certain that we are not infringing any third-party intellectual property rights, and we may have liability or indemnification obligations as a result of such claims. As a result of the information disclosure in required public company filings our business and financial condition are visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties.
Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or infringing or misappropriating other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consumingtime-
30

consuming and costly to evaluate and defend, and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The outcome of any claim is inherently uncertain, and we may receive unfavorable interim or preliminary rulings in the course of litigation. There can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. Welitigation, or we may decide to settle lawsuits and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us. SomeWe may also have no way of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complexremediating intellectual property litigation to a greater degreeviolations, and for longer periods of time than we could.
Although third parties may offer a license to their technology or intellectual property, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any licensedo so could cause our business, results of operations or financial condition to be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Financing Arrangements
Our financing of the SpotX Acquisition and subsequent refinancing significantly increased our leverage, which may put us at greater risk of defaulting on our debt obligations and limit our ability to conduct necessary operating activities, make strategic investments, respond to changing market conditions, or obtain future financing on favorable terms.
We financed the cash portion of the SpotX Acquisition consideration in part through borrowings under a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative and collateral agent, and other lending parties thereto for a $360.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility ("Term Loan B Facility"), a $65.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"), and the sale of $400.0 million of convertible senior notes ("Convertible Senior Notes"). As part of Term Loan B Facility, the Company received $325 million in proceeds, net of discounts and fees, which were used to finance the SpotX Acquisition and related transactions, and for general corporate purposes. The majority of the net proceeds from the offering of Convertible Senior Notes was also used to finance the SpotX Acquisition.
On February 6, 2024, we refinanced and terminated our existing Credit Agreement and entered into a new credit agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as term facility administrative agent, Citibank, N.A., as revolving facility administrative agent and collateral agent, and other lending parties (the “New Credit Agreement”) for a $365.0 million term loan that matures in February 2031 and a $175.0 million revolving facility that matures February 2029.
Our debt leverage could adversely affect our business and operating results by:
making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness and comply with applicable financial metrics and covenants;
requiring us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay interest and principal, which reduces the amount available for operations, distributions, acquisitions and capital expenditures;
making us more vulnerable to economic and industry downturns and reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions;
requiring us to agree to less favorable terms, including higher interest rates, in order to incur additional debt, and otherwise limiting our ability to borrow for operations, working capital or to finance acquisitions in the future; or
limiting our flexibility in conducting our business, which may place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors with less debt or debt with less restrictive terms.
Our New Credit Agreement subjects us to operating restrictions and financial covenants that impose risk of default and may restrict our business and financing activities.
The obligations under our New Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and those of its subsidiaries that are guarantors. The covenants of the New Credit Agreement include customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens and make certain acquisitions, investments, asset dispositions and restricted payments. In addition, some licensesthe New Credit Agreement contains a springing financial covenant, tested on the last day of any fiscal quarter if utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds 35% of the total revolving commitments, that requires the Company to maintain a first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 3.25 to 1.00.
These covenants may restrict our ability to finance our operations and to pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be non-exclusive,affected by events beyond our control. If a default were to occur and thereforenot be waived, such default could cause, among other remedies, all of the outstanding indebtedness under our competitors may have accessNew Credit Agreement to the same technologybecome immediately due and payable. In such an event, our liquid assets might not be sufficient to meet our repayment obligations, and we might be forced to liquidate collateral assets at unfavorable prices or intellectual property licensed to us. Alternatively, weour assets may be requiredforeclosed upon and sold at unfavorable valuations.
If we do not have or are unable to develop non-infringing technologygenerate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or to make other changes, such as to our branding, which could require significant effort and expense and ultimatelyin the event of a default, we may not be successful. Furthermore,able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. Our inability to obtain financing may negatively impact our ability to operate and continue our business as a successful claimantgoing concern.
31

Conversion of our Convertible Senior Notes will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously converted their Convertible Senior Notes, or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.
In March 2021, we sold Convertible Senior Notes for gross proceeds of $400.0 million. The conversion of some or all of the Convertible Senior Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares of common stock upon conversion of any of the Convertible Senior Notes. The Convertible Senior Notes are not currently convertible but may from time to time in the future be convertible at the option of their holders prior to their scheduled terms under certain circumstances. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could secure a judgmentadversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Convertible Senior Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.
The Capped Call Transactions may affect the value of the Convertible Senior Notes and our common stock.
In connection with the pricing of the Convertible Senior Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with various financial institutions (the "Capped Call Transactions"). The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce or offset the potential dilution upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Convertible Senior Notes, as the case may agreebe, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a settlement that prevents us from distributing certain productscap.
In connection with establishing their initial hedges of the Capped Call Transactions, financial institutions or performing certain services or that requires us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed such claimant's patents or copyrights. Claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation also could result in injunctive relief against us, or otherwise result in delays or stoppages in providing all or certain aspectstheir respective affiliates likely purchased shares of our solution.common stock and/or entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock concurrently with or shortly after the pricing of the Convertible Senior Notes. These financial institutions or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the Convertible Senior Notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of Convertible Senior Notes). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the Convertible Senior Notes.
The potential effect, if any, of these transactions and activities on the price of our common stock or the Convertible Senior Notes will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time. Any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock and the value of the Convertible Senior Notes (and as a result, the amount and value of consideration that a holder would receive upon conversion of any Convertible Senior Notes) and, under certain circumstances, a holder’s ability to convert his or her Convertible Senior Notes.
We are subject to government regulations concerning our employees, including wage-hour lawscounterparty risk with respect to the Capped Call Transactions.
The counterparties to the Capped Call Transactions are financial institutions, and taxes.
Wewe are subject to applicable rules and regulations relatingthe risk that one or more of the counterparties may default or otherwise fail to perform, or may exercise certain rights to terminate, their obligations under the Capped Call Transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties is not secured by any collateral. Global economic conditions have in the past resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions. If any option counterparty becomes subject to proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our relationshipexposure at the time under any Capped Call Transactions with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, our employees, including health benefits, sick days, unemploymentexposure will increase if the market price or the volatility of our common stock increases. In addition, upon a default or other failure to perform, or a termination of obligations, by a counterparty, the counterparty may fail to deliver the shares of common stock required to be delivered to us under the Capped Call Transactions and similar taxes, overtimewe may suffer adverse tax consequences or experience more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the counterparties.
The conditional conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and working conditions, equal pay, immigration status, and classificationoperating results.
In the event the conditional conversion feature of employee benefitsthe Convertible Senior Notes is triggered, holders of the Convertible Senior Notes will be entitled to convert their Convertible Senior Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Convertible Senior Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation in cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity.
Provisions in the indenture for tax purposes. Legislated increasesthe Convertible Senior Notes may deter or prevent a business combination that may be favorable to our stockholders.
If a fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date of the Convertible Senior Notes, holders of the Convertible Senior Notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Convertible Senior Notes. In addition, if a "make-whole fundamental change" (as defined in labor cost components, such as employee benefit costs, workers'the Indenture) occurs prior the maturity date, we will in some

32

compensation insurance rates, compliance costs and fines, as well ascases be required to increase the costconversion rate of litigationthe Convertible Senior Notes for a holder that elects to convert its Convertible Senior Notes in connection with these regulations, would increasesuch make-whole fundamental change.
Furthermore, the Indenture prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our labor costs. Many employers nationally have been subjectobligations under the Convertible Senior Notes. These and other provisions in the Indenture could deter or prevent a third party from acquiring the Company even when the acquisition may be favorable to actions brought by governmental agencies and private individuals under wage-hour laws on a variety of claims, such as improper classification of workers as exempt from overtime pay requirements, failure to pay overtime wages properly, and failure to provide meal and rest breaks or pay for missed breaks, with such actions sometimes brought as class actions, and these actions can result in material liabilities and expenses. Federal and state standards for classifying employees under wage-hour laws differ and are often unclear or require application of judgment, and classification may need to be changed as employment duties evolve over time. We may mis-classify employees and be subject to liability as a result. If we become subject to employment litigation, such as actions involving wage-hour, overtime, break and working time, it may distract our management from business matters and result in increased labor costs.stockholders.

Risks Related to Our International Business StrategyStrategy.
Our international operations require increased expenditures and impose additional risks and compliance imperatives, and failure to successfully execute our international plans will adversely affect our growth and operating results.
We have numerous operations outside of North America, in Northern and Southern Europe,the UK, EU, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, Singapore, India, and Brazil, and achievement of our international objectives will require a significant amount of attention from our management, finance, legal, analytics, operations, sales, and engineering teams, as well as significant investment in developing the technology infrastructure necessary to deliver our solution and maintain sales, delivery, support, and administrative capabilities in the countries where we operate. Attracting new buyers and sellers outside the United States may require more time and expense than in the United States, in part due to language barriers and the need to educate such buyers and sellers about our solution, and we may not be successful in establishing and maintaining these relationships. The data center and telecommunications infrastructure in some overseas markets may not be as reliable as in North America and Europe, which could disrupt our operations. In addition, our international operations will require us to develop and administer our internal controls and legal and compliance practices in countries with different cultural norms, languages, currencies, legal requirements, and business practices than the United States.
International operations also impose risks and challenges in addition to those faced in the United States, including management of a distributed workforce; the need to adapt our offering to satisfy local requirements and standards (including differing privacy policies and labor laws that are sometimes more stringent); laws and business practices that may favor local competitors; legal requirements or business expectations that agreements be drafted and negotiated in the local language and disputes be resolved in local courts according to local laws; the need to enable transactions in local currencies; longer accounts receivable payment cycles and other collection difficulties; the effect of global and regional recessions and economic and political instability; potentially adverse tax consequences in the United States and abroad; staffing challenges, including difficulty in recruiting and retaining qualified personnel as well as managing such a diversity in personnel; reduced or ineffective protection of our intellectual property rights in some countries; and costs and restrictions affecting the repatriation of funds to the United States.
One or more of these requirements and risks may make our international operations more difficult and expensive or less successful than we expect, and may preclude us from operating in some markets. There is no assurance that our international expansion efforts will be successful, and we may not generate sufficient revenue or margins from our international business to cover our expenses or contribute to our growth.
Operating in multiple countries requires us to comply with different legal and regulatory requirements.
Our international operations subject us to laws and regulations of multiple jurisdictions, as well as U.S. laws governing international operations, which are often evolving and sometimes conflict. For example, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or FCPA,("FCPA"), and comparable foreign laws and regulations (including the U.K. Bribery Act) prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Other laws and regulations prohibit bribery of private parties and other forms of corruption. As we expand our international operations, there is some risk of unauthorized payment or offers of payment or other inappropriate conduct by one of our employees, consultants, agents, or other contractors, including by persons engaged or employed by a business we acquire, which could result in violation by us of various laws, including the FCPA. Safeguards we implement to discourage these practices may prove to be ineffective and violations of the FCPA and other laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us, including class action lawsuits and enforcement actions from the SEC, Department of Justice, and foreign regulators. Other laws applicable to our international business include local employment, tax, privacy, data security, and intellectual property protection laws and regulations, including restrictions on movement of information about individuals beyond national borders. In particular, as explained in more detail elsewhere in this report, the EU General Data Protection Regulation, which becomes effective in May 2018, will imposeGDPR imposes substantial compliance obligations and increaseincreases the risks associated with collection and processing of personal data. In some cases, buyers and sellers operating in non-U.S. markets may impose additional requirements on our non-U.S. business in efforts to comply with their interpretation of their own or our legal obligations. These requirements may differ significantly from the requirements applicable to our business in the United States and

may require engineering, infrastructure and other costly resources to accommodate, and may result in decreased operational efficiencies and performance.
33

As these laws continue to evolve and we expand to more jurisdictions or acquire new businesses, compliance will become more complex and expensive, and the risk of non-compliance will increase.
Compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business abroad, and violation of these laws or regulations may interfere with our ability to offer our solution competitively in one or more countries, expose us or our employees to fines and penalties, and result in the limitation or prohibition of our conduct of business.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.
Our operations are subject to U.S. export controls, specifically the Export Administration Regulations and economic sanctions enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. These regulations limit and control export of encryption technology. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. We incorporate encryption technology into the servers that operate our solution. As a result of locating some servers in data centers outside of the United States, we must comply with these export control laws.
In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to deploy our technology or our clients' ability to use our solution in those countries. Changes in our technology or changes in export and import regulations may delay introduction of our solution or the deployment of our technology in international markets, prevent our clients with international operations from using our solution globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our technology to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution by, or in our decreased ability to export our technology to, international markets.
Fluctuations in the exchange rates of foreign currencies could result in currency transaction losses.
We currently have transactions denominated in various non-U.S. currencies, and may, in the future, have sales denominated in the currencies of additional countries. In addition, we incur a portion of our expenses in non-U.S. currencies,have recently received numerous inquiries from foreign regulators asking for information about advertising technology generally and to the extent we need to convert currency to pay expenses, we are exposed to potentially unfavorable changes in exchange rates and added transaction costs. We expect international transactions to become an increasingly important part of our business specifically. These investigations are costly and such transactions may be subjecttime consuming to unexpected regulatory requirementsrespond to and other barriers. Any fluctuation in relevant currency exchange rates may negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging, and any effort to hedge our foreign currency exposure may not be effective due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets. In addition, hedging may not protect against all foreign currency fluctuations and can result in losses.divert management attention.

Risks Related to Our Internal Controls and Finances
FailureIf we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls could cause our investors to lose confidencecontrol over financial reporting in us and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. If our internal controls are not effective,future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results or prevent fraud.of operations. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we maintainevaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that meets applicable standards and report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and any material weaknesses we identify. When we are no longer an "emerging growth company," we will also need to provide a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinionmanagement report on our internal control over financial reporting.
We may errOur platform system applications are complex, multi-faceted and include applications that are highly customized in the design or operation oforder to serve and support our controls,clients, advertising inventory and all internal control systems, no matter howdata suppliers, as well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, there can be no absolute assurance that all control issues have been or will be detected. We previously identified certain material weaknesses in our internal controls which were remediated during 2014. However, completion of remediation does not provide assurance that our remediated controls will continue to operate properly or thatas support our financial statements will be free from error. There may be undetected material weaknesses inreporting obligations. We regularly make improvements to our internal control over financial reporting, as a result of which we may not detect financial statement errors on a timely basis. Moreover, inplatform to maintain and enhance our competitive position. In the future, we may implement new offerings and engage in business transactions, such as acquisitions, reorganizations or implementation of new information systems

that couldsystems. These factors require us to develop and implement newmaintain our internal controls, processes and reporting systems, and we expect to incur ongoing costs in this effort. We may not be successful in developing and maintaining effective internal controls, and any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could negatively affectharm our internal control over financialoperating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in material weaknesses.a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.
If we identify new material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, ifwe will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or, once required,assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, then, we may be unable, or be perceived as unable, to produce timely and reliable financiallate with the filing of our periodic reports, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result of suchSuch failures we could also become subject us to investigations by Nasdaq, the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business.
Our accounting is complex, and relies upon estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies. If our accounting is erroneous or based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, and also to comply with many complex requirements and standards. Various factors contribute to complexity in our accounting. For example, the recognition of our revenue is governed by certain criteria that determine whether we report revenue either on a gross basis, as a principal, or net basis, as an agent, depending upon the nature of the sales transaction. We have generally reported our revenue on a net basis because we are not the principal in our open market and orders transactions as conducted to date. However, from April 2015 through January 2017, we conducted an intent marketing business that included transactions reported on a gross basis, resulting in higher GAAP revenue and lower GAAP margins on a particular amount of advertising spend than for an equivalent level of advertising spend for which we report revenue on a net basis. We may have gross reporting for portions of our revenue in the future as a result of the evolution of our existing business practices, development of new products, acquisitions, or changes in accounting standards or interpretations, that in any case result in transactions with characteristics that dictate gross reporting. It is also possible that revenue reporting for existing business may change from gross to net or vice versa as a result of changes in contract terms or transaction mechanics. We may experience significant fluctuations in revenue in future periods depending upon, in part, the nature of our sales and our reporting of such revenue and related accounting treatment, without proportionate correlation to our underlying activity or net income. Any combination of net and gross revenue reporting would require us to make estimates and assumptions about the mix of gross and net-reported transactions based upon the volumes and characteristics of the transactions we think will make up the total mix of revenue in the period covered by the projection. Those estimates and assumptions may be inaccurate when made, or may be rendered inaccurate by subsequent circumstances, such as changing the characteristics of our offerings or particular transactions in response to client demands, market developments, regulatory pressures, acquisitions, and other factors. Even apparently minor changes in transaction terms from those initially envisioned can result in different accounting conclusions from those foreseen. In addition, we may incorrectly extrapolate from revenue recognition treatment of prior transactions to future transactions that we believe are similar, but that ultimately are determined to have different characteristics that dictate different revenue reporting treatment. These factors may make our financial reporting more complex and difficult for investors to understand, may make comparison of our results of operations to prior periods or other companies more difficult, may make it more difficult for us to give accurate guidance, and could increase the potential for reporting errors.
Further, our acquisitions have imposed purchase accounting requirements, required us to integrate accounting personnel, systems, and processes, necessitated various consolidation and elimination adjustments, and imposed additional filing and audit requirements. Ongoing evolution of our business, and any future acquisitions, will compound these complexities. Our operating results may be adversely affected if we make accounting errors or our judgments prove to be wrong, assumptions change or actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, or acquired assets become impaired, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors or guidance we may have provided, resulting in a decline in our stock price and potential legal claims. Significant judgments, assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, purchase accounting, assessment of goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment, and income taxes.
Our tax liabilities may be greater than anticipated.
The U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws applicable to our business activities are subject to interpretation. We are subject to audit by the Internal Revenue Service and by taxing authorities of the state, local, and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Our tax obligations are based in part on our corporate operating structure, including the manner in which we develop, value, and use our intellectual property and sell our solution, the jurisdictions in which we operate, how tax authorities assess revenue-based taxes such as sales and use taxes, the scope of our international operations, and the value we ascribe to our intercompany transactions. Taxing

authorities may challenge our tax positions and methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, as well as our positions regarding jurisdictions in which we are subject to certain taxes, which could expose us to additional taxes and increase our worldwide effective tax rate. Any adverse outcomes of such challenges to our tax positions could result in additional taxes for prior periods, interest, and penalties, as well as higher future taxes. In addition, our future tax expense could increase as a result of changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, or as a result of earning income in jurisdictions that have higher tax rates. An increase in our tax expense could have a negative effect on our financial position and results of operations. Moreover, determining our provision (benefit) for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant estimates and judgment by management, and the tax treatment of certain transactions is uncertain. Although we believe we will make reasonable estimates and judgments, the ultimate outcome of any particular issue may differ from the amounts previously recorded in our financial statements and any such occurrence could materially affect our financial position and results of operations.
Our ability to use our net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations, which could result in higher tax liabilities.
Our ability to fully utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be limited.
At December 31, 2017,2023, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $238.7$324.1 million, state NOLs of approximately $139.8$227.9 million, foreign NOLs of approximately $23.8$23.3 million, federal research and development tax credit carryforwards orof approximately $4.4 million, and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $10.2 million, state credit carryforwards of approximately $8.0 million, and foreign credit carryforwards of approximately $0.7$10.5 million. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs and credit carryforwards. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and comparable state income tax laws, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs and credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income following the ownership change. As a result, future changes in our stock ownership, including because of issuance of shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions or other direct or indirect changes in our ownership that may be outside of our control, could result in limitations on our ability to fully utilize our NOLs and credit carryforwards. The Company had an ownership change on December 31, 20152016 subjecting the federal and state NOLs to an annual limitation.limitations that have expired. Additionally, the Company had an ownership change in January 2008 and $2.3 millionresulting in not material limitation of federal and state NOLs are already subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Code. Additionally, approximately $3.4 million of ourCode and comparable state income tax laws. Moreover, not material federal and state NOLs and approximately $3.4 million of our state NOLsfederal research and development tax credits were generated during the pre-acquisition period by corporations that we acquired, and thus those NOLs already are subject to limitation under Section 382 and 383 of the Code and comparable state income tax laws. Also,
34

prior to the merger, Telaria acquired corporations with pre-acquisition NOLs that are subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Code and comparable state income tax laws.
In addition, the Company and Telaria both underwent ownership changes for tax purposes (i.e. a more than 50% change in stock ownership in aggregated 5% shareholders) on April 1, 2020 due to the Merger. As a result, the use of the Company’s total domestic NOL carryforwards and tax credits generated prior to the ownership change will be subject to annual use limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Code and comparable state income tax laws. The Company believes that the ownership changes will not impact the ability to utilize substantially all of our NOLs and state research and development tax credits to the extent we generate taxable income that can be offset by such losses. The Company reasonably expects its federal research and development tax credits will not be recovered prior to expiration.
Also, depending on the timing and level of our taxable income, all or a portion of our NOLs and credit carryforwards may expire unutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting any future taxable income we may generate by the entire amount of our current and future NOLs and credit carryforwards.carryforwards generated in tax years beginning before December 31, 2018. U.S. federal NOLs generated for tax years beginning before December 31, 2018 can offset 100% of taxable income, however, these NOLs can only be carried forward for 20 years. U.S. federal NOLs generated for tax years beginning after December 31, 2018 can offset 80% of taxable income, however, these NOLs can be carried forward indefinitely. We have recordedmaintain a fullpartial valuation allowance related to our NOLs, credit carryforwards, and other net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets. To the extent we determine that all, or a portion of, our valuation allowance is no longer necessary, we will reverse the valuation allowance and recognize an income tax benefit in the reported financial statement earnings in that period. Once the valuation allowance is eliminated or reduced, its reversal will no longer be available to offset our current financial statement income tax provision in future periods. Release of the valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain net deferred tax assets and a decrease to income tax expense for the period the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the valuation allowance release are subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability that we are able to actually achieve.achieve and the impact of Section 382.
We may require additional capital to support our business or to refinance our existing debt obligations as they come due, and such capital might not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Inability to obtain financing could limit our ability to conduct necessary operating activities, and make strategic investments.investments or repay or refinance our existing debt obligations.
Various business challenges and opportunities may require additional funds, including the need to respond to competitive threats or market evolution by developing new solutions and improving our operating infrastructure through additional hiring or acquisition of complementary businesses or technologies, or both. In addition, we could incur significant expenses or shortfalls in anticipated cash generated as a result of unanticipated events in our business or competitive, regulatory, or other changes in our market, or longer payment cycles required or imposed by our buyers.
Our available cash and cash equivalents, any cash we may generate from operations, and our available line of credit under our credit facility may not be adequate to meet our capital needs, and therefore we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it or are unable to renew our credit facility when it matures or enter into a new one or we are unable to refinance our Convertible Senior Notes before they come due, on terms satisfactory to us or at all, our ability to continue to support our business growth and respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.
If we do raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, particularly due to the significant decline we have experienced in the market value of our common stock, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our

common stock. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, including the ability to pay dividends. This may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, if we issue debt, the holders of that debt would have prior claims on the Company's assets, and in case of insolvency, the claims of creditors would be satisfied before distribution of value to equity holders, which would result in significant reduction or total loss of the value of our equity.
Our credit facility subjects us to operating restrictions and financial covenants that impose risk of default and may restrict our business and financing activities.
We have a $40.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank. At December 31, 2017, we had no amounts outstanding under this facility. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of our tangible personal property assets and all of our intangible assets are subject to a negative pledge in favor of Silicon Valley Bank. This credit facility is, and any replacement credit facility that we may secure will be, subject to certain covenants and borrowing conditions, including those related to financial ratios and liquidity. If we fail to perform in accordance with covenants or to satisfy conditions, we may not be able to make borrowings under the facility. The credit facility is, and any replacement credit facility that we may secure will be, also subject to restrictions that limit our ability, among other things, to:
dispose of or sell our assets;
make material changes in our business or management;
acquire, consolidate or merge with other entities;
incur additional indebtedness;
create liens on our assets;
pay dividends;
make investments;
enter into transactions with affiliates; and
pay off or redeem subordinated indebtedness.
These covenants may restrict our ability to finance our operations and to pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. If a default were to occur and not be waived, such default could cause, among other remedies, all of the outstanding indebtedness under our loan and security agreement to become immediately due and payable. In such an event, our liquid assets might not be sufficient to meet our repayment obligations, and we might be forced to liquidate collateral assets at unfavorable prices or our assets may be foreclosed upon and sold at unfavorable valuations.
Our ability to renew our existing credit facility, which matures in September 2018, or to enter into a new credit facility to replace or supplement the existing facility may be limited due to various factors, including the status of our business, global credit market conditions, and perceptions of our business or industry by sources of financing. In particular, it may be difficult to renew or replace our existing credit facility if we are not able to produce, or demonstrate a path to produce, positive cash flow. In addition, if credit is available, lenders may seek more restrictive covenants and higher interest rates that may reduce our borrowing capacity, increase our costs, and reduce our operating flexibility.
If we make borrowings under the facility and do not have or are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or in the event of a default, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. Our inability to obtain financing may negatively impact our ability to operate and continue our business as a going concern.
Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of our Common Stock
The price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile and the value of an investment in our common stock could decline.
Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially and may continue to do so. These fluctuations could result in significant decreases in the value of an investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:
35

announcements of new offerings, products, services or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions, or other events by us or our competitors;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in the digital advertising industry in particular;
fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;
actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;
actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts, and whether our results of operations meet these expectations;
issuance of research reports by analysts or investors;
litigation involving us, our industry, or both;
regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries, or both;
general economic conditions and trends;
major catastrophic events;
political uncertainty;
breaches or system outages;
departures of officers or other key employees; or
an adverse impact on the company resulting from other causes, including any of the other risks described in this report.
In addition, if the market for advertising technology stocks or the stock market, in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, volatility in the market price of a company's securities has often resulted in securities litigation being brought against that company. Declines in the price of our common stock, even following increases, may result in securities litigation against us, which would result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources from our business.
As a result ofWe cannot guarantee that our repurchase program will enhance shareholder value, and repurchases could affect the significant decline we have experienced in the market value of our common stock, we no longer represent a permissible investment under the policies of some institutional investors. Further, our declining financial performance and lack of a clear path to growth and profitability make our stock an undesirable investment to many investors. As the pool of investors for our stock decreases, it becomes more difficult to attract the demand needed to support increases in the price of our stock.
Our equity compensation and acquisition practices expose our stockholders to dilution.
We have relied and may continue to rely heavily upon equity compensation, and consequently our outstanding unvested equity awards represent substantial dilution to our stockholders. In addition, we have used our common stock as consideration for acquisitions of other companies, and we may use shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, or other transactions. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock and Convertible Senior Notes.
On February 1, 2024, our Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the "Repurchase Plan"), under which we are authorized to decline. Asrepurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of March 8, 2018,up to $125.0 million, through February 2026. The Repurchase Plan allows us to repurchase our common stock or Convertible Senior Notes using open market stock purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block trades or other means in accordance with U.S. securities laws. The number of securities repurchased and the timing of repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, share price, trading volume and general market conditions, along with working capital requirements, general business conditions, other opportunities that we had 50,254,718 sharesmay have for the use or investment of our capital and other factors. The Repurchase Plan does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock outstanding, including 553,377 shares of unvested restricted stock issued under our various equity incentive plans. At that date, we also had outstanding under our equity incentive plans 5,999,451 unvested restricted stock unitsor Convertible Senior Notes and 4,275,471 stock options, of which 2,833,999 were vested at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.16 per share and 1,441,472 were unvested. All of these outstanding stock awards, together with an additional 8,563,350 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans and 1,781,853 shares of common stock reserved under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and certain future increases in the shares available pursuant to the plans' evergreen provisions (if applicable), are registered for offer and sale on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all other shares of common stock that may be authorized undersuspended, modified or discontinued at any time at our current or future equity compensation plans, issued under equity plans we may assume in acquisitions, or issued as inducement awards under New York Stock Exchange rules. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, our Insider Trading Policy trading blackouts, and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.
Our public float is still relatively small, increasing the risk that sales by significant holdersdiscretion. The Repurchase Plan could adversely affect the market price for our stock.
The average daily trading volume for our common stock during 2017 was 700,050 shares. In addition, we are relatively new to the public markets and not well known to many analysts, investors, and others who could influence demand for our shares. Further, because we are a relatively small company without an established history of profitability, the range of investors willing to invest in our shares may be relatively limited. As a result of these factors, our shares can be susceptible to sudden, rapid declines in price, especially when large blocks of shares are sold. Under our Insider Trading Policy, we impose trading blackouts during the period beginning on or about the fifteenth day of the last month of each quarter and ending after two trading days following the

filing of our next Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K. All of our employees are limited to selling their equity incentive plan shares during these open window periods. In addition, our employee restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards typically vest each May 15 and November 15, and are subject to automatic sale arrangements at those dates to cover taxes accruing on vesting. Finally, shares we issue as consideration for acquisitions may be subject to lock-up arrangements that expire in large numbers on certain dates. These insider trading windows, restricted stock vesting mechanics, and acquisition stock arrangements tend to concentrate selling into certain periods, and the resulting sales pressure can cause the trading price of our common stock to decline at those times. Sales of a substantial number of such shares, or the perception that such sales may occur, could causeand Convertible Senior Notes, increase volatility and diminish our share price to fall or make it more difficult for investors to sell our common stock at a time and price that they deem appropriate, and could also impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.
Competition for investors could adversely affect the price of our stock.
There are many companies in the advertising technology or "ad tech" space, but we are one of a relatively small portion of those companies that is publicly traded. Some of the other publicly traded ad tech companies are substantially larger than we are and have more diversified offerings, or may be perceived by investors as having greater stability or growth potential. Others may be focused on parts of the business that investors may view as more appealing. Ad tech or related advertising companies that are not yet public may become public, and publicly traded companies may enter the ad tech business through acquisitions. Increase in the number of publicly traded companies available to investors wishing to invest in ad tech may result in a decrease in demand for our shares, either because overall demand for ad tech investment does not increase commensurately with the increase in public companies in the ad tech space, or because we are not perceived as competitively differentiated or offering superior value compared to other such companies. Decrease in demand for our shares would result in suppressed growth, or decrease, in the value of our stock.
Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions of activist stockholders.
Campaigns by stockholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are sometimes led by investors seeking to increase short-term stockholder value through actions such as financial restructuring, increased debt, special dividends, stock repurchases or sales of assets or the entire company. The declines we have experienced in the market value of our common stock could increase the likelihood of an activist stockholder targeting our company. If we are targeted by an activist stockholder in the future, the process could be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees from executing our strategic plan. Additionally, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of stockholder activism or changes to the composition of our board of directors may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of our business, instability or lack of continuity, which may be exploited by our competitors, cause concern to current or potential buyers and sellers on our platform, who may choose to transact with our competitors instead of us, and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel.cash reserves.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish inaccuratenegative evaluations of our stock, or unfavorable research or reports aboutif we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our business, our share pricestock and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock to some extent depends onwill be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities or industry analysts may publish about us.us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts, and their reports or analystanalysts' consensus may not reflect our guidance, plans or expectations. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgradescovering our shares or expresses a negativebusiness issues an adverse opinion of our business prospects,company because we fail to meet their expectations or otherwise, the price of our share pricestock could decline. We have lost some analyst coverage as our financial performance has declined, and if we do not demonstrate revenue growth and a path to profitability, our remaining analysts may cease coverage. If one or more of these analysts decreases or ceases coverage ofcease to cover our company,stock, we could lose visibility in the financial markets,market for our stock, which in turn could cause our sharestock price or trading volume to decline.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, consequently, investors' ability to achieve a return on their investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
We have never declared or paid any dividends and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. As a result, investors may only receive a return on their investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.
Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a potential acquisition of the company and limit the ability of stockholders to cause changes in company management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions, as described below, that could delay or prevent a change in control of the company, and make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other actions to change company management.

Our certificate of incorporation gives our board of directors the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and to establish the number of shares in each series and to fix the price, designations, powers, preferences
36

and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of each series of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition of the company by significantly diluting the ownership of a hostile acquirer, resulting in the loss of voting power and reduced ability to cause a takeover or effect other changes.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is classified, with only one of its three classes elected each year, and directors may be removed only for cause and only with the vote of 66 2/3% of the voting power of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Further, the number of directors is determined solely by our board of directors, and because we do not allow for cumulative voting rights, holders of a majority of shares of common stock entitled to vote may elect all of the directors standing for election. These provisions could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is classified, with only one of its three classes elected each year, and directors may be removed only for cause and only with the vote of 66 2/3% of the voting power of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Further, the number of directors is determined solely by our board of directors, and because we do not allow for cumulative voting rights, holders of a majority of shares of common stock entitled to vote may elect all of the directors standing for election. These provisions could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors.
Under our bylaws, only the board of directors or a majority of remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, may fill vacancies resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director.
Our certificate of incorporation prohibits stockholder action by written consent, so any action by stockholders may only be taken at an annual or special meeting.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors. This could delay any effort by stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors.
Under our bylaws, advance notice must be given to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholders' meetings. This gives our board of directors time to defend against takeover attempts and could discourage or deter a potential acquirer from soliciting proxies or making proposals related to an unsolicited takeover attempt.
The provisions of our certificate of incorporation noted above may be amended only with the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the company's voting stock, voting together as a single class. The same two-thirds vote is required to amend the provision of our certificate of incorporation imposing these supermajority voting requirements. Further, our bylaws may be amended only by our board of directors or by the same percentage vote of stockholders noted above as required to amend our certificate of incorporation. These supermajority voting requirements may inhibit the ability of a potential acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt.
The provisions of our certificate of incorporation noted above may be amended only with the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the company's voting stock, voting together as a single class. The same two-thirds vote is required to amend the provision of our certificate of incorporation imposing these supermajority voting requirements. Further, our bylaws may be amended only by our board of directors or by the same percentage vote of stockholders noted above as required to amend our certificate of incorporation. These supermajority voting requirements may inhibit the ability of a potential acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt.
Our board of directors may amend our bylaws by majority vote. This could allow the board to use bylaw amendments to delay or prevent an unsolicited takeover, and limits the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt.
We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless certain conditions are met. These provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire the company without negotiation and may apply even if some of our stockholders consider the proposed transaction beneficial to them. For example, these provisions might discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer were to be at a premium over the then-current market price for our common stock. These provisions could also limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.


Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.


37

Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a critical aspect of our business. As the world's largest independent omni-channel sell-side advertising platform, we face a multitude of cybersecurity threats, and our customers rely on us to safeguard their data. These challenges make it imperative that we take information security seriously, and we expend considerable resources on cybersecurity. We have implemented a comprehensive cybersecurity program to assess, identify, and manage risks from cybersecurity threats that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our information systems.
Cybersecurity matters are overseen by our board of directors, which meets quarterly to review the measures implemented by the Company to identify and mitigate cybersecurity risks. Our chief information security officer (“CISO”) reports to the board quarterly on cybersecurity matters. These reports and presentations are prepared with input from members of our senior management team responsible for overseeing the company’s cybersecurity risk management, including the Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief People Officer. In addition, cybersecurity risks and associated mitigation efforts are assessed by senior management as part of the enterprise risk assessment process that includes reporting to and discussion with the audit committee and our board of directors. In addition, cybersecurity controls have been integrated into our disclosure controls and procedures.
Our CISO, who has extensive cybersecurity knowledge and skills gained from extensive information technology and engineering experience, heads the team responsible for implementing, monitoring and maintaining cybersecurity and data protection practices across our business. The CISO receives reports on cybersecurity threats from other internal information security personnel on an ongoing basis and in conjunction with management, regularly reviews risk management measures implemented by the Company to identify and mitigate cybersecurity risks. The CISO also attends meetings of the board of directors to report on any material developments. We have protocols by which certain cybersecurity incidents are reported promptly to management and the legal team.
The Company maintains a general security policy, which outlines the relationship between employees and information technologies and systems within the Company, and sets guidelines on how such technologies and systems should and should not be used. This policy is revised regularly by the CISO and reviewed and acknowledged by all Company employees in conjunction with annual cybersecurity training. The Company also has a Systems Security Policy in place, which outlines the requirements for system configuration and administration of systems within the Company, and includes steps for reporting cybersecurity incidents and keeping senior management and other key stakeholders informed and involved as appropriate.
With respect to incident response, we have adopted an Incident Response Playbook that applies in the event of a cybersecurity threat or incident (an “IRP”) to provide a standardized framework for responding to security incidents, including malware, hacking, data breach (including third-party data breach), and other types of vulnerabilities. The IRP sets out a coordinated approach to investigating, containing, documenting and mitigating incidents, and provides triage workflows for individuals to follow. Our incident response process is generally based on the NIST framework and focuses on four phases: preparation; detection and analysis; containment, eradication and recovery; and post-incident remediation. The IRP applies to all Company personnel (including third-party contractors, vendors and partners) that perform functions or services requiring access to secure Company information, and to all devices and network services that are owned or managed by the Company. Our incident response team includes our CISO and the information security team, along with various business units, as applicable, and undergoes periodic training which includes exercises on monitoring and detection tools.
Security incidents are reviewed by the CISO and the information security team as soon as they are discovered or reported. The initial review of a security incident is conducted immediately, in order to appropriately determine the severity and urgency of the event. Key stakeholders and any technical owners of the impacted systems or processes are included in the incident review process and are brought in immediately in the case of potentially critical incidents. All phases of the review process are led by the CISO or another member of the security team, as appropriate.
We perform regular vulnerability scanning of our systems in order to ensure appropriate security controls are in place and function in accordance with established policies. We also have ongoing engagements with security consultants and other third parties as required to assist with assessing, identifying, and managing cybersecurity risks. These vendors help us with annual penetration testing and other items as needed. We have a robust internal controls framework and process and issue annual SOC 1 Type 2 reports covering our DV+, Streaming, and SpringServe platforms. In addition to our internal audit team, we have a dedicated compliance manager within the engineering department who helps ensure compliance with our control framework.
As detailed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we also rely on information technology and third-party vendors to support our operations, including our secure processing of personal, confidential, proprietary and other types of information. We use state of the art systems with respect to the type of information processed, and employ processes designed to oversee, identify, and reduce the potential impact of a security incident with a third-party vendor or customer or otherwise implicating the third-party technology and systems we use. Despite ongoing efforts to continue improvement of our and our vendors’ ability to protect against cyber-attacks, we may not be able to protect all information systems. Any incidents may lead to reputational harm, revenue and client loss, legal actions, statutory penalties, among other consequences.
38

Although we maintain a robust cybersecurity program, due to evolving cybersecurity threats, it has and will continue to be difficult to prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity incidents. While we are not aware of having experienced any material cybersecurity threats or incidents, there can be no guarantee that we will not be the subject of future successful attacks, threats or incidents. To mitigate against such risks, the company carries information security risk insurance that provides protection against potential losses arising from a cybersecurity incident. Refer to Item 1A. "Risk Factors" for additional information related to cybersecurity risks and the impact they may have on our operations.
39

Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters are located in Los Angeles, California,New York, New York, where we occupy facilitiesoffice space totaling approximately 47,00041,946 square feet under a lease that expires in 2021.2030. We use these facilities for our principal administration, sales and marketing, technology and development, and engineering activities.
We also have an office in Los Angeles under a lease that expires in 2031 that is approximately 38,754 square feet and lease additional offices and maintain data centers in other locations in North American,America, South America, Europe, Australia, and Asia. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet

our current needs, and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries may from time to time be parties to legal or regulatory proceedings, lawsuits and other claims incident to our business activities and to our status as a public company. Such routine matters may include, among other things, assertions of contract breach or intellectual property infringement, claims for indemnity arising in the course of our business, regulatory investigations, audits by taxing authorities, or enforcement proceedings, and claims by persons whose employment has been terminated. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. Consequently, we are unable to ascertain the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability, amounts which may be covered by insurance or recoverable from third parties, or the financial impact with respect to such matters as of December 31, 2017.2023. However, based on our knowledge as of December 31, 2017,2023, we believe that the final resolution of such matters pending at the time of this report, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
On March 31, 2017, Guardian News & Media Limited (Guardian) issued proceedings (the Complaint) against us in the Chancery Division of the High Court of Justice in England & Wales. The Complaint alleges that we underpaid GuardianRefer to Note 16—"Commitments and Contingencies" for inventory sold by Guardian through our platform as a result of the fact that we charged feesadditional information related to buyers of that inventory. Guardian claims we were precluded from charging buyer fees as a result of our contractual arrangements with Guardian and English agency law principles, as well as representations we allegedly made to Guardian. The Complaint claims damages including loss of revenue, interest, and costs, without specifying the amount of damages sought. We dispute Guardian’s claims and are defending them vigorously, but the Complaint involves disputed facts and complex legal questions, and its outcome is therefore uncertain. Even if Guardian were to prevail in this action, we do not believe our payment of the damages we think could be recoverable by Guardian would have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, pending or in response to the outcome of this action, if we face similar claims from other clients or as a preventative measure, we might decide to provide concessions or make other changes to our business practices that could have such material adverse effects.proceedings.


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

40



PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock has beenis listed on the New YorkNasdaq Global Select Market of the Nasdaq Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, since April 1, 2014,Market LLC ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "RUBI". Prior to our initial public offering, or IPO, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NYSE.
  High Low
Fiscal 2016 Quarters Ended:    
March 31, 2016 $18.41
 $11.72
June 30, 2016 $20.37
 $12.46
September 30, 2016 $14.60
 $8.04
December 31, 2016 $8.55
 $6.12
Fiscal 2017 Quarters Ended:    
March 31, 2017 $9.16
 $5.39
June 30, 2017 $6.28
 $4.61
September 30, 2017 $5.35
 $3.38
December 31, 2017 $3.92
 $1.68
"MGNI."
Holders of Record
As of March 8, 2018,February 20, 2024, there were approximately 8653 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then-existing conditions, including our earnings, capital requirements, results of operations, financial condition, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. See Item 7 "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for additional information regarding our financial condition. In addition, our credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
We presently have no publicly announced repurchase plan or program.Common stock repurchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 were as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price per Share
October 1 - October 31, 2023
Equity withholding(1)
— $— 
November 1 - November 30, 2023
Equity withholding(1)
258 $7.89 
December 1 - December 31, 2023
Equity withholding(1)
11 $9.56 
269 
(1)Upon vesting of most restricted stock units or stock awards, we are required to deposit minimum statutory employee withholding taxes on behalf of the holders of the vested awards. As reimbursement for these tax deposits, we have the option to withhold from shares otherwise issuable upon vesting a portion of those shares with a fair market value equal to the amount of the deposits we paid. Withholding of shares in this manner is accounted for as a repurchase of common stock.
Common stock repurchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of a Publicly Announced Program Maximum Approximate Dollar Value that May Yet be Purchased Under the Program
October 1 – October 31, 2017 3
 $3.36
 
 $
November 1 – November 30, 2017 159
 $1.89
 
 $
December 1 – December 31, 2017 
 $
 
 $

Use of Proceeds
On April 7, 2014, we closed our IPO, whereby we sold 6,432,445 shares of common stock (including 1,015,649 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' exercise of their over-allotment option), and the selling stockholders sold 1,354,199 shares of common stock. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on April 2, 2014 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act. 
Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of ours under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on an initial investment of $100 in our common stock between April 1, 2014 (the date of our IPO)December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017,2023, with the comparative cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 Index, NYSENasdaq Composite, Nasdaq Internet Index, S&P Internet Select Industry Index, and NASDAQ Internet Total ReturnRussell 2000 Index over the same period. As previously discussed, we have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon stock price appreciation (depreciation) and not reinvestment of cash dividends, whereas the data for the S&P 500 Index, NYSE Composite Index, and NASDAQ Internet Total Return Indexcomparative indexes assumes reinvestments of dividends. The graph assumes our closing sales price on April 1, 2014 of $15.00 per share as the initial value of our common stock. The returns shown are based on historical results and are not necessarily indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future stock price.price performance.


41


COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
2023 Stock Graph Image.jpg


Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated historical financial data for the periods indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our business has evolved significantly since our founding, including through acquisitions, and we expect the business to continue to evolve rapidly. Period-to-period comparisons of our historical results of operations are not necessarily meaningful, and historical operating results may not be indicative of future performance. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the impacts of our recent acquisitions.Reserved
42
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
  (in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
 $125,295
 $83,830
Expenses:          
Cost of revenue 56,836
 73,247
 58,495
 20,754
 15,358
Sales and marketing 51,794
 83,328
 83,333
 43,203
 25,811
Technology and development 47,500
 51,184
 42,055
 22,718
 18,615
General and administrative 55,596
 68,570
 70,199
 57,398
 27,926
Restructuring and other exit costs 5,959
 3,316
 
 
 
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software 4,585
 23,473
 
 
 
Impairment of goodwill 90,251
 
 
 
 
Total expenses 312,521
 303,118
 254,082
 144,073
 87,710
Loss from operations (156,976) (24,897) (5,598) (18,778) (3,880)
Other (income) expense (431) (1,984) (1,459) (277) 5,122
Loss before income taxes (156,545) (22,913) (4,139) (18,501) (9,002)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1,762) (4,860) (4,561) 172
 247
Net income (loss) (154,783) (18,053) 422
 (18,673) (9,249)
Cumulative preferred stock dividends(1)
 
 
 
 (1,116) (4,244)
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
 $(19,789) $(13,493)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2) (3):
          
Basic $(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
 $(0.70) $(1.17)
Diluted $(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
 $(0.70) $(1.17)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(3):
          
Basic 48,869
 46,655
 39,663
 28,217
 11,488
Diluted 48,869
 46,655
 44,495
 28,217
 11,488
1.
Upon the close of our IPO in April 2014, each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock was converted into one-half of a share of our common stock. Prior to the conversion, the holders of our convertible preferred stock were entitled to cumulative dividends prior and in preference to common stock. These cumulative preferred dividends are shown as a reduction to net income (loss) to arrive at net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the applicable periods above.
2.
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders.
3.
All share, per-share and related information has been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the impact of a 1-for-2 reverse stock split, including an adjustment to the preferred stock conversion ratio, which was effected on March 18, 2014.


Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

  As of December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
  (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents $76,642
 $149,423
 $116,499
 $97,196
 $29,956
Marketable securities, current and non-current $54,999
 $40,550
 $36,732
 $
 $
Accounts receivable, net $165,890
 $192,064
 $218,235
 $133,267
 $94,722
Property, equipment and internal use software development costs, net $60,127
 $52,768
 $39,332
 $26,697
 $15,916
Total assets $383,635
 $519,775
 $536,736
 $296,481
 $149,887
Debt and capital lease obligations, current and non-current $
 $
 $
 $105
 $4,181
Total liabilities $219,024
 $220,262
 $258,635
 $167,729
 $133,727
Convertible preferred stock $
 $
 $
 $
 $52,571
Common stockholders' equity (deficit) $164,611
 $299,513
 $278,101
 $128,752
 $(36,411)

Item 7. Management’sManagement's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in Item 8 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs, and expectations and that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in "Item 1A. Risk Factors" and the "Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements."


Overview and Trends
We provideSee "Item 1. Business" for an overview of our business, the industry in which we operate, and important industry trends.
Recent Developments
SpotX and SpringServe Acquisitions
On April 30, 2021, we completed the acquisition of SpotX, Inc. ("SpotX" and such acquisition the "SpotX Acquisition"), a technology solution to automateleading platform shaping connected television ("CTV") and video advertising globally. On July 1, 2021, we acquired SpringServe, LLC ("SpringServe"), a leading ad serving platform for CTV.
Following these transactions, we believe that we are the purchaseworld's largest independent omni-channel sell-side advertising platform ("SSP"), offering a single partner for transacting globally across all channels, formats and sale of digital advertising inventoryauction types, and the largest independent programmatic CTV marketplace, making it easier for buyers to reach CTV audiences at scale from industry-leading streaming content providers, broadcasters, platforms and sellers. Our platform features applicationsdevice manufacturers.
As CTV viewership is growing rapidly and servicesthe pace of adoption is accelerating the shift of advertising budgets from linear television to CTV, these transactions have strategically positioned us to take advantage of this trend, and we believe that CTV will be our biggest growth driver for digital advertising inventory sellers, including websites, mobile applications,2024.
The SpotX Acquisition resulted in a significant increase in our revenue and other digital media properties,Contribution ex-TAC (as defined in section "Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics"), in particular in CTV and online video. Following the transaction, the percentage of our revenue attributable to sell their advertising inventory; applicationsCTV increased significantly, and services for buyers, including advertisers, agencies, agency trading desks, demand side platforms, or DSPs, to buy advertising inventory; andbecause CTV is largely transacted through reserve auctions, these types of auctions have become a marketplace over which suchmore significant portion of the transactions are executed. Together, these features power and enhance a comprehensive, transparent, independent advertising marketplace that brings buyers and sellers together and facilitates intelligent decision-making and automated transaction execution for the advertising inventory we manage on our platform. Our clients include many ofIn addition, as newer entrants to programmatic advertising, the world’s leadinglargest publishers of websites and mobile applicationsbroadcasters have tended to transact almost exclusively through reserve auctions and buyers of digital advertising inventory.
We measure buyerhave lower overall take rates. These publishers have continued to increase their focus and seller activity on our platform through advertising spend, which we define as the buyer spending on advertising inventory transacted on our platform. From advertising spend we retain fees associated with the services that we provide,investment in programmatic CTV, and those fees make up the revenue we record. Take rate is a measurement we use to track the level of our feesin recent periods have grown as a percentage of our CTV business. Accordingly, the advertising spendincrease in share among these publishers on our platform has driven a decrease in our aggregate CTV take rates. The acquisition also resulted in an increase in related operating expenses, primarily associated with costs for personnel, data center and hosting costs, facilities, payments to sellers for revenue reported on a given period. We discuss advertising spendgross basis, and take rate more fully inother ancillary costs to support the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Operational Performance Measures” section below.

Industry Trends and Trends in Our Business
Market Opportunities
The programmatic digital advertising market continues to experience growth. In September 2017, MAGNA estimated that the global programmatic market (excluding search and social) will grow from $25 billion in 2017 to $51 billion by 2021.The compound annual growth rate for this market opportunity over that period is 19%. Over this same period, RTB spending as a percentage of total programmatic spending is expected to increase from 40% to 56%, or at a compound annual growth rate of 29%. Another important trend in the digital advertising industry is the continued expansion of automated buying and selling of advertising inventory through new and developing channels, including mobile, which has market growth rates exceeding those of the desktop channel and is a critical area of operational focus for us. According to MAGNA estimates, mobile advertising was an $11 billion global market in 2017 that is expected to increase to $32 billion by 2021, producing a compound annual growth rate of 31%.
While the industry is experiencing rapid growth in mobile, and while a portion of our mobile business is exceeding industry growth rates, our overall growth in mobile is below industry trends. Our mobile advertising spend increased $21.0 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Our slower growth in mobile relative to industry trends was driven by the composition of our mobile business, which consists of two components—mobile web and mobile applications. Initially, our growth in mobile was driven by mobile web, which is more similar to our desktop business. We were initially successful growing this business; however, by 2017, while it still composed more than half our mobile business, mobile web had begun to decline due to the same factors impacting our desktop business as described below. During this same time, however, our mobile application business, which is where we see the greatest potential for growth, has shown growth rates in excess of industry projections. For the fourth quarter of 2017, advertising spend from mobile applications composed more than half of our mobile business.
The growth of automated buying and selling of advertising inventory is also expanding into geographic markets outside of the United States, and in some markets, the adoption rate of programmatic digital advertising is greater than in the United States. We attribute advertising spend to the geographic location of the seller on whose inventory the advertising spend was directed. Our markets outside of the United States are more heavily built upon desktop display advertising than they are on mobile, and as such are subject to the same factors impacting our desktop business as described below. In addition, as programmatic advertising has grown in markets outside of the United States, we have seen more competitors enter those markets aggressively to gain market share. As a result of these factors, our mix of advertising spend in markets outside the United States declined to 35% from 37%

during the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Another factor impacting our business is that a large share of the growth in digital advertising spending worldwide is being captured by owned and operated sites, such as Facebook and Google.
Macro Trends Impacting Desktop
These market factors present long-term growth opportunities; however, in the near term the industry-wide shift from desktop to mobile advertising has had an adverse impact on our business. In recent years, we have seen an industry-wide slowdown in the growth rate for traditional desktop advertising, and the growth rate for this portion of the market is expected to flatten in future years. According to MAGNA, programmatic desktop advertising is expected to grow at a 6% compound annual growth rate over the 2017-2021 period. This results from the market shift to mobile channels. These trends are having a significant effect on our overall growth rate, because desktop advertising continues to be a significant part of our core business, representing 57% of advertising spend for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our advertising spend for desktop decreased 31% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The effect of this overall shift away from traditional desktop display advertising was compounded for our business beginning in 2016 by the industry migration to header bidding, which occurred faster than we anticipated and while we were focused on other growth priorities. Header bidding increased competition for some inventory and resulted in adverse revenue effects for us due to loss to competitors of some inventory that we would otherwise have been able to sell through our platform. However, header bidding makes available to us significant amounts of inventory that previously we were unable to access and our header bidding solution began producing positive results for us in the second half of 2016, and gained significant traction in 2017. Header bidding is going through an additional technical evolution from the client side, which involves the browser running the auction, to a server-side solution, in which a server runs the auction and offers the potential for improved performance and speed. We believe that our investments in our client-side header bidding solution as well as server-side header bidding have the potential to improve our competitiveness in all markets in 2018 and beyond. However, we must continue to address certain technical and operational challenges, as described under "Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in order to realize our header bidding solution's full potential.
Becauseoffset some of these rapid developments inincreases through cost saving activities and the industry, advertising spend from our traditional desktop business has declined and no longer can be relied upon to drive the growthachievement of our business. Our strategic focus is on growth areas—including mobile, video, and PMPs—that are expected to represent a majority of our advertising spend in 2018. However, despite our solid progress in mobile, our traditional desktop business accounted for approximately 57% and 67% of our advertising spend for the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is expected to continue to represent a significantacquisition synergies. As part of our businessintegration efforts, we introduced our unified CTV platform, Magnite Steaming, which merges leading technology from the legacy Magnite CTV and SpotX CTV platforms. We completed the migration to our unified platform early in the near term. Therefore,third quarter of 2023.
The SpringServe Acquisition expanded our video and CTV offering to include ad server functionality in addition to our programmatic SSP capabilities. The SpringServe ad server manages multiple aspects of video advertising for both programmatic transactions and inventory sold directly by the weightpublisher, including forecasting, routing, customized ad experiences and ad formats, and advanced podding logic. This is of particular importance for CTV publishers. The combination of our desktopSSP and ad server provides publishers a holistic yield management solution that works across their entire video advertising business and its decreasing advertising spend trend will continue to have a significant adverse effect on our growth until our advertising spend mix has shifted more fullydrive value. We believe the acquisition of SpringServe is highly strategic as it allows us to growth areas.
Take Rate Decline
Ad tech exchange intermediaries like us have used different revenue models in OMP transactions, including charging fees only to sellers or arbitraging the purchase and sale of ad impressions. Our approach was historically to charge fees to both buyers and sellers in OMP transactions conducted on our exchange, consistent with the fact that we provide services to each. Traditionally, for OMP waterfall transactions, we ran a modified second price auction in which the clearing price was the greater of the second highest bid in the auction plus one cent or the applicable price floor. Our buyer fees were determined algorithmically and addedoffer publishers an independent full-stack solution to the clearing price to determine the price charged to the winning bidder. walled gardens, which can be leveraged across their entire video advertising business.
Macroeconomic Developments
Our take rate was made up of the total fees we charged buyers and sellers. In 2016, our take rate was 25.0%.
In 2017, we reduced and then eliminated our buyer feesbusiness has been negatively impacted as a result of three strategic moves we made in response tomacroeconomic challenges, such as the global COVID-19 pandemic, inflation, global conflict, capital market conditions. First, in response to market demands for more efficiencydisruptions and lower cost from intermediaries like us,instability of financial institutions, the risk of a recession, labor strikes, and other macroeconomic factors, which have generally negatively impacted ad budgets, and in an effortturn have led to be more competitiveslower ad spend growth through our platform. Any worsening of macroeconomic conditions in attracting demand and capturing supply, we madefuture periods would likely have a strategic decision to reduce the fees we charged buyers in OMP waterfall transactions.
Second, the mix of OMP transactionsnegative effect on our exchange shifted from approximately three quarters conducted throughfinancial results, the traditional ad server waterfall at the endmagnitude of December 2016 to approximately half through the ad server waterfall as of September 30, 2017. In traditional OMP waterfall transactions, available impressions are passed to different demand sources in a sequence determined by the seller’s ad server, and when an impression is passed to a particular demand source, that demand source is generally able to auction the impression with little or no competition. As the percentage of OMP waterfall transactions has declined, the percentage of header bidding transactions has increased. Header bidding increases competition for ad inventory by exposing impressions simultaneously to multiple sources of demand in a competitive auction that, if successful, replaces the ad server waterfall. Each demand source in a header bidding auction conducts its own auction for the impression and then passes its winning bid to a “downstream” meta-auction in which the seller evaluates bids from all its demand sources, and generally the highest bid wins. This competition pushes auction clearing prices much closer to the winning first-price bid than OMP waterfall transactions. In order to be more competitive and give our buyers a better chance of winning the header bidding impressions on which they bid, we began charging lower buyer fees for header bidding transactions so that we could pass higher priced bids into the downstream

auction. Based upon experience with this approach and client feedback, in October 2017 we began offering a modified first price auction dynamic in our header bidding solution without buyer fees.
Third, as the ad tech industry has matured and evolved, competition has increased and pricing has become more transparent. The primary buyers in our OMP transactions are DSPs buying on behalf of agency and brand clients that are demanding reduced costs and fee transparency throughout the value chain. DSPs and their clients are consequently demanding that exchanges disclose and limit or eliminate buyer fees, and DSPs and their clients may reduce or eliminate spending on exchanges that charge buyer fees. In addition, some sellers believe that buyer fees ultimately reduce seller revenue, and therefore are seeking to cap or eliminate buyer fees on sale of their inventory. In response to these market trends, and consistent with our strategy to be a high volume, low cost and transparent exchange, we stopped charging our additive buyer fees altogether effective November 1, 2017. We still charge some buyers an access fee to connect to our system when their spending is too small to support the maintenance of their accounts, but these access fees in the aggregate are insignificant. As such, our future revenue will consist almost entirely of a unitary marketplace fee. Most of our marketplace fees are negotiated with sellers as a percentage of the auction clearing price for sale of their inventory. In some cases, we reduce the buyer’s bid amount by the amount of our fee and pass the remainder as the bid to the seller. If the bid wins we retain the amount of the bid reduction as our fee. We do this at the discretion of sellers that allocate advertising inventory through a decisioning process that follows after our auction and incorporates other demand sources as well as our bids, and that prefer or require that we submit our bids to them net of our fees, so that our bid matches the amount we will owe them if we win. This is referred to as net bidding. Net bidding amounts can vary across transactions depending upon various factors including inventory and auction characteristics and seller policies. In general, we believe the marketplace fees we earn in these transactions are consistent with or below market rates for comparable transactions.
These strategic price reductions contributed to the decrease in our take rate from 25.0% for 2016 to 12.8% for the fourth quarter of 2017 (which includes fees on OMP waterfall transactions and some header bidding transactions in October but not November or December). Our take rate as we exited 2017, which did not include any buyer fees, was approximately 11.6%.
Our strategic pricing reductions are intended to address the market's demand for lower costs and to attract more inventory and spending to our platform. Lower pricing has caused our revenue and margins to decline significantly. In order to adjust to our lower take rates and return to growth, we must increase advertising spend on our platform. Increases in PMP and header bidding transactions as a percentage of the activity on our exchange could yield higher advertising spend despite lower take rates due to higher CPMs typically associated with PMP transactions, and from modified first-price auctions in header bidding transactions. However, in an increasingly competitive market in which buyers and sellers have many choices, it is not clear whether pricing reductions will result in increases in spending on our platform, or whether any spending increases will compensate fully for the reduction in pricing. Further, because the rate at which we win header bidding auctions is much lower, due to competition inherent in header bidding transactions, than the rate at which we win waterfall transactions, as our business continues to shift away from waterfall transactions to header bidding, we need to participate in far more header bidding auctions to compensate for the decline in the number of waterfall transactions. Driving revenue growth in this situation is difficult to accomplish in a competitive market and requires accessing significantly greater inventory levels from our sellers and in turn processing more auctions. This growth in business volume requires adequate processing capacity as well as ongoing innovation to address evolving client needs and capture business.
Prior to the elimination of buyer fees, such fees represented approximately half of our revenue for the first ten months of 2017, and we do not expect to be able to grow advertising spending or reduce costs quickly enough in the near term to make up for the elimination of these fees. This willpredict. In addition, continued inflation could result in significant cash consumptionan increase in our cost base relative to support operations during 2018. Unless and until we are ableour revenue.
Refer to compensateItem 1A. "Risk Factors" for eliminationadditional information related to risks associated with macroeconomic challenges.

43

Table of our buyer fees by increasing advertising spending on our platform, through higher transaction volumes or higher transaction values or both, we will not be able to grow our business and our cash resources will diminish. Contents
Therefore, while we work to increase the volume of transactions on our exchange and compete more effectively, we must operate more efficiently to relieve the pressure on our margins and cash resources that has resulted from our price reductions and to compensate for the ongoing investments in technology and data processing capabilities required to support the increased volume of transactions that our growth plans require. Consequently, we are pursuing various cost-control and efficiency initiatives. As part of these efforts, during the first quarter of 2018 we undertook measures to reduce headcount by approximately 100 people, or 19% of our workforce, and to reduce other operating costs. Our actions include reductions in administrative staff to bring our general and administrative operations into better alignment with the current size of the business as well as in sales and technical personnel as a result of offshoring certain development functions, organizational delayering and restructuring, and reducing investment in unprofitable projects. we also continue to pursue increased automation and efficiency across all aspects of the company. See Item 1. Business Overview - "Recent Developments” for more information.


Components of Our Results of Operations
We report our financial results as one operating segment. Our consolidated operating results together with non-GAAP financial measures and the operational performance measures, are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker, principally to make decisions about how we allocate our resources and to measure our consolidated operating performance.
Revenue
We generate revenue from the use of our platform for the purchase and sale of our digital advertising inventoryinventory. Generally, our revenue is based on a percentage of the ad spend that runs through our marketplace.platform, although for certain clients, services, or transaction types we may receive a fixed CPM for each impression sold, and for advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders, we earn revenue based on the full amount of ad spend that runs through our platform. In addition, we may receive certain fixed monthly fees for the use of our platform or products. We recognize revenue upon the fulfillment of our contractual obligations in connection with a completed transaction, subject to satisfying all other revenue recognition criteria. For the majority of transactions executed through our platform, we act as an agent on behalf of the publisher that is monetizing its inventory, and revenue is recognized net of any advertising inventory costs that we remit to sellers. With respect to certain revenue streams for managed advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders, we report revenue on a gross basis, based primarily on our determination that the Company acts as the primary obligor in the delivery of advertising campaigns for our buyer clients with respect to such transactions.
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, our revenue reported on a gross basis was 18%, 18%, and 17% of total revenue for the respective periods. Any mix shift that causes an increase in the relative percentage of our revenue accounted for on a gross basis would result in a higher revenue contribution and an associated decrease in our gross margin percentage (with no underlying impact on gross profit or Contribution ex-TAC, as defined in section "Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics"). Our revenue recognition policies are discussed in more detail within "Critical Accounting Policies" and in Note 2 "Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies"4 of the accompanying Notes"Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements."
We track the performance and revenue of our platform by channel. Our channels include CTV, mobile, and desktop. Consistent with the IAB’s definition of CTV, CTV represents advertising transactions on our platform that are delivered to the end consumer via a television set that is connected to the Internet. Our CTV transactions do not include advertisements viewed on a mobile or desktop device. Mobile and desktop represent advertising transactions on our platform that are delivered to the end consumer via their respective devices’ operating system, that is, a mobile operating system or a traditional desktop operating system, respectively. Mobile devices generally refer to a handset, tablet, or other communication device that runs on a mobile operating system used to access the Internet wirelessly, usually through a mobile carrier or Wi-Fi network. Desktop transactions are those transactions delivered to the end user whose device runs on a traditional PC, laptops, as well as those delivered on mobile devices or tablets that are not running on mobile based operating systems.
Expenses
We classify our expenses into the following categories:
Cost of Revenue. Our cost of revenue consists primarily of cloud hosting, data center, and bandwidth costs, bandwidthad protection costs, depreciation and maintenance expense of hardware supporting our revenue-producing platform, amortization of software costs for the development of our revenue-producing platform, amortization expense associated with acquired developed technologies, and personnel costs, facilities-related costs, andcosts. In addition, for transactions we have previously reportedrevenue booked on a gross basis, the amounts we paid sellers.cost of revenue includes traffic acquisition costs. Personnel costs included in cost of revenue include salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and employee benefit costs, and are primarily attributable to personnel in our network operations group who support our platform. We capitalize costs associated with software that is developed or obtained for internal use and amortize the costs associated with our revenue-producing platform in cost of revenue over their estimated useful lives. We amortize acquired developed technologies over their estimated useful lives.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and the sales bonuses paid to our sales organization, as well as marketing expenses such as brand marketing, travel expenses, trade shows and marketing materials, professional services, and amortization expense associated with client relationships, backlog, and backlognon-compete agreements from our business acquisitions, and to a lesser extent,professional services, facilities-related costs, and depreciation and amortization.expense. Our sales and support organization focuses on increasing the adoption of our solution by existing and new buyers and sellers.sellers and supports ongoing client relationships. We amortize acquired intangibles associated with client relationships and backlog from our business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives.
Technology and Development. Our technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and bonuses, as well as professional services associated with the ongoing development and maintenance of our solution, and to a lesser extent,third-party software license costs, facilities-related costs, and depreciation and amortization including amortization expense associated with acquired intangible assets from our business acquisitions that are related to technology and development functions.expense. These expenses include costs incurred in the development, implementation, and maintenance of internal use software, including platform and related infrastructure. Technology and development costs are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal use software development that qualifies for capitalization, which are then recorded as internal use software development costs, net on our consolidated balance sheet.sheets. We amortize internal use software development costs that relate
44

to our revenue-producing activities on our platform to cost of revenue and amortize other internal use software development costs to technology and development costs or general and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the related project. We amortize acquired intangibles associated with technology and development functions from our business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives.
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and bonuses, associated with our executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees, facilities-related costs, and depreciation expense, bad debt expense, and other corporate-related expenses. General
Merger, Acquisition, and administrative expenses also include amortizationRestructuring Costs. Our merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs consist primarily of internal use software development costs and acquired intangible assets from our business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives that relate to general and administrative functions and changes in fair valueprofessional service fees associated with the liability-classified contingent consideration related to acquisitions.
Restructuringmerger and Other Exit Costs. Our restructuring and other exit costs are cash and non-cash charges consisting primarily ofacquisition activities, cash-based employee termination costs, related stock-based compensation charges, and other restructuring activities, including facility closure costs.
Impairmentclosures, relocation costs, contract termination costs, and impairment costs of Intangible Assets and Internal Use Software. Our impairment charges are non-cash charges related to our intangible assets and internal use software. Certain events or changing circumstances that impact the value of our intangible assets may necessitate a valuation analysis, as described within "Critical Accounting Policies" and in Note 2 "Organization and Summary

of Significant Accounting Policies" of the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. If needed, an impairment is recorded to reduce the carrying amount of the assets to their estimated fair value in the period that the valuation analysis is performed.
Impairment of Goodwill. Goodwill impairment charges are non-cash expenses recognized to reduce the goodwill asset on our balance sheet. Certain events or changing circumstances that impact the value of our business may necessitate a valuation analysis, as described within "Critical Accounting Policies" and in Note 2 "Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. If the estimated fair value of the Company is lower than its carrying amount, a goodwill impairment is recognized for the difference, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.abandoned technology associated with restructuring activities.
Other (Income), Expense
Interest (Income) Expense, Net. Interest expense is mainlyconsists of interest expense associated with our Prior Term Loan B Facility (defined below) and Convertible Senior Notes (defined below), and their related to our credit facility.amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount. Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents.
Foreign Currency Exchange (Gain) Loss, Net. Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss, net consists primarily of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities on our balance sheet denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and marketable securitiesvarious intercompany balances held between our subsidiaries. Our primary foreign currency exposures are currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally the Australian Dollar, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Euro, Japanese Yen, and was insignificant forNew Zealand Dollar.
Gain on Extinguishment of Debt. Gain on extinguishment of debt consists of gains or losses associated with the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016repurchases of Convertible Senior Notes at a discount or premium, respectively, including unamortized issuance costs, accrued interest expense, and 2015.commissions associated with the extinguished debt.
Other Income. Other income consists primarily of rental income from commercial office space we hold under lease and have sublet to other tenants.
Foreign Currency Exchange (Gain) Loss, Net. Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss, net consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions. We have foreign currency exposure related to our accounts receivable and accounts payable that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally the British Pound.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
Provision (benefit) forWe are subject to income taxes consists of federal, state, and foreign income taxes and is primarily the result of the deferred tax liability associated with the nToggle acquisition.
On December 22, 2017,in the U.S. government enacted(federal and state) and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Tax laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision and accruals for these taxes. There are many transactions that occur during the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act includes significant changes toordinary course of business for which the U.S. corporate incomeultimate tax system including: a federal corporate rate reduction from 34% to 21%; limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation and research and development (“R&D”) expenditures, immediate expensing of qualified property, the creation of new minimum taxesdetermination is uncertain. Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as changes in our business operations, acquisitions, investments, entry into new businesses and geographies, intercompany transactions, the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) and Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax; and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified territorial tax system, which will result in a one time U.S. tax liability on those earning which have not previously been repatriated to the U.S. (the “Transition Tax”).
The Tax Act imposes a Transition Tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits (“E&P”) of certainrelative amount of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax,earnings, including earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we determined, among other things, the amount of post-1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries.
The Tax Act allowshave lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, losses incurred in jurisdictions for the immediate write off (“expensing”) of the cost of qualified property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. Following January 1, 2023, the expensing phases down 20% annually through January 1, 2027.
Additionally, the Tax Act imposes a new BEAT, essentially a 10% minimum tax (5% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, increasingwhich we are not able to 10% for years beginning after December 31, 2018) calculated on a base equal to taxpayer’srealize related income determined without tax benefits, arising from base erosion payments and, also, requires certain GILTI income earned by controlledthe applicability of special tax regimes, changes in foreign corporations (“CFCs”) to be includedcurrency exchange rates, changes in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder (for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017). GAAP allows us to either (i) treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusionsour stock price, changes in taxable income related to BEAT and GILTI as current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”); or (ii) factor such amounts into our measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). We elected the period cost method. Given that these new rules are not yet effective, we have not made any adjustments to our financial statements for these items for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Due to uncertainty as to the realization of benefits from the predominant portion of our domestic and international net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits, we have a full valuation allowance reserved against such net deferred tax assets. We intend to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances. Release of the("DTAs") and liabilities and their valuation, allowance would resultchanges in the recognition of certain net deferredlaws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations related to tax, assets and a decrease to income tax expense or recognition of a benefit for the period the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the valuation allowance release are subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability that we are able to achieve.

Pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, we underwent an ownership change for tax purposes (i.e., a more than 50% change in stock ownership in aggregated 5% shareholders) on December 31, 2015. As a result, the use of our domestic NOL carryforwards and tax credits generated priorincluding changes to the ownership change will be subject to the annual 382 use limitationsglobal tax framework, competition, and other laws and accounting rules in various jurisdictions.
45

Table of approximately $53.1 million. We have concluded that the ownership change will not impact our ability to utilize substantially all of our NOLs and carryforward credits to the extent we generate taxable income that can be offset by such losses.Contents


Results of Operations
The following tables settable sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented.operations:
Year EndedChange %
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 20212023 vs 20222022 vs 2021
(in thousands)
Revenue$619,710 $577,069 $468,413 %23 %
Expenses (1)(2):
Cost of revenue409,906 307,165 201,662 33 %52 %
Sales and marketing173,982 200,081 170,406 (13)%17 %
Technology and development94,318 93,757 74,449 %26 %
General and administrative89,048 81,382 64,789 %26 %
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs7,465 7,468 38,177 — %(80)%
Total expenses774,719 689,853 549,483 12 %26 %
Loss from operations(155,009)(112,784)(81,070)37 %39 %
Other expense, net2,538 22,813 13,918 (89)%64 %
Loss before income taxes(157,547)(135,597)(94,988)16 %43 %
Provision (benefit) for income taxes1,637 (5,274)(95,053)(131)%(94)%
Net income (loss)$(159,184)$(130,323)$65 22 %NM
  Year Ended Favorable/(Unfavorable) %
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 2017 vs 2016 2016 vs 2015
  (Dollars in thousands)    
Revenue $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
 (44)% 12 %
Expenses:         

Cost of revenue(1)(2)
 56,836
 73,247
 58,495
 22 % (25)%
Sales and marketing(1)(2)
 51,794
 83,328
 83,333
 38 %  %
Technology and development(1)(2)
 47,500
 51,184
 42,055
 7 % (22)%
General and administrative(1)(2)
 55,596
 68,570
 70,199
 19 % 2 %
Restructuring and other exit costs 5,959
 3,316
 
 (80)% NM
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software 4,585
 23,473
 
 80 % NM
Impairment of goodwill 90,251
 
 
 NM
 NM
Total expenses 312,521
 303,118
 254,082
 (3)% (19)%
Loss from operations (156,976) (24,897) (5,598) NM
 NM
Other income (431) (1,984) (1,459) (78)% 36 %
Loss before income taxes (156,545) (22,913) (4,139) NM
 NM
Benefit for income taxes (1,762) (4,860) (4,561) (64)% 7 %
Net income (loss) $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
 NM
 NM

NM -means Not meaningfulMeaningful
(1) Stock-based compensation expense included in our expenses was as follows:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$1,809 $1,666 $792 
Sales and marketing27,263 21,558 15,718 
Technology and development20,542 19,961 11,857 
General and administrative22,860 18,929 11,297 
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs143 2,004 1,071 
Total stock-based compensation expense$72,617 $64,118 $40,735 
(2) Depreciation and amortization expense included in our expenses was as follows:
 Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$211,956 $142,616 $78,115 
Sales and marketing27,584 71,887 67,463 
Technology and development779 913 674 
General and administrative501 636 634 
Total depreciation and amortization expense$240,820 $216,052 $146,886 
46
(1)
Stock-based compensation expense included in our expenses was as follows:

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Cost of revenue $404
 $344
 $240
Sales and marketing 4,582
 8,520
 7,415
Technology and development 4,034
 5,788
 4,963
General and administrative 9,924
 14,042
 17,966
Restructuring and other exit costs 1,560
 
 
Total stock-based compensation expense $20,504
 $28,694
 $30,584
(2)
Depreciation and amortization expense included in our expenses was as follows:
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Cost of revenue $31,981
 $28,853
 $19,290
Sales and marketing 1,066
 9,020
 8,168
Technology and development 1,957
 2,759
 1,815
General and administrative 1,221
 2,131
 1,737
Total depreciation and amortization expense $36,225
 $42,763
 $31,010

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods presented:
 Year Ended *
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Revenue 100 % 100 % 100 %Revenue100 %100 %100 %
Cost of revenue 37
 26
 24
Sales and marketing 33
 30
 34
Technology and development 31
 18
 17
General and administrative 36
 25
 28
Restructuring and other exit costs 4
 1
 
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software 3
 8
 
Impairment of goodwill 58
 
 
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs
Total expenses 201
 109
 102
Loss from operations (101) (9) (2)
Other income, net 
 (1) (1)
Other expense, net
Loss before income taxes (101) (8) (2)
Benefit for income taxes (1) (2) (2)
Net loss (100)% (6)%  %
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)(26)%(23) %—  %
Note: Percentages may not sum due to roundingNote: Percentages may not sum due to rounding
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 20152021
Revenue
Revenue decreased $122.7increased $42.6 million, or 44%7%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is due to a decrease in advertising spend on our platform due to market and competitive pressures, decrease in traditional desktop display spending, and header bidding dynamics as described above. In addition, we implemented certain strategic reductions in our pricing in response to our perception of market conditions and in an effort to increase our competitiveness. Year-over-year revenue was also adversely affected by shifts in our business mix in favor of buyers and sellers and inventory types with lower fee rates. Finally, the decline of our intent marketing solution and its ultimate cessation in the first quarter of 2017 contributed to the total revenue decrease when2023 compared to the prior year. Our average CPMrevenue growth was $1.43 for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $1.25 for the prior year period. The increase of $0.18, or 14%,driven primarily by growth in CPM was due to a shift in the mix of our business from waterfall to header bidding transactions, with the latter generating higher CPMs due to the more competitive nature of that business as noted above. In addition, average CPM increased during the period due to a shift in mix of transactions on our platform from lower-priced, higher-volume transactions mainly associated with static bidding to higher-priced, lower-volume transactions mainly associated with RTB. We ceased offering our static bidding offering after the third quarter of 2016. The increase in average CPMmobile and CTV, which was partially offset by a decrease in paid impressionsdesktop. Revenue from 819 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016 to 585 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decreasemobile and CTV increased by $39.7 million, or 21%, and $13.6 million, or 5%, respectively, while desktop decreased by $10.6 million, or 9%. During 2023, our growth rate in paid impressions resulted fromCTV was negatively impacted, in part, by a mix shift in mix of ad requests,towards large CTV sellers that transacted primarily through reserve auctions, which in 2017 includedcarry a higher proportion of those generated from sellers via header biddinglower overall take rate compared to those generated via waterfall. As noted above, header bidding makes available to us significant amounts of inventory that previously we were unable to access; however, due to the competitive nature of header bidding, the rate at which we win those auctions and convert that inventory to paid impressions is much lower than the rate at which we win waterfall auctions, resulting in fewer paid impressions. In addition, the mix shift noted above from static bidding to RTB after the third quarter of 2016 contributed to lower paid impressions in 2017.other transaction types.
Revenue increased $29.7$108.7 million, or 12%23%, for the year ended December 31, 20162022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increaseprior year. Our revenue growth was driven primarily by growth in 2016CTV and mobile as well as incremental revenue from full-year results from the SpotX Acquisition, which was primarily due to an increase incompleted on April 30, 2021, and the amount of advertising spendSpringServe Acquisition, which was completed on our platformJuly 1, 2021. Revenue from CTV and mobile increased by $83.3 million, or 45%, and $27.8 million, or 17%, respectively. On a pro forma basis, including results from SpotX and SpringServe during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase inrelevant pre-acquisition period, revenue was also attributable to an increase in average CPM to $1.25increased 7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $1.09 for2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, an increaseprior period.
Our revenue is largely a function of $0.16,the number of advertising transactions and the price, or 15%. This increaseCPM, at which the inventory is sold, which results in average CPM during the period was due to increased matching efficiency and a shift in mix of transactionstotal advertising spend on our platform, from lower-priced higher-volume inventory mainly associatedand, with static biddingrespect to higher-priced lower-volume inventory mainly associated with RTB. The increaseour revenue reported on a net basis, the take rate we charge for our services. Because pricing and take rate vary across publisher, channel, and transaction type, our revenue is subject to changes in average CPM was partially offset by a decrease in paid impressions resulting from the same shift in mix of transactions on our platform from static bidding to RTB. While paid impressions associated with RTB increased during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, paid impressions associated with static bidding decreased, resulting in an overall decrease of 11% from 920 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 819 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Revenue is impacted bypublisher-specific take rates, and shifts in the mix of advertising spend byon our platform among publishers and transaction typetypes. For instance, managed services tend to have higher take rates while reserve auctions tend to have lower take rates. For 2024, we believe our revenue will increase compared to the prior year period, and channel, changesalthough revenue from mobile was the primary driver in revenue growth in 2023, we expect CTV will be our biggest growth driver in 2024.
Our business is dependent in part on the overall health of the advertising market. Our revenue growth has been tempered, and may be negatively impacted in the feesfuture, by reductions in revenue resulting from the impact of macroeconomic challenges. If economic conditions were to deteriorate further, we charge buyerswould likely experience a negative impact on our future revenue trends, and sellers for our services (which drive take rate), and other factors such as changes in the market, our executionmagnitude of the business, and competition. Industry dynamics are challenging due to market and competitive pressures and make itthese impacts is difficult to predict depending on their scope and duration. Refer to Item 1A. "Risk Factors" for additional information related to these risks and the near-term effect of our growth initiatives. Consequently, while we anticipate long-term benefits from these initiatives, in 2017 we experienced a decrease in revenue compared to 2016 resulting from the cessation of our intent marketing solution, a decreasing overall take rate (partially due to our elimination of buyer fees in late 2017), increased competition for inventory partially due to continued industry-wide growth in header bidding, and increased competition for demand, including from large providers of owned and operated inventory. Most of the strategic pricing reductions we implemented in the first half of the year did not take effect until part way through the second quarter, and elimination of our buyer fees did not take effect until November 1, 2017, so our pricing reductions had a more significant effect on the second half of the year, and will impact 2018 more significantly on a full year basis unless counterbalanced by positive effects from these reductions or other growth initiatives. Our take rate was 18.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 25.0% the prior year, and will continue to decline due to the elimination of our buyer transaction fees on November 1, 2017. The take rate was 12.8% for the fourth quarter of 2017, and it was 11.6% in December 2017. In addition to the elimination of buyer transaction fees resulting in lower take rate, an increase in PMP transactions as a percentage of the transactionsthey may have on our platform could contribute to lower take rates because PMP transactions can carry slightly lower fees than OMP transactions. Unless and until we are able to compensate for the reduction in our fees by increasing advertising spend on our platform, through higher transaction volumes or higher transaction values or both, or by increasing seller fees, our revenue will continue to decline, we will not be able to grow our business, and our cash resources may be depleted.business.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue decreased by $16.4increased $102.7 million, or 22%33%, for the year ended December 31, 20172023 compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to a decrease of $20.0 million in the amounts we paid sellers related to transactions reported on a gross basis associated with our intent marketing solution, which we discontinued during the quarter ended March 31, 2017. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $3.1$69.3 million in depreciation and amortization. This increase was primarily driven by incremental amortization expense as a resultdue to the acceleration of additional computer equipment and network hardware,the remaining lives of certain acquired intangible assets and capitalized internal use software as we continued to enhancefrom the functionalityintegration of our existing productslegacy Magnite CTV and build new solutionsSpotX CTV platforms, which started in the fourth quarter of 2022 and was completed in the third quarter of 2023. The year over year increase in amortization due to expand our offerings. Despite the decrease in total expenditures, costacceleration was $64.0 million. Costs of revenue as a percentalso included increases of $26.2 million in cloud hosting, data center, and bandwidth expenses and $8.1 million in traffic acquisition costs, both primarily due to revenue increased from 26% to 37% as a resultgrowth.
47

Cost of revenue increased by $14.8$105.5 million, or 25%52%, for the year ended December 31, 20162022 compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $9.6$64.5 million in depreciation and amortization. This increase was driven by incremental amortization expense, an increase in data center, hosting,due to the acceleration of the remaining lives of certain acquired intangible assets and bandwidth costscapitalized software from the integration of $2.5 million,our legacy Magnite CTV and an increase in personnel costs of $1.2 million. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily attributable to an increase in amortization of developed technology acquired in our business combinations, depreciation of computer equipment and network hardware, and amortization of capitalized internal use software, as we continued to functionally enhance our existing products,SpotX CTV platforms, as well as build new solutions to expand our offerings. The amortization of developed technology acquired in our business combinations reflected in cost of revenue was $9.5 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The amortization of capitalized internal use software reflected in cost of revenue was $8.0 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increases in data center, hosting, and bandwidth costs were primarily to support the increase in the use of our platform and international expansion efforts requiring additional data centers, hardware, software, and maintenance expenses. Cost of revenue in 2016 also included an increase of $1.0 million in amounts we paid sellers, reflecting the impact offrom a full year of grossamortization expense from the SpotX Acquisition. The incremental amortization due to the acceleration was $35.4 million. Costs of revenue reporting for our intent marketing business following thealso included increases of $26.9 million in cloud hosting, data center, and bandwidth expenses and $10.5 million in traffic acquisition of Chango in April 2015, as discussed earlier.costs, both primarily due to revenue growth.
We expect cost of revenue to be higherdecrease in 2024 compared to 2023 in absolute dollars in 2018 comparedprimarily due to 2017. We expect to have increased spending on data centers and investments in developed technology to support our strategic growth initiatives and the auction processing costs and infrastructure required to process greater volumescompletion of data and transactions we will need to grow revenue. the accelerated amortization expense as discussed above.
Cost of revenue may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and period to period, on an absolute dollar basis and as a percentage of revenue, depending on revenue levels and the volume of transactions we process supporting those revenues, and the timing and amounts of investments.depreciation and amortization of equipment and software.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenseexpenses decreased by $31.5$26.1 million, or 38%13%, for the year ended December 31, 20172023 compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to a decrease of $18.2$44.3 million in sales and marketing personnel costs as a result of our operating cost control initiatives. Additionally, sales and marketing depreciation and amortization costs decreasedrelated to certain acquired intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2022 and 2023. This decrease was partially offset by $8.0an increase of $15.3 million primarily due to lower amortization of acquired client relationships.personnel related expenses.
Sales and marketing expenses remained consistent at $83.3increased $29.7 million, or 17%, for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20162022 compared to the prior year primarily due to the impact of the SpotX Acquisition, which resulted in substantial increases in headcount in mid-2021, as well as expenses related to the amortization of acquired intangibles. Compared to the prior year, sales and 2015, with no significant fluctuations.

marketing included an increase of $17.5 million of personnel related expenses and $4.2 million in amortization of acquired intangibles relating to the SpotX Acquisition. In addition, the increase in sales and marketing expenses included $3.3 million related to travel and industry events due to the lifting of travel restrictions during the year.
We expect sales and marketing expenses to declinedecrease in 20182024 compared to 2017 as a result2023 in absolute dollars primarily due to decreases in amortization of headcount reductions we implementedacquired intangible assets. We expect these decreases to be partially offset by increases in the first quarter of 2018, as described above. personnel related expenses and increases in travel and entertainment expenses.
Sales and marketing expenseexpenses may fluctuate quarter to quarter and period to period, on an absolute dollar basis and as a percentage of revenue, based on revenue levels, the timing of our investments and seasonality in our industry and business.
Technology and Development
Technology and development expense decreased by $3.7expenses increased $0.6 million, or 7%1%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to a decrease in headcount and related personnel costs of $3.8 million as a result of our operating cost control initiatives. In addition, technology related depreciation and amortization decreased $0.8 million2023 compared to the prior year period due to fixed and intangible assets reaching their full useful lives. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $1.7 million in software licenses due to annual increases in our existing licenses to maintain and support our technology and development efforts.year.
Technology and development expenseexpenses increased by $9.1$19.3 million, or 22%26%, for the year ended December 31, 20162022 compared to the prior year, ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase of $15.8 million in personnel costs of $4.5 million resulting from an increase in headcount as a result of continued hiring of engineers to maintain and support our technology and development efforts.the increased headcount associated with the SpotX Acquisition.
We expect technology and development expenseexpenses to declineincrease in 20182024 compared to 2017 as a result of headcount reductions we implemented2023 in the first quarter 2018, as described above, and we expect additional savingsabsolute dollars due to increases in 2018 as we improve our efficiencies in technology development while continuing to invest in our engineering and technology teams. personnel related expenses.
The timing and amount of our capitalized development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. As a percentage of revenue, technology and development expense may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and period to period based on revenue levels, the timing and amounts of these investments,technology and development efforts, the timing and the rate of the amortization of capitalized projects and the timing and amounts of future capitalized internal use software development costs.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expense decreased by $13.0expenses increased $7.7 million, or 19%9%, for the year ended December 31, 20172023 compared to the prior year, ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to a decreaseincreases of $4.8 million in headcount and related personnel costs of $9.5 million asbad debt expense. Bad debt expense was primarily a result of our cost control initiatives. In addition, professional services costs decreased by $1.8a buyer defaulting on payment obligations and subsequently filing for bankruptcy during the second quarter of 2023, resulting in bad debt expense of $4.2 million. General and administrative expenses also included an increase of $4.2 million primarily due to decreased legal and consulting costs.in personnel expenses.
General and administrative expense decreasedexpenses increased by $1.6$16.6 million, or 2%26%, for the year ended December 31, 20162022 compared to the prior year, ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a decreaseincreases of $10.2 million in personnel costs of $2.3 million, a decreaseexpenses mainly due to increases in professional services costs of $0.5 million, partially offset by increases of $0.4stock-based compensation year-over-year, $2.0 million in depreciation and amortization, $0.7facilities related expenses due to a return to office work environment, $1.8 million in business insurance and taxes, and $0.5$1.1 million in software license costs. The decrease in personnel costs was primarilyrelated to travel and industry events due to decreased headcount. The decrease in professional services was primarily due to decreased transaction related services. The increase in depreciation and amortization was mainly related to amortizationthe lifting of non-compete agreements and trademarks acquired in our business combinations. As a percentagetravel restrictions during the year.
48

We expect general and administrative expenses decreased for the year ended December 31, 2016to increase in 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 20152023 in absolute dollars primarily as a result of revenue increasing at a higher percentage compareddue to the increaseincreases in generalpersonnel and administrativetravel-related expenses.
We expect quarterly general and administrative expense to decline in 2018 compared to 2017 as a result of headcount reductions we implemented in the first quarter 2018, as described above. General and administrative expenses may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and period to period based on the timing and amounts of our investments and related expenditures in our general and administrative functions as they vary in scope and scale over periods whichperiods. Such fluctuations may not be directly proportional to changes in revenue.
RestructuringMerger, Acquisition, and Other ExitRestructuring Costs
In November 2016, we announced that we would cease providing intent marketing servicesWe incurred merger, acquisition, and planned to close our Toronto office. This plan resulted in an initial workforce reduction of approximately 125 employees. We continued to realign our organization, including our management team, to a more cost efficient structure in the first half of 2017.
In connection with these activities, we recorded restructuring and other exit costs of $6.0$7.5 million, $7.5 million, and $3.3$38.2 million during the years ended December 31, 20172023, 2022, and 2016,2021, respectively, primarily for one-time employee termination benefits. The costs incurred included $4.4 million and $3.3 million in cash expenditures, of which $5.1 million and $2.5 million were paid in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The remaining liability as of December 31, 2017 will be paid in the first quarter of 2018.


As of December 31, 2017, we estimate the annualized cash basis cost savings related to the headcount reductions made in late 2016SpotX and the first halfSpringServe Acquisitions, which were completed on April 30, 2021 and July 1, 2021, respectively. Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs incurred during 2023 included $3.4 million of 2017 will be approximately $18.0severance related expenses, $2.2 million which we beganof facilities related loss contracts, and $1.4 million of exit costs, all due to realize in the second quarter of 2017.Some of these cost savings may be offset by additional resources we may determine are necessary to support the strategic growth of our business.
As part of our on-going evaluation of efficiency and implementation of cost-control measures, during the first quarter of 2018 we undertook measures to reduce headcount by approximately 100 people, or 19% of our workforce, and to reduce other operating costs. Our actions include reductions in administrative staff to bring our general and administrative operations into better alignment with the current size of the business as well as in sales and technical personnelrestructuring activities as a result of offshoring certain development functions, organizational delayeringconsolidating our legacy CTV and restructuring, and reducing investment in unprofitable projects. We estimateSpotX CTV platforms following the 2018 restructuring activities will result in annualized cash basis cost savings of approximately $24.0 million, which we will begin to realize in the third quarter of 2018.
Impairment of Intangible Assets and Internal Use SoftwareSpotX Acquisition.
In the fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized an impairment charge for the remaining intangible assets and internal use software associated with our Guaranteed Orders platform, totaling $4.6 million. These intangible assets included developed technology, customer relationships, and internal use software acquired as part of an acquisition completed in 2014.    
In December 2016, we made the decision2022, these costs were primarily due to cease providing intent marketing services, which was announced in January 2017. In connection with this decision, we assessed the value of the asset grouprestructuring activities related to the intent marketing services,integration of our recent acquisitions, which consistedincluded $3.3 million of customer relationshipsimpairment costs associated with abandoned technology, $2.0 million non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the acceleration of unvested equity awards, and developed technology,$1.2 million of one-time cash-based employee termination costs.
Costs incurred in 2021 included professional fees related to investment banking advisory, legal, and determined thatother professional service fees of $28.4 million, one-time cash-based employee termination benefit costs of $6.2 million, facility closure costs of $2.5 million, and non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with double-trigger accelerations and severance benefits of $1.1 million.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Interest expense, net$32,369 $29,260 $19,848 
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net1,953 (1,129)(1,480)
Gain on debt extinguishment(26,480)— — 
Other income(5,304)(5,318)(4,450)
Total other expense, net$2,538 $22,813 $13,918 
Interest expense, net increased by $3.1 million during the asset groupyear ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year, mainly due to increased interest expense of $11.3 million as a result of increased interest rates on our Prior Term Loan B Facility (defined below), partially offset by an increase in interest income of $8.2 million.
Interest expense, net increased by $9.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year, mainly due to a full year of interest expense associated with the Prior Term Loan B Facility, which the Company entered into during April 2021, as well as increasing interest rates since our Prior Term Loan B Facility carries a variable rate. The increase in interest expense was impaired. Accordingly, we recorded a chargepartially offset by increases in interest income of $2.9 million.
Foreign exchange loss, net increased $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year, due to movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the amount of foreign currency-denominated cash, receivables, and payables, which were impacted by our billings to buyers, payments to sellers, and intercompany balances. Foreign exchange gain, net decreased $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year, for the impairmentsame reasons above.
Gain on debt extinguishment increased by $26.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year due to our Convertible Senior Notes (defined below) repurchases.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
We recorded an income tax expense of intangible assets totaling $23.5$1.6 million which is included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Impairment2023 compared to an income tax benefit of Goodwill
In the third quarter of 2017, we revised future cash flow projections as part of our goodwill impairment analysis (as discussed in Note 9 "Fair Value Measurements" in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). One of the significant changes was the impact of our strategic decision to reduce,$5.3 million and ultimately eliminate, buyer transaction fees. Based on the updated goodwill impairment analysis performed, we determined that our goodwill was impaired and recorded a $90.3$95.1 million impairment charge, to write off the entire goodwill balance. There was no impairment of goodwill recorded for the years ended December 31, 20162022 and 2015.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Interest income, net $(908) $(491) $(59)
Other income (688) (554) 
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net 1,165
 (939) (1,400)
Total other income, net $(431) $(1,984) $(1,459)
Other2021, respectively. The income primarily consists of income generated by our sub-leasing activity.
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net is impacted by movements in exchange rates, primarily the British Pound and Euro relative to the U.S. Dollar, and the amount of foreign-currency denominated receivables and payables, which are impacted by our billings to buyers and payments to sellers. The foreign currency gains, net duringtax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were2023 was primarily attributable to the strengtheningresult of the U.S. Dollar in relation todomestic valuation allowance and the British Poundfederal, state, and Euro for foreign currency denominated transactions.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
We recorded an income tax benefitliabilities. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 of $1.8 million, $4.9 million, and $4.6 million, respectively. our domestic deferred tax assets.
The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 is2022 was primarily the result of recognizing the benefit of deferred tax assets previously subject to the domestic valuation allowance and the foreign income tax liability. The net deferred tax liabilities recorded in connection with the prior year’s acquisitions and current taxable income for the year provided sources of taxable income to support the realization of pre-existing deferred tax assets. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31,
49

2021 was primarily the result of realizing the benefit of deferred tax assets previously subject to the domestic valuation allowance as a result of the deferred tax liabilities associated with acquisitions that occurred during the year and the tax liability associated with the nToggle acquisition.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Act. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system including: a federal corporate rate reduction from 34% to 21%; limitations on the deductibility of

executive compensation and R&D expenditures, immediate expensing of qualified property, the creation of new minimum taxes such as the BEAT tax and GILTI tax; and the Transition Tax.
The Tax Act imposes a Transition Tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits (“E&P”) of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, we determined, among other things, the amount of post-1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries. We recorded a provisional Transition Tax of $0.6 million which reduced our U.S. net deferred tax assets.
The Tax Act also reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Consequently, we have recorded a decrease to our tax effected U.S. net deferred tax assets of $31.6 million, with a corresponding decrease to the U.S. valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of re-measuring net deferred tax assets at the new lower corporate tax rate of 21%.
The Tax Act allows for the immediate write off of the cost of qualified property acquired
Key Operating and placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. Following January 1, 2023, the expensing phases down 20% annually through January 1, 2027. We recorded an immediate write off of $12.4 million for the year ending December 31, 2017.
At December 31, 2017, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $238.7 million, which will begin to expire in 2027. At December 31, 2017, we had state NOLs of approximately $139.8 million, which will also begin to expire in 2027. At December 31, 2017, the Company had foreign NOLs of approximately $23.8 million, which will begin to expire in 2026. At December 31, 2017, we had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards, or credit carryforwards, of approximately $10.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2027. At December 31, 2017, we had state research and development tax credits of approximately $8.0 million, which carry forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2017, the Company had foreign research tax credits of approximately $0.7 million, which carry forward indefinitely. Utilization of certain NOLs and credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations set forth in the Code and similar state provisions. Any future annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOLs and credit carryforwards before utilization. A prior ownership change and certain acquisitions resulted in us having NOLs subject to insignificant annual limitations.
Additionally, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the Tax Act limits the NOL deduction to 80% of taxable income, repeals carryback of all NOLs arising in a tax year ending after 2017, and permits indefinite carryforward for all such NOLs. NOL’s arising in a tax year ending in or before 2017 can offset 100% of taxable income, are available for carryback, and expire 20 years after they arise.

Non-GAAP Financial Measuresand Operational Performance MeasuresMetrics
In addition to our GAAP results, we review certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Contribution ex-TAC and Adjusted EBITDA, to help us evaluate our business on a consistent basis, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of investments in our technology and development and sales and marketing, and assess our operational efficiencies. TheseOur non-GAAP financial measures include advertising spend, non-GAAP net revenue, and Adjusted EBITDA, which are discussed immediately following the table below. Revenue and other GAAP measuresnet income (loss) are discussed above under the headings "Components of Our Results of Operations" and "Results of Operations".Operations."

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Financial Measures and Non-GAAP Financial Measures:      
Revenue $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
Advertising spend $837,221
 $1,025,782
 $1,004,751
Non-GAAP net revenue $154,928
 $256,098
 $227,321
Net income (loss) $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Adjusted EBITDA $(4,420) $70,920
 $59,466
Operational Measure:      
Take Rate 18.5% 25.0% 22.6%
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Financial Measures and non-GAAP Financial Measures:
Revenue$619,710 $577,069 $468,413 
Gross profit209,804 269,904 266,751 
Contribution ex-TAC549,147 514,615 416,455 
Net income (loss)(159,184)(130,323)65 
Adjusted EBITDA171,364 178,790 148,659 

Contribution ex-TAC
Advertising Spend
We define advertising spendContribution ex-TAC is calculated as the buyer spending on advertising transacted on our platform. Advertising spend does not represent revenue reported on a GAAP basis. Tracking our advertising spend allows us to compare our results to the results of companies that report all spending transacted on their platforms as GAAP revenue on a gross basis. We also use advertising spend for internal management purposes to assess market share of total advertising spending.
Our advertising spend may be influenced by demand for our services, the volume and characteristics of paid impressions, average CPM, and other factors such as changes in the market, our execution of the business, and competition.
Advertising spend may fluctuate due to seasonality. We generally experience higher advertising spend during the fourth quarter of a given year because many buyers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to this period of the year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing. Buyers’ focus on the fourth quarter generates more bidding activity on our platform, which may drive higher volumes of paid impressions or average CPM. Growth in our advertising spend slowed significantly in 2016 for various reasons, including shift of spending on digital advertising from desktop, which represents the majority of our business, to mobile, our delay in embracing header bidding, and absorption by competitors, principally Google and Facebook, of an increasing share of growth in spending on digital advertising. While we believe we have regained momentum in header bidding, these factors continued throughout 2017, causing a decline in advertising spend for the year.
The following table presents the reconciliation of revenue to advertising spend:
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Revenue $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
Plus amounts paid to sellers(1)
 681,676
 747,561
 756,267
Advertising spend $837,221
 $1,025,782
 $1,004,751
(1)Amounts paid to sellers for the portion of our revenue reported on a net basis for GAAP purposes.
Our solution enables buyers and sellers to transact through desktop and mobile channels. The following table presents revenue and advertising spend in dollar terms by channel and as a percentage of total revenue or advertising spend for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This information is not readily available for the year ended December 31, 2015.
  Revenue Advertising Spend
  Year Ended Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands, except percentages)
Channel:                
Desktop $84,327
 54% $181,407
 65% $475,258
 57% $684,782
 67%
Mobile 71,218
 46
 96,814
 35
 361,963
 43
 341,000
 33
Total $155,545
 100% $278,221
 100% $837,221
 100% $1,025,782
 100%
Non-GAAP Net Revenue
We define non-GAAP net revenue as GAAP revenue less amounts we pay sellers that are included withinprofit plus cost of revenue excluding traffic acquisition cost ("TAC"). Traffic acquisition cost, a component of cost of revenue, represents what we must pay sellers for the portionsale of advertising inventory through our platform for revenue reported on a gross basis. The portion of our revenue reported onContribution ex-TAC is a non-GAAP financial measure that is most comparable to gross basis was attributable to intent marketing services, which no longer generated revenue after the first quarter of 2017. Historically, non-GAAP net revenue wasprofit. Our management believes Contribution ex-TAC is a useful measure in assessing the performance of Magnite and facilitates a consistent comparison against our core business in periods for which our revenue includedwithout considering the impact of traffic acquisition costs related to revenue reported on a gross basis, becausebasis.
Our use of Contribution ex-TAC has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it showed the operating resultsin isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our business on a consistent basis without the effect of differing revenue reporting (gross vs. net) that we appliedfinancial results as reported under GAAP across different types of transactions, and facilitated comparison of our results to the results of companies that report all of their revenue on a net basis. Revenue from intent marketing services in the first quarter of 2017 created the difference between our non-GAAP net revenue and our GAAP revenue for the current year; however, we ceased offering that solution in that quarter. In future periods intent marketing no longer will be a reconciling item between GAAP and non-GAAP net revenue. Beginning in 2018, as all of our revenue will be reported on a net basis, non-GAAP net revenue will no longer be an additional measure used to assess our performance, as it will be the same as our GAAP revenue.

GAAP. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP net revenuefinancial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have similar business arrangements, may define non-GAAP net revenueContribution ex-TAC differently, which may make comparisons difficult.
Non-GAAP Because of these and other limitations, you should consider our non-GAAP measures only as supplemental to GAAP-based financial performance measures, including revenue, gross profit, net revenue is influenced by demand for our services, the volumeincome (loss) and characteristics of advertising spend, and our take rate. The revenue we have reported on a gross basis was associated with our intent marketing business. Because we exited that business in the first quarter of 2017, we do not expect to report any revenue on a gross basis after the first quarter of 2017 unless and until we change our business practices, develop new products, or make an acquisition, in each case with characteristics that require gross reporting.cash flows.
The following table presents athe calculation of gross profit and reconciliation of revenuegross profit to non-GAAP net revenueContribution ex-TAC for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015.2021, respectively:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Revenue$619,710 $577,069 $468,413 
Less: Cost of revenue409,906 307,165 201,662 
Gross profit209,804 269,904 266,751 
Add back: Cost of revenue, excluding TAC339,343 244,711 149,704 
Contribution ex-TAC$549,147 $514,615 $416,455 
50

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Revenue $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
Less amounts paid to sellers(1)
 617
 22,123
 21,163
Non-GAAP net revenue $154,928
 $256,098
 $227,321
Sellers use our technology to monetize their content across all digital channels, including CTV, mobile and desktop. Each of these digital channels has its own industry growth rate, with CTV and mobile projected to continue to grow steadily, while desktop growth flattens. MAGNA's October 2023 Programmatic Market forecast has estimated compound annual growth rates from 2023 to 2027 for mobile and desktop at 15% and 3%, respectively, and over the same period, eMarketer projected CTV to grow at a 15% compound annual growth rate.
We track the breakdown of Contribution ex-TAC across channels to better understand how our clients are transacting on our platform, which informs decisions as to business strategy and the allocation of resources and capital. The following table presents Contribution ex-TAC by channel:
(1)Represents amounts paid to sellers included within cost of revenue.
Contribution ex-TAC
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Channel:
CTV$218,494 $214,803 $143,407 
Mobile226,826 188,116 160,067 
Desktop103,827 111,696 112,981 
Total$549,147 $514,615 $416,455 
Contribution ex-TAC increased $34.5 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in Contribution ex-TAC was primarily due to the growth drivers described above for revenue.
Contribution ex-TAC increased $98.2 million, or 24%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in Contribution ex-TAC was primarily due to incremental revenue from the SpotX Acquisition, which was completed on April 30, 2021, and the SpringServe Acquisition, which was completed on July 1, 2021, as well as organic growth across CTV and mobile. We saw substantial growth in our CTV channel, which benefited from a full year of results from the SpotX and Spring Serve Acquisitions, as well as modest growth in mobile, which was partially offset by a decline in our Contribution ex-TAC from desktop.
For 2024, we expect Contribution ex-TAC will increase compared to the prior year period, and although Contribution ex-TAC from mobile was the primary driver in Contribution ex-TAC growth in 2023, we expect CTV will be our biggest growth driver in 2024.
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, amortization of acquired intangible assets, impairment charges, interest income or expense, and other cash and non-cash based income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to foreign exchange gains and losses, acquisition and related items, gains or losses on extinguishment of debt, non-operational real estate and other expense (income), net, and provision (benefit) for income taxes. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our performance for the following reasons:
Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s performance without regard to items such as those we exclude in calculating this measure, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired.
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of performance and the effectiveness of our business strategies, and in communications with our board of directors concerning our performance. Adjusted EBITDA mayis also be used as a metric for determining payment of cash incentive compensation.
Adjusted EBITDA provides a measure of consistency and comparability with our past performance that many investors find useful, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations, and also facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.
Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. These limitations include:
Stock-based compensation is a non-cash charge and is and will remain an element of our long-term incentive compensation package, although we exclude it as an expense when evaluating our ongoing operating performance for a particular period.
Depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, but Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements.
51

Impairment charges are non-cash charges related to goodwill, intangible assets and/or long-lived assets.
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain cash and non-cash charges related to acquisition and related items, such as amortization of acquired intangible assets, merger, acquisition, or restructuring related severance costs, and changes in the fair value of contingent consideration.
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and non-cash charges and changes in, or cash requirements for, acquisition and related items, such as certain transaction expenses and expenses associated with earn-out amounts.
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in our working capital needs, capital expenditures, non-operational real estate expenses or income, or contractual commitments.
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes and the cash impact of other income or expense.
Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Our Adjusted EBITDA is influenced by fluctuationfluctuations in our revenue, cost of revenue, and the timing and amounts of our investments inthe cost of our operations.
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating loss,income (loss) from operations, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Net income (loss)$(159,184)$(130,323)$65 
Add back (deduct):
Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of acquired intangible assets38,330 31,658 25,017 
Amortization of acquired intangibles202,490 184,394 121,869 
Stock-based compensation expense72,617 64,118 40,735 
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs, excluding stock-based compensation expense7,322 5,464 37,106 
Non-operational real estate and other expense, net310 622 552 
Interest expense, net32,369 29,260 19,848 
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net1,953 (1,129)(1,480)
Gain on extinguishment of debt(26,480)— — 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes1,637 (5,274)(95,053)
Adjusted EBITDA$171,364 $178,790 $148,659 
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Net income (loss) $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Add back (deduct):      
Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of acquired intangible assets 31,443
 22,224
 15,297
   Amortization of acquired intangibles 4,782
 20,539
 15,713
   Stock-based compensation expense 20,504
 28,694
 30,584
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software 4,585
 23,473
 
Impairment of goodwill 90,251
 
 
   Acquisition and related items 303
 333
 3,470
Interest (income) expense, net (908) (491) (59)
  Foreign currency (gain) loss, net 1,165
 (939) (1,400)
Benefit for income taxes (1,762) (4,860) (4,561)
Adjusted EBITDA $(4,420) $70,920
 $59,466
Operational Performance Measures
Take Rate
Take rate is an operational performance measure calculatedAdjusted EBITDA decreased by dividing$7.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to increases in cloud hosting, data center, and bandwidth costs, traffic and acquisitions costs, personnel expenses, and bad debt expense, which exceeded increases in revenue (or for periodsyear-over-year, which are discussed in which we have revenue reported on a gross basis, non-GAAP net revenue) by advertising spend. We review take rate for internal management purposes to assess the development of our marketplace with buyers and sellers.
Our take rate (and our fees, which drive take rate) can be affected by a variety of factors, including the terms of our arrangements with buyers and sellers active on our platform in a particular period, the scale of a buyer's or seller's activity on our platform, mix of inventory types, the implementation of new products, platforms and solution features, auction dynamics, competitive factors, our strategic pricing decisions, and the overall developmentsection "Comparison of the digital advertising ecosystem.    Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021."
Paid Impressions
Paid impression is an operational performance measure that we define as an impression soldAdjusted EBITDA increased by $30.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to advertiser buyerthe year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to incremental revenue growth from the SpotX Acquisition and subsequently displayed on a website or mobile application,organic growth, which is transacted via our platform. We use paid impressions as one measure to assess the performance of our platform, including the effectiveness and efficiency at which buyers and sellers are trading via our platform and using our solution, and to assist usdiscussed in tracking our revenue-generating performance and operational efficiencies. Paid impression volume may fluctuate based on various factors, including the number and spending of buyers using our solution, the number of sellers, their allocation of advertising inventory using our solution, our traffic quality control initiatives, and the seasonality in our business. Becausesection "Comparison of the volatility of this metric, we believe that paid impressions are useful to review on an annual basis.Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021."
Average CPM
Average CPM (cost per thousand impressions) is an operational performance measure that represents the average price at which paid impressions are sold. We compute average CPM by dividing advertising spend by total paid impressions and multiplying by 1,000. We review average CPM for internal management purposes to assess buyer spending, liquidity in the marketplace, inventory quality, and integrity of our algorithms. Average CPM may be influenced by our transaction types and demand for such inventory facilitated by our relationships with both buyers and sellers, as well as by a variety of other factors, including the precision of matching an advertisement to an audience, changes in our algorithms, seasonality, quality of inventory provided by sellers, penetration of various channels and advertising units, and changes in buyer spending levels. We expect average CPM to increase with the continued adoption of our solution by premium buyers and sellers, resulting in a higher quantity of premium

advertising inventory available to advertisers. However, we have certain initiatives underway that we expect to drive growth at higher volumes but with lower associated CPM’s. To the extent the mix of these initiatives in our overall advertising spend composition increases, total average CPM may decrease. Because of the volatility of this metric, we believe that average CPM is useful to review on an annual basis.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through sales of equity securities including $86.2 million net proceeds raised in our IPO in 2014, cash flows generated from operations, and use of our credit facilities.Liquidity
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, cash generated from operations, and our $40.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB"). At December 31, 2017,2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $76.6$326.2 million, of which $23.5$52.6 million was held in foreign currency denominated cash accounts, and short-an aggregate gross principal amount of $556.1 million of indebtedness outstanding under our Prior Term Loan B Facility (as defined below) and long-term marketable securitiesour Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below). In addition, we were party to a $65.0 million Prior Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below), of $55.0 million. which approximately $5.3 million was assigned to outstanding but undrawn letters of credit. The Prior Term Loan B Facility and Prior Revolving Credit Facility were fully terminated and replaced with the New Term Loan B Facility and New Revolving Credit Facility (both defined below). See "Capital Resources" below for further information about our outstanding debt.
Our principal cash requirements for the twelve-month period following this report primarily consist of personnel costs, contractual payment obligations, including office leases, data center costs and marketable securities balances are affectedcloud hosting costs, capital expenditures, payment of
52

interest and required principal payments on our Convertible Senior Notes, New Term Loan B Facility, cash outlays for income taxes, and cash requirements to fund working capital. In the longer term, we would expect to have similar cash requirements, with increases in absolute dollars associated with the continued growth of our business and expansion of operations. See "Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements" for a further discussion of our known material contractual obligations.
Our working capital needs and cash conversion cycle, which is influenced by seasonality and by the mix of terms among our resultsbuyers and sellers and which may be negatively impacted as a result of operations,pandemics, inflationary, recessionary and other macroeconomic challenges, can have large fluctuations due to the timing of capital expenditures which are typically greater in the second half of the year, and by changes in our working capital, particularly changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable. The timing of cash receipts from buyers and paymentstiming of disbursements to sellers. In addition, in the event a buyer defaults on payment, we may still be required to pay sellers for the inventory purchased. The impacts from changes in working capital and capital expenditures can significantly impact our cash flows from operating activities forand therefore, our liquidity during any period presented.
We have historically relied upon cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations, borrowings under credit facilities and issuance of debt for our liquidity needs. Our collection and payment cycle can vary from periodability to period depending upon various circumstances, including seasonality.
At December 31, 2017, we had no amounts outstanding undermeet our credit facility with SVB. Our facility matures in September 2018. Future availability under the credit facility is dependentcash requirements depends on, several factors including the available borrowing base and compliance with future covenant requirements.
At our option, loans under the credit facility may bear interest based on either the LIBOR rate or the prime rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margins under the credit facility are (i) 2.00% or 3.50% per annum in the case of LIBOR rate loans, and (ii) 0.00% or 1.50% per annum in the case of prime rate loans (based on SVB's net exposure to us after giving effect to unrestricted cash held at SVB and its affiliates plus up to $3.0 million held at other institutions). In addition, an unused revolver fee in the amount of 0.15% per annum of the average unused portion of the credit facility is payable by us to SVB monthly in arrears.
Our credit facility restricts our ability to, among other things, sell assets, make changesour operating performance, competitive developments, and financial market conditions, all of which are significantly affected by business, financial, economic, political, global health-related and other factors, many of which we may not be able to the nature of our business, engage in mergerscontrol or acquisitions, incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness and guarantees, create or permit to exist liens, pay dividends, make distributions on or redeem or repurchase capital stock, make certain other investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, and make payments in respect of subordinated debt, in each case unless approved by SVB.
In addition, in the event that the amount available to be drawn is less than 20% of the maximum amount of the credit facility, or if an event of default exists, we are required to satisfy a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2017, our fixed charge coverage ratio was incalculable as there were no fixed charges as defined in the credit agreement.
The credit facility also includes customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default, including events of default upon a change of control and material adverse change (as defined in the credit facility). Following an event of default, SVB would be entitled to, among other things, accelerate payment of amounts due under the credit facility and exercise all rights of a secured creditor. We were in compliance with the covenants under the credit facility at December 31, 2017.influence.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operating activities, and investment balances along with the cash flow from operations, together with the undrawnamounts available balancesto borrow under our credit facility with SVB,New Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12twelve months from the issuance of our financial statements. However, we have been negatively impacted by rapid changesthere are multiple factors that could impact our cash balances in the ad tech industry,future, including demand by ad tech buyersthe factors described above with respect to working capital and cash conversion cycles, as well as the duration and severity of events beyond our control, macroeconomic factors and other factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A: "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Capital Resources
In March 2021, we sold convertible senior notes ("Convertible Senior Notes") for more efficiencygross proceeds of $400.0 million. The Convertible Senior Notes are senior, unsecured obligations with interest payable semi-annually in cash at a rate of 0.25% per annum in arrears on March 15 and lowerSeptember 15. The Convertible Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2026, unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased. The initial conversion rate is 15.6539 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $63.88 per share of the Company’s common stock and is subject to adjustment as described in the Offering Memorandum. At December 31, 2023, the balance of the Convertible Senior Notes was $202.5 million, net of unamortized debt issuance costs changesof $2.6 million. Accrued interest for the Convertible Senior Notes at December 31, 2023 was $0.1 million.
In conjunction with the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, we entered into capped call transactions to reduce the Company's exposure to additional cash payments above principal balances in bidding technologies, and increased competition. In responsethe event of a cash conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes. The Company may owe additional cash or shares to these challenges, we made significant reductions in fees chargedthe holders of the Convertible Senior Notes upon early conversion if our stock price exceeds $91.260 per share, which is subject to buyers during 2017certain adjustments.
On April 30, 2021, and in conjunction with the SpotX Acquisition, we entered into a credit agreement (the "Prior Credit Agreement") with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative and collateral agent, and other lending parties thereto for a $360.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility ("Prior Term Loan B Facility") and a $52.5 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the "Prior Revolving Credit Facility"), which was subsequently increased to $65.0 million in June 2021. The Prior Credit Agreement was fully refinanced and replaced by the New Credit Agreement (defined below). Amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement accrued interest at a rate equal to either, (1) for the Prior Term Loan B Facility, at the Company’s election, the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 5.00% per annum, or ABR (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 4.00%, and (2) for the Prior Revolving Credit Facility, at the Company’s election, the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin of 4.25% to 4.75%, or ABR plus a margin of 3.25% to 3.75%, in each case, depending on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio. As part of the Prior Term Loan B Facility, the Company received $325 million in proceeds, net of discounts and fees, which were used to finance the SpotX Acquisition and related transactions and for general corporate purposes. In June 2023, the Company amended its Prior Credit Agreement to transition away from a variable interest rate based on the Eurodollar Rate towards a similar variable interest rate based on Adjusted Term SOFR, as defined in the amendment to the Credit Agreement, which is based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). At December 31, 2023, amounts available under the Prior Revolving Credit Facility were $59.7 million, net of letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $5.3 million. Accrued interest for the Prior Term Loan B Facility at December 31, 2023 was $1.0 million.
On February 6, 2024, we entered into a credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as term loan administrative agent and Citibank, N.A. as revolving facility administrative agent and collateral agent, and other lender parties thereto. The New Credit Agreement provides for a $365.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility (the "New Term Loan B Facility") and a $175.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the "New Revolving Credit Facility"). The net proceeds from the New Term Loan B Facility were used, among other things, to terminate and to repay in full the outstanding facilities under the Prior Credit Agreement. The New Revolving Credit Facility will be available for
53

general corporate purposes. The obligations under the New Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company pursuant to a collateral agreement entered into with the collateral agent. Amounts outstanding under the New Credit Agreement accrue interest at a rate equal to, (1) for the term loans, at the Company’s election, Term SOFR (as defined in the New Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 4.50% per annum, or ABR (as defined in the New Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 3.50%, and (2) for the revolving loans, at the Company’s election, Term SOFR plus a margin of 3.50% to 4.00%, or ABR plus a margin of 2.50% to 3.00%, in each case, depending on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio. The covenants of the New Credit Agreement include customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens and make certain acquisitions, investments, asset dispositions and restricted payments. In addition, the New Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant, tested on the last day of any fiscal quarter if utilization of the revolving credit facility exceeds 35% of the total revolving commitments, that requires the Company to maintain a first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 3.25 to 1.00. The New Credit Agreement includes customary events of default, and customary rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder, including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments thereunder and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the New Credit Agreement.
In December 2021, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the "2021 Repurchase Plan"), under which we were authorized to purchase up to $50.0 million of our common stock over the twelve month period commencing December 10, 2021. In November 2017 eliminated buyer fees altogether.2022, the Board of Directors approved an extension of the 2021 Repurchase Plan through December 15, 2023. In February 2023, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase plan (the “February 2023 Repurchase Plan”), pursuant to which we were authorized to repurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of up to $75.0 million, through February 16, 2025, which was completed during the second quarter of 2023. On August 4, 2023, the Board of Directors approved a new repurchase plan (the "August 2023 Repurchase Plan"), pursuant to which we were authorized to repurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of up to $100.0 million, through August 4, 2025. As of December 31, 2023, $9.5 million remained available under the August 2023 Repurchase Plan. As a result our take rate,of repurchases under the February 2023 Repurchase Plan and August 2023 Repurchase Plan, as of December 31, 2023, the Company had reduced the principal balance of its Convertible Senior Notes to $205.1 million.
Subsequently, on February 1, 2024, the Board of Directors approved a new repurchase plan (the "February 2024 Repurchase Plan"), which was 25.0% forfully replaced the full year 2016, droppedAugust 2023 Repurchase Plan, pursuant to 18.5% for the full year 2017, and was 11.6% exiting 2017. The reduced take rate and competitive pressures resulted in lower advertising spending on our platform in 2017 as compared to 2016 and also resulted in lower operating results and cash flows in 2017. In an effort to bring its costs into better alignment with reduced revenue, we have undertaken restructuring activities to reduce headcount and related operating costs, and have also reduced our capital expenditures, which may make execution against our strategic business plans more difficult. Unless and until the we are ableauthorized to compensate for the buyer fee reductions and reduced gross margins by continuingrepurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of up to increase advertising spending on our platform, or sufficiently reducing costs, we may not be able to grow our business and may continue to operate at a loss, depleting our cash resources and liquidity. Our

future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in Item 1A: "Risk Factors."
Our ability to renew our existing credit facility, which matures in September 2018, or to enter into a new credit facility to replace or supplement the existing facility may be limited due to various factors, including the status of our business, global credit market conditions, and perceptions of our business or industry by sources of financing. In particular, it may be difficult to renew or replace our existing credit facility if we are not able to produce, or demonstrate a path to produce, positive cash flow. In addition, if credit is available, lenders may seek more restrictive covenants and higher interest rates that may reduce our borrowing capacity, increase our costs, and reduce our operating flexibility.$125.0 million, through February 1, 2026.
In the future, we may attempt to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or through equity-linked or debt financing arrangements. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders willmay be diluted. If we raise additional financing by incurring indebtedness, we will be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to additionalfinancial maintenance covenants, or restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any future indebtedness we incur may result in terms that could be unfavorable to equity investors.
An inability to raise additional capital could adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if our operating performance during the next twelve months is below our expectations, our liquidity and ability to operate our business could be adversely affected.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Cash flows provided by operating activities $21,535
 $60,121
 $76,856
Cash flows used in investing activities (93,210) (37,375) (73,884)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities (1,380) 10,077
 15,468
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 199
 (157) (160)
Change in cash and cash equivalents $(72,856) $32,666
 18,280
Operating Activities
Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily influencedand cash equivalents balance is affected by increases or decreases in receipts from buyersour results of operations, the timing of capital expenditures, and related payments to sellers, as well as our investment in personnel and infrastructure to support our business. Our future cash flows will be diminished if we cannot increase our revenue levels and manage costs appropriately. Cash flows from operating activities have been further affected by changes in our working capital, particularly changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable. The timing of cash receipts from buyers and payments to sellers can significantly impact our cash flows from operating activities and our liquidity for, and within, any period presented. We typically collect from buyers in advance of payments to sellers. Our collection and payment cycle can vary from period to period depending upon various circumstances, including seasonality. Increasesseasonality, and may be negatively impacted by certain macroeconomic challenges, such as capital market disruptions and instability of financial institutions.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Cash flows provided by operating activities$214,367 $192,550 $126,589 
Cash flows used in investing activities(37,383)(65,152)(690,997)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities(177,842)(30,172)678,053 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash575 (1,417)(683)
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(283)$95,809 $112,962 
Operating Activities
Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily driven by revenue from transactions of advertising on our platform, offset by the cash costs of operations, and are significantly influenced by the timing of and fluctuations in revenue earned directly from advertisers and agencies may cause the amount of receipts from buyers collected in advanceand
54

related payments to sellers to decrease, because advertisers and agencies may pay slowly. Recently, some buyers have begun demanding longer terms to pay us later and some sellers have begun demanding shorter terms to collect from us earlier. We may not have the leverage to resist these demands given the commoditization of our business. If this continues, more of oursellers. Our future cash flows will be required to funddiminished if we cannot increase our payment cyclerevenue levels and therefore not available for other uses.manage costs appropriately.
ForDuring the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 our2023, net cash provided by operating activities were $21.5was $214.4 million, $60.1compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $192.6 million and $76.9$126.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our operating activities included our net lossesloss of $154.8$159.2 million, net loss of $130.3 million, and $18.1net income of $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, and 2021, respectively, which were offset by non-cash adjustments of $151.5$298.1 million, $282.4 million, and $87.8$94.6 million, including goodwill impairmentrespectively. Net changes in our working capital resulted in increases of $90.3$75.5 million, in 2017$40.4 million, and an impairment of intangible assets of $23.5$31.9 million in 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our operating activities included net income of $0.4 million, which was increased by non-cash adjustments of $57.3 million. Net cash provided by operating activities was also increased by net changes in our working capital of $24.8 million2023, 2022, and $19.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2015,2021 respectively. In 2016, net changes in our working capital reduced cash provided by operating activities by $9.7 million. The net changes in our working capital for all periods presented are primarily due to the timing of cash receipts from buyers and the timing of payments to sellers.

We believe that cash flowflows from operations will continue to be negatively impacted byfluctuate, but in general will increase over time as our ongoing net losses.business continues to grow.
Investing Activities
Our primary investing activities have consisted of investments in, and maturities of, available-for-sale securities, acquisitions of businesses, purchases of property and equipment, and capital expenditures to develop our internal use software in support of creating and enhancing our technology infrastructure. Purchases of property and equipment and investments in internal use software development may vary from period to periodperiod-to-period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations, changes to headcount, and the development cycles of our internal use software development. As we execute on our strategy
During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $37.4 million, compared to be a high volume, low cost advertising exchange, we are developing solutions to manage the growthnet cash used in our advertising inventory volume more efficiently. As a resultinvesting activities of these efforts, we anticipate investment in property$65.2 million and equipment related to that inventory volume to decline over time. We anticipate investment in internal use software development to remain relatively consistent with past years’ investment levels as we continue to innovate new solutions on our platform. Investments in, and maturities of, available-for-sale securities and acquisitions of businesses vary from period to period.
During$691.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022 and 2015, we used net cash of $93.2 million, $37.4 million, and $73.9 million, respectively, for investing activities. In 2017 and 2015, we used $38.6 million and $8.6 million for2021, respectively. During the acquisitions of nToggle and Chango, respectively, net of cash acquired. For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015,2021, we had net investments in available-for-sale securities of $14.2 million, $3.7 million, and $36.8 million, respectively. We also hadused cash outflows for purchases of property and equipment of $32.4$26.8 million, $23.5$30.8 million, and $20.1$17.7 million, net of amounts reflected in accounts payablerespectively, and accrued expenses at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We also madeused cash for investments in our internal useinternally developed software of $8.0$10.6 million, $9.9$13.6 million, and $8.3$11.4 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we used net cash of $20.8 million to acquire Carbon and during the year ended December 31, 2021, we used net cash of $661.9 million to acquire SpotX, SpringServe, and Nth Party.
We anticipate cash flows used in 2017, 2016our investing activities will generally increase in 2024 compared to 2023 in order to support our overall growth, in particular with respect to investments in property and 2015, respectively.equipment and internally developed software.
Financing Activities
Our financing activities consisted of our Convertible Senior Notes transactions, repayment of amounts borrowed under our Prior Term Loan B Facility, transactions related to the issuance of our common stock under our equity plans, and stock purchases under the repurchase plans.
ForDuring the year ended December 31, 2017, we used2023, net cash used in financing activities was $177.8 million, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $1.4$30.2 million for financing activities, compared tothe year ended December 31, 2022 and net cash provided by financing activities of $10.1$678.1 million and $15.5 million forduring the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.2021. Cash inflowsoutflows from stock option exercises were $0.4 million, $14.2 million, and $13.5 millionfinancing activities for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 20162023 primarily included $165.5 million of payments related to repurchasing our Convertible Senior Notes, $11.8 million for taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock-based awards, $3.6 million for repayment of our Prior Term Loan B Facility, and 2015, respectively. We also had$2.3 million for payment of our indemnification claims holdback related to historical acquisitions. These outflows for the year ended December 31, 2023 were partially offset by cash inflows of $0.6 million, $1.9 million, and $2.0 millionproceeds from the issuance of common stock under theour employee stock purchase plan of $3.5 million and from stock options exercised of $2.2 million. Cash outflows from financing activities for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 20162022 included $15.7 million for payments related to share repurchases, $14.5 million for taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock-based awards, and 2015, respectively. The significant decrease in 2017$3.6 million for repayment of our Prior Term Loan B Facility. These outflows for the year ended December 31, 2022 were partially offset by cash proceeds from issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan of $3.7 million and from stock options exercised of $2.2 million. Cash inflows from stock option exercises was due tofinancing activities for the significant decreaseyear ended December 31, 2021 included $400.0 million in proceeds from our stock price, which has left mostConvertible Senior Notes offering, $349.2 million in net proceeds from our Prior Term Loan B Facility, cash proceeds from stock options "outexercised of the money." The decrease in$9.4 million and $3.7 million cash proceeds from issuance of common stock under our stock price may also have discouraged employee investment through the employee stock purchase plan. We expect cash flows from financing activities to remain relatively low as long as our stock price remains relatively low. Offsetting theseThese inflows were cash payments of $2.4 million and $6.1 million duringfor the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively,2021 were partially offset by a $39.0 million payment for capped call transactions entered into in connection with the Convertible Senior Notes offering, debt issuance cost payments of $30.4 million, repurchases of $6.0 million of treasury stock in conjunction with our stock repurchase plan, $6.5 million for income tax deposits paid in respect of vesting of stock-based compensation awards that were reimbursed by the award recipients through surrender of shares. The income tax deposits related to the vestingshares, $1.8 million repayment of our stock awards was also lower due to the decrease in our stock price.Prior Term Loan B Facility, and repayment of $0.6 million financing lease obligations.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
55

contractually narrow or limited purposes. We did not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 20172023 other than the short-term operating leases described below and the indemnification agreements described below.commitments mentioned in Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies.

Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements
Our principal commitments as of December 31, 2023 consist of obligations under our Convertible Senior Notes, Prior Term Loan B Facility, Prior Revolving Credit Facility, leases for our various office facilities, including our corporate headquarters in New York, New York and offices in Los Angeles, California, and non-cancelable operating lease agreements, withincluding data centers and cloud hosting services that expire at various times through January 2024. 2033. In certain cases, the terms of the lease agreements provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. We received rental income from subleases totaling $0.7 million as of December 31, 2017.

The following table summarizes our future lease obligations, related sublease income,payments of principal and interest under our debt agreements and other future payments due under non-cancelable agreements at December 31, 2017:2023:
20242025202620272028ThereafterTotal
(in thousands)
Lease liabilities associated with leases included Right of Use Assets as of December 31, 2023$23,890 $15,367 $12,282 $7,697 $7,841 $14,366 $81,443 
Convertible Senior Notes— — 205,067 — — — 205,067 
Interest, Convertible Senior Notes513 513 256 — — — 1,282 
Prior Term Loan B (1)
3,600 3,600 3,600 3,600 336,600 — 351,000 
Interest, Prior Term Loan B (2)
37,527 37,038 36,653 36,268 11,936 — 159,422 
Other non-cancelable obligations62,038 23,963 241 241 241 — 86,724 
Total$127,568 $80,481 $258,099 $47,806 $356,618 $14,366 $884,938 
(1) Includes only scheduled amortization of payments and excludes currently unknown prepayment amounts that may be required, per terms of the Prior Credit Agreement, after the end of each fiscal year. Note that in February 2024, the Company entered into a New Credit Agreement, which replaced the Prior Credit Agreement.
(2) Interest payments are based on an assumed rate of 10.56%, which was the rate as of December 31, 2023 for the associated Prior Term Loan B Facility. Note that in February 2024, the Company entered into a New Credit Agreement, which replaced the Prior Credit Agreement.
  2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Thereafter Total
  (in thousands)
Operating lease obligations $9,419
 $7,198
 $3,650
 $1,251
 $438
 $280
 $22,236
Operating sublease income (766) (286) (196) (196) (196) (147) (1,787)
Other non-cancelable obligations 1,852
 532
 262
 132
 44
 
 2,822
Total $10,505
 $7,444
 $3,716
 $1,187
 $286
 $133
 $23,271
AtPayments associated with our Convertible Senior Notes and Prior Term Loan B are based on contractual terms and intended timing of repayments of long-term debt and associated interest, in each case, as of December 31, 2017, liabilities2023. As described above (see "Capital Resources"), in February 2024, we entered into a New Credit Agreement, the proceeds of which were used in part to refinance and terminate the Prior Term Loan B with the New Term Loan B Facility. The New Term Loan B Facility includes a $365.0 million senior secured term loan facility that matures in February 2031. Quarterly principal installment payments of 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal balance, or $0.9 million, will be due at the end of each fiscal quarter, with the first principal installment due June 30, 2024, and the amount equal to the then unpaid principal amount of the initial balance on February 6, 2031. Amounts outstanding under the New Term Loan B Facility will accrue interest and will be due at least quarterly.
Other non-cancelable obligations include agreements in the normal course of business and purchase consideration that extend beyond a year as of December 31, 2023. The amounts above include commitments under a cloud-managed services agreement, under which the Company has a non-cancelable minimum spend commitment from July 2023 to June 2025 based on actual spend, as defined in the agreement, with the third-party provider from July 2022 to June 2023 of $57.6 million for unrecognized tax benefits of $5.6 million,each twelve-month period (i.e. July 2023 to June 2024 and July 2024 to June 2025). The minimum spend commitment reflected above approximates the manner in which are attributablewe expect to U.S. income taxes, were not included in our contractual obligations because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regardingfulfill the time of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.obligation.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements with sellers, buyers, and other third parties pursuant to which we agree to indemnify buyers, sellers, vendors, lessors, business partners, lenders, stockholders, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses resulting from claims of intellectual property infringement, damages to property or persons, business losses, or other liabilities. Generally, these indemnity and defense obligations relate to our own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions. However, under some circumstances, we agree to indemnify and defend contract counterparties against losses resulting from their own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions, or the business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions of third parties. These indemnity provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements in which they appear. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, executive officers and certain other officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers, or employees. No demands for indemnification have been made as of December 31, 2017.2023.


56

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.
We believe that the following assumptions and estimates associated withhave the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, includinggreatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements: (i) the determination of revenue recognition as net versus gross in our revenue arrangements internal useand (ii) the determination of amounts to capitalize and the estimated useful lives of internal-use software development costs, includingcosts. There have been no significant changes in our accounting policies or estimates from those disclosed in our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
We believe that the accounting policies disclosed below include estimates and assumptions used in the valuation modelscritical to determine the fair value of stock optionsour business and stock-based compensation expense, the assumptions used in the valuation of acquired assets and liabilities in business combinations, impairment analyses of our goodwill and long lived assets (including intangible assets), and income taxes, including the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities,their application could have the greatest potentiala material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we considerIn addition to these to becritical policies, our criticalsignificant accounting policies and estimates.are included within Note 2 of our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue from buyers and sellers in transactions in which they use our solutionwhere we provide a platform for the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventory. Generally, our revenue is based on a percentage of the ad spend that runs through our platform, although for certain clients, services, or transaction types we may receive a fixed CPM for each impression sold, and for advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders we earn revenue based on the full amount of ad spend that runs through our platform. In addition, we may receive certain fixed monthly fees for the use of our platform or products. Our platform dynamically connects sellers and buyers of advertising inventory in a digital marketplace. Our solution incorporates proprietary machine-learning algorithms, sophisticated data processing, high-volume storage, detailed analytics capabilities, and also in transactions in which we manage ad campaigns on behalf of buyers. We recognize revenuea distributed infrastructure. Digital advertising inventory is created when four basic criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. We maintain separate arrangements with each buyer and seller eitherconsumers access sellers’ content. Sellers provide digital advertising inventory to our platform in the form of advertising requests, or ad requests. When we receive ad requests from sellers, we send bid requests to buyers, which enable buyers to bid on sellers’ digital advertising inventory. Winning bids can create advertising, or paid impressions, for the seller to present to the consumer.
The total volume of spending between buyers and sellers on our platform is referred to as advertising spend. We keep a masterpercentage of that advertising spend as a fee, and remit the remainder to the seller. The fee that we retain from the gross advertising spend on our platform is recognized as revenue. The fee earned on each transaction is based on the pre-existing agreement which specifieswe have with the termsseller and the clearing price of the relationship and access to our solution, or by insertion orders, which specify price and volume requests and other terms.winning bid. We recognize revenue upon fulfillment of our performance obligation to a client, which occurs at the completion ofpoint in time an ad renders and is counted as a transaction, that is, when anpaid impression, has been deliveredsubject to a contract existing with the consumer viewingclient and a website or mobile application. We assess whether fees are fixed or determinable based on impressions deliveredtransaction price. Performance obligations for all transactions are satisfied, and the contractualcorresponding revenue is recognized, at a distinct point in time. We have no arrangements with multiple performance obligations. We consider the following when determining if a contract exists (i) contract approval by all parties, (ii) identification of each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, (iii) specified payment terms, (iv) commercial substance of the arrangements. We assesscontract, and (v) collectability based on a number of factors, includingsubstantially all of the creditworthiness of a buyer and seller and payment and transaction history. Our revenue arrangements generally do not include multiple deliverables.consideration is probable.
Revenue is reported depending on whether we function as principal or agent. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we actare acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. In determining whether we are acting as the principal or an agent, requires us to evaluate a numberwe followed the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. Making such determinations involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of indicators,the terms of each arrangement, none of which isare considered presumptive or determinative. For transactions in which we are the principal, revenue is reported on a gross basis for the amount paid by buyers for the purchase of advertising

inventory and related services and we record the amounts we pay to sellers as cost of revenue. For transactions in which we are the agent, revenue is reported on a net basis for the amount of fees charged to the buyer (if any), and fees retained from or charged to the seller.
As a result of the acquisition of Chango (which comprised our intent marketing business) in April 2015, we began entering into arrangements for which we managed advertising campaigns on behalf of buyers. We were the principal in these arrangements as we: (i) were the primary obligor in the advertising inventory purchase transaction; (ii) established the purchase prices paid by the buyer; (iii) performed all billing and collection activities including the retention of credit risk; (iv) had latitude in selecting suppliers; (v) negotiated the price we pay to suppliers of inventory; and (vi) made all inventory purchasing decisions. Accordingly, for these arrangements we reported revenue on a gross basis. Because we exited the intent marketing business in the first quarter of 2017, we no longer reported revenue on a gross basis after the first quarter of 2017 and do not expect to in future periods unless and until we change our business practices, develop new products, or make a business acquisition, in each case with characteristics requiring gross reporting.
For the majority of transactions on our other arrangements, in which our solution matches buyers and sellers, enables them to purchase and sell advertising inventory, and establishes rules and parameters for advertising inventory transactions,platform, we report revenue on a net basis as we do not act as the principal in the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventory because we: (i)we do not have control of the digital advertising inventory and do not set prices agreed upon within the auction marketplace. However, with respect to certain revenue streams for managed advertising campaigns that are nottransacted through insertion orders, we report revenue on a gross basis, based primarily on our determination that we act as the primary obligor forin the purchasedelivery of advertising inventory but rather provide a platformcampaigns for buyers with respect to facilitate the buying and selling of advertising; (ii) do not have pricing latitude as pricing is generally determined through our auction process and/or our fees are based on a percentage of advertising spend; and (iii) do not directly select suppliers.such transactions.
Internal Use Software Development Costs
We capitalize certain internal use software development costs associated with creating and enhancing internally developed software related to our technology infrastructure. These costs include personnel and related employee benefits expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to software projects, and external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software. Software development costs that do not meet the qualification for capitalization, as further discussed below, are expensed as incurred and recorded in technology and development expenses in the results of operations. We do not transfer ownership
57

Software development activities generally consist of three stages, (i) the planning stage, (ii) the application and infrastructure development stage, and (iii) the post implementation stage. Costs incurred in the planning and post implementation stages of software development, including costs associated with the post-configuration training and repairs and maintenance of the developed technologies, are expensed as incurred. We capitalize costs associated with software developed for internal use when both the preliminary projectplanning stage is completed, management has authorized further funding for the completion of the project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and perform as intended. Costs incurred in the application and infrastructure development stages, including significant enhancements and upgrades, are capitalized. Capitalization ends once a project is substantially complete and the software and technologies are ready for their intended purpose. InternalThere is judgment involved in estimating the stage of development as well as estimating time allocated to a particular project. A significant change in the time spent on each project could have a material impact on the amount capitalized and related amortization expense in subsequent periods.
We amortize internal use software development costs are amortized using a straight-line method over thea three year estimated useful life, of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The straight-line recognition method approximates the manner in which the expected benefit will be derived. We determined the life of internal use software based on historical software upgrades and replacement.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation expense relatedOn an ongoing basis, we assess if the estimated remaining useful lives of capitalized projects continue to employee stock-based awards is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statementsbe reasonable based on the fair value ofremaining expected benefit and usage. If the awards granted. We have granted awards to employees that vest based solely on continued service, or service conditions, awards that vest based on the achievement of performance targets, or performance conditions, and awards that vest based on our stock price exceeding a peer index, or market conditions. The fair value of each option award containing service and/or performance conditions is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of awards containing market conditions is estimated using a Monte-Carlo lattice model. For service condition awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. For performance condition and market condition awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using a graded vesting model over the requisite service period of the awards. For market condition awards, expense recognized is not subsequently reversed if the market conditions are not achieved.
Stock-based awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value determined by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We believe that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee stock-based compensation award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and Monte-Carlo lattice model requires the input of subjective assumptions such as the expected term of the option,

the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, the expected dividend yield of our common stock, and for periods prior to our IPO, the fair value of our common stock. The assumptions used in our valuation models represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
These assumptions and estimates are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock. The fair value of common stock is based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities appropriate for the term of the awards.
Expected Term. For employee options that contain service conditions, we apply the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The expected term of employee stock options that contain performance conditions represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are estimated to remain outstanding.
Volatility. Because we do not have significant trading history for our common stock, we determine the price volatility based on the historical volatilitiesremaining useful life of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.
Dividend Yield. The dividend yield assumptioncapitalized project is based on our history and current expectations of dividend payouts. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, so we used an expected dividend yield of zero.
The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options:
 Year Ended
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Common stock price$1.87
 $7.42
 $16.82
Expected term (in years)5.8
 5.9
 4.5
Risk-free interest rate2.03% 1.47% 1.30%
Expected volatility57% 49% 47%
Dividend yield% % %
In 2016, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update 2016-09—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including our election to eliminate the requirement to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest and, instead, account for forfeitures when they occur. The new standard requires the change be adopted using the modified retrospective approach. As such, we recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment of $0.7 million to increase the 2016 beginning of period accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital balances.
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.
Due to the full valuation allowance provided on our net deferred tax assets, we have not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Business Combinations
The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We allocate the purchase price, whichrevised, it is the sum of the consideration provided, which may consist of cash, equity or a combination of the two, in a business combination to the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired business at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenues and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies.

When we issue stock-based or cash awards to an acquired company’s stockholders, we evaluate whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. Generally, if continued employment of the selling stockholder is required beyond the acquisition date for the awards to vest, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as expense over the requisite service period.
We estimate the fair value of intangible assets acquired generally using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes an analysis of the future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset and the risk associated with achieving these cash flows. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include the discount rate that is applied to the forecasted future cash flows to calculate the present value of those cash flows and the estimate of future cash flows attributable to the acquired intangible asset, which include revenue, expenses and taxes. The carrying value of acquired working capital assets and liabilities approximates its fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
Acquisition-related transaction costs are accounted for as an expensea change in estimate and the period in which the costs are incurred.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets primarily consist of acquired developed technology, customer relationships and non-compete agreements resulting from business combinations, which are recorded at acquisition-date fair value, less accumulated amortization. We determine the appropriate useful life of its intangible assets by performing an analysis of expected cash flowsremaining unamortized cost of the acquired assets. Intangible assets areunderlying asset is amortized prospectively over their estimatedthe updated remaining useful lives using a straight-line method, which approximateslife. During the pattern in whichfourth quarter of 2022, we accelerated the economic benefits are consumed.
The estimatedremaining useful lives of our intangible assets are as follows:
Years
Developed technology3certain capitalized internal use software projects due to 5
Customer relationships2.5 to 3
Non-compete agreements2 to 3
Other intangible assets1 to 1.5
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, including Internal Use Capitalized Software Costs
We assess the recoverabilityintegration of our long-lived assets when events or changeslegacy CTV platforms, which resulted in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the valueapproximately $1.9 million and $0.7 million of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. We perform impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. We assess recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of the asset group can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment testing conducted annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.
Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
We adopted Accounting Standards Update 2017-04—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment during the first quarter of 2017. In accordance with the guidance, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If the qualitative assessment option is

not elected, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is then performed. The quantitative analysis, if performed, compares the estimated fair value of the Company with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the Company exceeds its carrying amount, including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill, then an impairment adjustment must be recorded up to the carrying amount of goodwill.
We operate as a single operating segment and have identified a single reporting unit. In the third quarter of 2017, we identified potential indications of impairment and performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment and determined that the fair value of the Company was less than the carrying value, including goodwill. As a result, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $90.3 million during the third quarter of 2017. There was no impairment of goodwill recordedincremental amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 20162023 and 2015.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the net tax effects of the differences between our consolidated financial statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.
A valuation allowance is used to reduce some or all of the deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have established a full valuation allowance to offset the predominant portion of our domestic and international net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.2022.
We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than notalso evaluate internal use software for abandonment and use that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to our uncertain tax positions in our income tax provision (benefit) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The Tax Act was enacted in December 2017. The Tax Act significantly changes U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering U.S. corporate income tax rates, implementing a territorial tax system and imposing a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The Tax Act reduces the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act and allows the registrant to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. We have recognized the actual impact of the revaluation of deferred tax balances and the provisional impact related to the one-time Transition Tax. We included these amounts in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may materially differ from these provisional amounts, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions we have made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions we may take as a result of the Tax Act. We expect to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.significant indicator for impairment on a quarterly basis.
In addition, it is unclear how many U.S. states will incorporate the federal law changes, or portions thereof, into their tax codes and foreign governments may enact tax laws in response to the Tax Act that could result in further changes to global taxation and materially affect our financial position and results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
For    The information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer toset forth under Note 2 to our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" under the caption "Organization and Summary of Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Significant Accounting Policies" is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
We have operations both withinin the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks include primarily interest rate, foreign exchange, and inflation risks.

The risks below may be further exacerbated by the effects of certain global macroeconomic challenges and market conditions.
Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds.funds, but may from time to time also include commercial paper, with original maturities of three months or less. Our investments may consist of repurchase agreements, U.S. government agency debt, and agency bonds and corporate debt securities.U.S. treasury debt. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing incomethe value of our cash without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash, cash equivalents, and investments have a relatively short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. Our line of creditchanges, however, interest income earned will vary as interest rates change.
We do not have economic interest rate expense exposure on our Convertible Senior Notes due to their fixed interest rate nature. The amount paid upon redemption or maturity, before considering any potential additional amount owed due to increases in our underlying share price above the conversion price, is at variablenot based on changes in any interest rate index or underlying market interest rates. WeIt is fixed at 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes plus unpaid interest. Since the Convertible Senior Notes bear a fixed interest rate, we are not exposed to interest rate risk on those notes, however, the fair value of those notes will change as market interest rates change.
As of December 31, 2023, we were party to our Prior Term Loan B Facility, which bore interest rate at a floating interest rate that reset periodically, subject to a 0.75% floor (the "SOFR Floor"). Interest expense has been impacted by floating interest rates as a result of underlying interest rates on our Prior Term Loan B Facility moving above this floor since the second quarter of 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no amounts outstanding borrowings under our credit facility at December 31, 2017.the Prior Revolving Credit Facility. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. As of the end of December 31, 2023, the annualized impact to interest expense for each 100 basis points increase above the SOFR Floor on our Prior Term Loan B Facility is approximately $3.5 million. The actual impact to our financial results of the same increase in interest rates is expected to be lower depending on the timing and magnitude of such rate changes relative to our SOFR Floor, and will be partially offset by higher interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances over the same period. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment opportunities and policy relative to our overall objectives.
58

On February 6, 2024, we refinanced the Prior Term Loan B Facility with a $365.0 million New Term Loan B Facility. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points on the New Term Loan B Facility will have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition as compared to the annualized impact on our Prior Term Loan B Facility, which is discussed above.
With regard to all debt currently outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and to debt outstanding under the New Credit Agreement, the Company is potentially exposed to refinancing risk in the future, should the Company seek to refinance its debt or raise new debt. As such, the type, cost, and terms of any new debt potentially raised in the future may differ from that of our existing debt agreements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
WeAs a U.S. based company that does business around the globe, we have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally the Australian Dollar, British PoundsPound, Canadian Dollar, Euro, Japanese Yen, and Euros. TheNew Zealand Dollar. Foreign exchange rate volatility of exchange rates depends onis influenced by many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. WeIn the event our non-U.S. Dollar denominated revenue and expenses increase, or the volatility of the foreign currencies that we transact in increases, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of those foreign currencies. In addition, we have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income (loss) as a result of transaction gains and losses related to translating certain cash balances, trade accounts receivable and payable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accountsforeign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017,2023 and December 31, 2022, including intercompany balances, would result in a foreign currency loss of approximately $2.7 million. In the event our non-U.S. Dollar denominated sales$9.5 million and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business.$10.5 million, respectively. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities would have on our results of operations.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that cost inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. This risk of cost inflation is distinct from the risk that inflation throughout the broader economy could lead to reduced ad spend and indirectly harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For a discussion of the indirect results of inflation on our business, see "Macroeconomic Developments."

59

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


The Rubicon Project, Inc.MAGNITE, INC.


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

60


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Rubicon Project,Magnite, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidatedbalance sheets of The Rubicon Project,Magnite, Inc.and its subsidiaries (the “Company”"Company") as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016, and2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’loss, stockholders' equity, (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including2023 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidatedfinancial statements”"financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companyas of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20172023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidatedfinancial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits of these consolidatedfinancial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidatedfinancial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue — Refer to Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements.
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company generates revenue from transactions where it provides a platform for the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventory. The Company uses automated systems to process and record revenue based on contractual terms with buyers and publishers, and its revenue is comprised of a significant volume of low-dollar transactions.
We identified revenue as a critical audit matter because the Company’s systems to process and record revenue are highly automated. This required increased extent of effort, including the need for us to involve professionals with expertise in Information Technology (IT) to identify, test, and evaluate the Company’s systems, software applications, and automated controls.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the Company’s systems to process revenue transactions included the following, among others:
With the assistance of our IT specialists, we:
61

Identified the significant systems used to process revenue transactions and tested the general IT controls over each of these systems, including testing of user access controls, change management controls, and IT operations controls.
Performed testing of system interface controls and automated controls within the relevant revenue streams, as well as controls designed to ensure the accuracy and completeness of revenue.
Independently created test transactions and traced such transactions through the systems to final output for financial reporting.
We tested internal controls within the relevant revenue business processes, including those in place to reconcile the various systems to the Company’s general ledger.
We evaluated recorded revenue and revenue trends and used data analytics to analyze transactional revenue data.
We used technology-based data analysis tools to inspect journal entries to:
Identify significant relationships in the revenue population.
Sufficiently understand identified significant relationships and related accounts affecting revenue.
We performed audit procedures on those related accounts determined to have a significant relationship with revenue. Such procedures included:
For a sample of accounts receivable balances, evaluating responses to confirmations sent to customers or other evidence such as cash receipts received after year end.
For a sample of accounts payables – seller balances, performing detail transaction testing by agreeing the amounts recognized to source documents.
For a sample of cash disbursements made after year end, evaluating whether the amounts were appropriately included in accounts payable – seller as of the balance sheet date.
Analytical procedures on the accounts payable – seller balance by developing an independent expectation for the recorded balance based on a historical relationship with revenue.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopersDeloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 14, 2018February 28, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.2018.

62


THE RUBICON PROJECT,MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)par values)
December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Current assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$76,642
 $149,423
Marketable securities52,504
 40,550
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net165,890
 192,064
1,176,276976,506
Prepaid expenses and other current assets9,620
 9,540
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 20,50823,501
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS304,656
 391,577
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS1,523,0031,326,261
Property and equipment, net47,393
 36,246
Property and equipment, net47,37144,969
Right of use lease assetRight of use lease asset60,54978,211
Internal use software development costs, net12,734
 16,522
Internal use software development costs, net21,92623,671
Other assets, non-current5,493
 2,921
Intangible assets, net13,359
 6,804
Intangible assets, net51,011253,501
Goodwill
 65,705
Other assets, non-current
TOTAL ASSETS$383,635
 $519,775
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   
Current liabilities:   
Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses$214,103

$214,903
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Lease liabilities, currentLease liabilities, current20,40221,172
Debt, currentDebt, current3,6003,600
Other current liabilities3,141
 3,534
Other current liabilities5,9575,939
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES217,244
 218,437
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES1,402,1351,125,032
Deferred tax liability, net
 42
Debt, non-current, net of debt issuance costs
Debt, non-current, net of debt issuance costs
Debt, non-current, net of debt issuance costs532,986722,757
Lease liabilities, non-currentLease liabilities, non-current49,66566,331
Deferred tax liabilities, netDeferred tax liabilities, net6805,072
Other liabilities, non-current1,780
 1,783
Other liabilities, non-current1,6571,723
TOTAL LIABILITIES219,024
 220,262
TOTAL LIABILITIES1,987,1231,920,915
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)


STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2017 and 2016; 50,239 and 49,378 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively
 
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 138,577 and 134,006 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital418,354
 398,787
Additional paid-in capital1,387,7151,319,221
Accumulated other comprehensive loss41
 (273)
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated deficit(253,784)
 (99,001)
(683,958)(524,774)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY164,611
 299,513
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY701,683791,298
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$383,635
 $519,775
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.


THE RUBICON PROJECT,
63

MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Revenue$155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
Expenses:     
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue56,836
 73,247
 58,495
Sales and marketing51,794
 83,328
 83,333
Technology and development47,500
 51,184
 42,055
General and administrative55,596
 68,570
 70,199
Restructuring and other exit costs5,959
 3,316
 
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software4,585
 23,473
 
Impairment of goodwill90,251
 
 
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs
Total expenses312,521
 303,118
 254,082
Loss from operations(156,976) (24,897) (5,598)
Other (income) expense:     
Interest income, net(908) (491) (59)
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Other income(688) (554) 
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net1,165
 (939) (1,400)
Total other income, net(431) (1,984) (1,459)
Total other expense, net
Loss before income taxes(156,545) (22,913) (4,139)
Benefit for income taxes(1,762) (4,860) (4,561)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)$(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Net income (loss) per share:     
Basic$(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
Diluted$(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:     
Basic
Basic48,869
 46,655
 39,663
Diluted48,869
 46,655
 44,495
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Basic
Basic
Diluted
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.



 

64
THE RUBICON PROJECT,

MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)LOSS
(In thousands)
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Net income (loss)$(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Other comprehensive income (loss):     
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments(28) 67
 (68)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Foreign currency translation adjustments342
 (325) 61
Other comprehensive income (loss)314
 (258) (7)
Comprehensive income (loss)$(154,469) $(18,311) $415
Comprehensive loss
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.






65

 
THE RUBICON PROJECT,
MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)
Common Stock Common Stock Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Treasury Stock Total
Stockholders’
Equity
SharesSharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 2020
Exercise of common stock options
Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 Accumulated  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Accumulated
Deficit
 Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
Shares Amount 
Balance at December 31, 201437,192
 $
 $209,472
 $(8) $(80,712) $128,752
Exercise of common stock options2,552
 
 13,533
 
 
 13,533
Restricted stock awards, net479
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to RSU vesting229
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan170
 
 2,040
 
 
 2,040
Issuance of common stock and exchange of stock options related to acquisition4,425
 
 76,350
 
 
 76,350
Issuance of common stock for contingent consideration associated with acquisitions1,553
 
 25,608
 
 
 25,608
Shares withheld related to net share settlement
Issuance of common stock associated with the SpotX Acquisition
Purchase of treasury stock
Capped call options
Stock-based compensation
 
 31,403
 
 
 31,403
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 (7) 
 (7)
Net income
 
 
 
 422
 422
Balance at December 31, 201546,600
 
 358,406
 (15) (80,290) 278,101
Cumulative-effect adjustment
 
 658
 
 (658) 
Balance at January 1, 201646,600
 
 359,064
 (15) (80,948) 278,101
Balance at December 31, 2021
Exercise of common stock options2,026
 
 14,249
 
 
 14,249
Restricted stock awards, net92
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to RSU vesting
Shares withheld related to net share settlement(493) 
 (6,058) 
 
 (6,058)
Issuance of common stock related to RSU vesting945
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan208
 
 1,886
 
 
 1,886
Purchase of treasury stock
Retirement of common stock
Stock-based compensation
 
 29,646
 
 
 29,646
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 (258) 
 (258)
Net loss
 
 
 
 (18,053) (18,053)
Balance at December 31, 201649,378
 
 398,787
 (273) (99,001) 299,513
Balance at December 31, 2022
Exercise of common stock options106
 
 394
 
 
 394
Restricted stock awards, net(189) 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock related to RSU and PSU vesting
Shares withheld related to net share settlement(529) 
 (2,403) 
 
 (2,403)
Issuance of common stock related to RSU vesting1,273
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock related to employee stock purchase plan200
 
 629
 
 
 629
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation
 
 20,947
 
 
 20,947
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 314
 
 314
Net loss
 
 
 
 (154,783) (154,783)
Balance at December 31, 201750,239
 $
 $418,354
 $41
 $(253,784) $164,611
Balance at December 31, 2023
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

66




THE RUBICON PROJECT,MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Year EndedYear Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss)$(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Depreciation and amortization36,225
 42,763
 31,010
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation20,504
 28,694
 30,584
Loss on disposal of property and equipment195
 214
 58
Provision for doubtful accounts580
 540
 664
Accretion of available for sale securities(276) (82) 57
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 
 306
Unrealized foreign currency gains, net970
 (1,122) (72)
Impairment of intangible assets and internal use software4,585
 23,473
 
Impairment of goodwill90,251
 
 
Impairment of intangible assets
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Gain on extinguishment of debt
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Non-cash lease expense
Non-cash lease expense
Non-cash lease expense
Deferred income taxes(1,564) (6,635) (5,286)
Unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss, net
Other items, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions:     
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable26,051
 25,303
 (72,460)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(224) (2,956) (1,130)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(502) (32,965) 93,135
Other liabilities(477) 947
 (432)
Net cash provided by operating activities21,535
 60,121
 76,856
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Purchases of property and equipment(32,438) (23,479) (20,104)
Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of property and equipment
Capitalized internal use software development costs(7,988) (9,922) (8,333)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired(38,610) (238) (8,647)
Investments in available-for-sale securities(95,224) (41,096) (48,801)
Maturities of available-for-sale securities81,050
 37,360
 12,001
Mergers and acquisitions, net of cash acquired and indemnification claims holdback
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities(93,210) (37,375) (73,884)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Proceeds from Convertible Senior Notes offering
Proceeds from Convertible Senior Notes offering
Proceeds from Convertible Senior Notes offering
Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt discount
Payment for capped call options
Payment for debt issuance costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options394
 14,249
 13,533
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan629
 1,886
 2,040
Repayment of debt
Repurchase of Convertible Senior Notes
Repayment of financing lease
Purchase of treasury stock
Taxes paid related to net share settlement(2,403) (6,058) 
Repayment of debt and capital lease obligations
 
 (105)
Payment of indemnification claims holdback
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(1,380) 10,077
 15,468
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH199
 (157) (160)
CHANGE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH(72,856) 32,666
 18,280
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH Beginning of period
149,498
 116,832
 98,552
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH End of period
$76,642
 $149,498
 $116,832
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION:     
Cash paid for income taxes$382
 $1,285
 $1,069
Cash paid for interest$61
 $61
 $62
Capitalized assets financed by accounts payable and accrued expenses$109
 $1,627
 $342
Capitalized stock-based compensation$443
 $952
 $819
Common stock and options issued for business acquisitions$
 $
 $76,534
Conversion of contingent consideration to common stock$
 $
 $25,608
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

THE RUBICON PROJECT,
67

MAGNITE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS-(Continued)
(In thousands)
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
RECONCILIATION OF CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS:
Cash and cash equivalents$326,219 $326,254 $230,401 
Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current assets— 248 240 
Restricted cash included in other assets, non-current— — 52 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$326,219 $326,502 $230,693 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid for income taxes$5,357 $4,932 $2,141 
Cash paid for interest$37,028 $26,320 $12,908 
Capitalized assets financed by accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities$1,690 $1,295 $2,171 
Capitalized stock-based compensation$2,012 $2,704 $1,496 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities$4,017 $20,131 $42,013 
Purchase consideration - indemnification claims holdback$— $2,293 $1,602 
Common stock and options issued for mergers and acquisitions$— $— $495,591 
Debt discount, non-cash$— $— $10,800 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
68

MAGNITE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1—Nature of Operations
Company Overview
    Magnite, Inc. ("Magnite" or the "Company"), formerly known as The Rubicon Project, Inc., or Rubicon Project or the Company, was formed on April 20, 2007 in Delaware and began operations inon April 20, 2007. The Company operates a sell side advertising platform that offers buyers and sellers of digital advertising a single partner for transacting globally across all channels, formats, and auction types.
    The Company's common stock is headquarteredlisted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "MGNI." Magnite has its principal offices in New York City, Los Angeles, California,Denver, London, and completed its initial public offering ("IPO")Sydney, and additional offices in April 2014.Europe, Asia, North America, and South America.
The Company is one of the world's largest advertising exchanges. The Company helps websites and apps thrive by giving them tools and expertise to sell ads easily and safely. In addition, the world’s leading agencies and brands rely on Rubicon Project’s technology to execute billions of advertising transactions each month.
The Company provides a technology solution to automate the purchase and sale of digital advertising inventory for buyers and sellers.sellers globally, across all channels, formats and auction types. The Company’sCompany's platform features applications and services for sellers of digital advertising sellers, includinginventory, or publishers, that own or operate websites, mobile applications, CTV channels, and other digital media properties, to sellmanage and monetize their advertising inventory; applications and services for buyers, including advertisers, agencies, agency trading desks, and demand side platforms, or DSPs, to buy digital advertising inventory; and a marketplace over which such transactions are executed. Together, these features power and enhance a comprehensive, transparent, independent advertising marketplace that brings buyers and sellers together and facilitates intelligent decision-makingdecision making and automated transaction execution for the advertising inventory we manage on our platform.at scale. The Company’sCompany's clients include many of the world’sworld's leading publishers of websites and mobile applicationssellers and buyers of digital advertising.advertising inventory.
Risks and Uncertainties
The Company has been negatively impacted by rapid changes in the ad tech industry including demand by ad tech buyers for more efficiency and lower costs, changes in bidding technologies, and increased competition. In response to these challenges, the Company made significant reductions in fees charged to buyers during 2017 and in November 2017 eliminated its buyer fees altogether. As a result,    Sellers monetize their inventory through the Company’s take rate,platform by seamlessly connecting to a global market of integrated buyers that transact through real-time bidding, which was 25.0%includes direct sale of premium inventory to a buyer, referred to as private marketplace, and open auction bidding, where buyers bid against each other in a real-time auction for the full year 2016, droppedright to 18.5% forpurchase a publisher’s inventory, referred to as open marketplace. At the full year 2017, and was 11.6% exiting 2017. The reduced take rate and competitive pressures resulted insame time, buyers leverage the Company experiencing lowerCompany’s platform to manage their advertising spending on its platform in 2017 as compared to 2016 and also resulted in lower operating resultsreach their target audiences, simplify order management and cash flows in 2017. In an effort to bring its costscampaign tracking, obtain actionable insights into better alignment with reduced revenue, the Company has undertaken restructuring activities to reduce headcountaudiences for their advertising, and related operating costs, and has also reduced its capital expenditures, which may make execution against its strategic business plans more difficult. Unless and until the Company is able to compensate for the buyer fee reductions and reduced gross margins by continuing to increase advertising spending on its platform, or sufficiently reducing costs, it may not be able to grow its business and may continue to operate at a loss, depleting its cash resources and liquidity. If the Company continues to experience significant operating losses in the future, the Company may require additional liquidity to fund its operations. The Company’s current credit facility expires in September 2018. There can be no guarantee that additional financing will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.access impression-level purchasing from thousands of sellers.


Note 2—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and include the operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-companyintercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Segments
Management has determined that the Company operates as one segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews financial information on an aggregated and consolidated basis, together with certain operating and performance measures principally to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with current period presentation. Specifically, this includes amounts reclassified to conform to the current year presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed financial statements and accompanying footnotes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, primarily those related to: (i) revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of revenue reporting as net versus gross in the Company’s revenue arrangements, (ii) accounts receivable and allowances for doubtful accounts, (iii) amounts capitalized and the useful lives of intangible assets, internal use software development costs, and property and equipment, (iv) valuation of long-lived assets and their recoverability, including goodwill, and (v) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, (vi) assumptions used in valuation models to determine the fair value of stock-based awards, (vii) fair value of financial instruments, (viii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, and (ix) the assumptions used in valuing acquired assets and assumed liabilities in business combinations.liabilities.
    These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates relating to the valuationallowance for doubtful accounts, amounts capitalized and estimated useful lives of stock and business combinations, as well as the recoverabilityinternal-use software development costs, estimated useful lives of long-lived assets, recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill, and income taxes, including the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax
69

liabilities require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates revenue from transactions where it provides a platform for the buyingpurchase and sellingsale of digital advertising inventoryinventory. Generally, the Company's revenue is based on a percentage of the ad spend that runs through its platform, although for certain clients, services, or transaction types the Company may receive a fixed CPM for each impression sold, and for advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders the Company earns revenue based on the full amount of ad spend that runs through its platform. In addition, the Company may receive certain fixed monthly fees for the use of its platform or products. The Company's platform dynamically connects sellers and buyers of advertising inventory in a digital marketplace. The Company's solution enablesincorporates proprietary machine-learning algorithms, sophisticated data processing, high-volume storage, detailed analytics capabilities, and a distributed infrastructure.Digital advertising inventory is created when consumers access sellers’ content. Sellers provide digital advertising inventory to the Company's platform in the form of advertising requests, or ad requests. When the Company receives ad requests from sellers, it sends bid requests to buyers, which enable buyers to bid on sellers’ digital advertising inventory. Winning bids can create advertising, or paid impressions, for the seller to present to the consumer.
    The total volume of spending between buyers and sellers to purchase and sell digital advertising inventory by matching buyers and sellers, and by establishing rules and parameters for auctions of advertising inventory. Buyers useon the Company's solutionplatform is referred to reach their intended audiences by buyingas advertising inventoryspend. The Company keeps a percentage of that advertising spend as a fee, and remits the remainder to the seller. The fee that the Company makes availableretains from sellers throughthe gross advertising spend on its solution. Sellers useplatform is recognized as revenue. The fee earned on each transaction is based on the Company's solution to monetize their inventory.pre-existing agreement between the Company and the seller and the clearing price of the winning bid. The Company recognizes revenue upon fulfillment of its contractual obligationsperformance obligation to a client, which occurs at the point in connection withtime an ad renders and is counted as a completed transaction,paid impression, subject to satisfying all other revenue recognition criteria, including (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangementa contract existing (ii) delivery having occurred or services having been rendered, (iii)with the fees beingclient and a fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability being reasonably assured.transaction price. The Company (or in some cases,does not have arrangements with multiple performance obligations. The Company does not disclose the providervalue of inventory thatunsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company accesses via xAPI connection) generally bills and collectsrecognizes revenue at the full purchase price of impressions from buyers, together with other fees, if applicable. The Company reports revenue on a net basis for arrangements inamount to which it has determined that it does not actthe right to invoice for services performed. The Company considers the following when determining if a contract exists (i) contract approval by all parties, (ii) identification of each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, (iii) specified payment terms, (iv) commercial substance of the contract, and (v) collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable.
    The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the purchase and sale of advertising inventory because pricing is determined through the Company's auction process or directly between a buyer and a seller andtransaction. In determining whether the Company is not the primary obligor. In some cases, the Company generates revenue directly from sellers who maintain the primary relationship with buyers and utilize the Company's solution to transact and increase the monetization of their activities. The Company reports revenue on a net basis for these activities. The Company reported revenue on a gross basis for revenue associated with its intent marketing solution, which the Company ceased providing in the first quarter of 2017. For its intent marketing solution, the Company determined that it actedacting as the principal in the purchase and sale of advertising inventory becauseor an agent, the Company had direct contractual relationships withfollows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. Making such determinations involves judgment and managed advertising campaignsis based on behalfan evaluation of the buyer by acting as the primary obligor in the purchaseterms of advertising inventory, the Company exercised discretion in establishing prices, the Company had credit risk, and the Company independently selected and purchased inventory from the seller. For periods ending after March 31, 2017, all the Company’s revenue is reported on a net basis.
The Company's accounts receivableeach arrangement, none of which are recorded at the amount of gross billings to buyers, net of allowances, for the amounts the Company is responsible to collect, and the Company's accounts payable related to amounts due to sellers are recorded at the net amount payable to sellers. Accordingly, both accounts receivable and accounts payable appear large in relation to revenue reported on a net basis. considered presumptive or determinative.
Expenses
The Company classifies its expenses into the following seven categories:
Cost of Revenue. The Company's cost of revenue consists primarily of cloud hosting, data center, and bandwidth costs, bandwidthad protection costs, depreciation and maintenance expense of hardware supporting the Company's revenue-producing platform, amortization of software costs for the development of the Company's revenue-producing platform, amortization expense associated with acquired developed technologies, and personnel costs, and facilities-related costs. For intent marketing transactions conducted in the first quarter of 2017 in which the Company was the principal and reported revenuesIn addition, for revenue booked on a gross basis, cost of revenue also included amounts the Company paid to sellers for their inventory.includes traffic acquisition costs. Personnel costs included in cost of revenue include salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and employee benefit costs, and are primarily attributable to personnel in the Company's network operations group who support the Company's platform. The Company capitalizes costs associated with software that is developed or obtained for internal use and amortizes the costs associated with its revenue-producing platform in cost of revenue over their estimated useful lives. The

Company amortizes acquired developed technologies over their estimated useful lives.
Sales and Marketing. The Company's sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and sales bonuses paid to the Company's sales organization,as well as marketing expenses such as brand marketing, travel expenses, trade shows and marketing materials, professional services, and amortization expense associated with customerclient relationships, backlog, and backlognon-compete agreements from the Company's business acquisitions, and, to a lesser extent,professional services, facilities-related costs, and depreciation and amortization.expense. The Company's sales and support organization focuses on increasing the adoption of the Company's solution by existing and new buyers and sellers.sellers and supports ongoing client relationships. The Company amortizes acquired intangibles associated with customerclient relationships and backlog from its business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives.
70

Technology and Development. The Company's technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and bonuses, andas well as professional services associated with the ongoing development and maintenance of the Company's solution, and, to a lesser extent,third-party software license costs, facilities-related costs, and depreciation and amortization including amortization expense associated with acquired intangible assets from the Company's business acquisitions that are related to technology and development functions.expense. These expenses include costs incurred in the development, implementation, and maintenance of internal use software, including platform and related infrastructure. Technology and development costs are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal use software development that qualifies for capitalization, which are then recorded as internal use software development costs, net on the Company's consolidated balance sheet.sheets. The Company amortizes internal use software development costs that relate to its revenue-producing activities on the Company's platform to cost of revenue and amortizesamortize other internal use software development costs to technology and development costs or general and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the related project. The Company amortizes acquired intangibles associated with technology and development functions from its business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives.
General and Administrative. The Company's general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and bonuses, associated with the Company's executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees, facilities-related costs, and depreciation expense, bad debt expense, and other corporate-related expenses. General
    Merger, Acquisition, and administrative expenses also include amortizationRestructuring Costs. The Company's merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs consist primarily of internal use software development costs and acquired intangible assets from the Company's business acquisitions over their estimated useful lives that relate to general and administrative functions and changes in fair valueprofessional service fees associated with the liability-classified contingent consideration related to acquisitions.
Restructuringmerger and Other Exit Costs. The Company's restructuring and other exit costs are cash and non-cash charges consisting primarily ofacquisition activities, cash-based employee termination costs, related stock-based compensation charges, and other restructuring activities, including facility closure andclosures, relocation costs, and contract termination costs.costs, and impairment costs of abandoned technology associated with restructuring activities.
Impairment of Intangible Assets and Internal Use Software. The Company's impairment charges are non-cash charges related to its intangible assets. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment indicators at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Refer to the "Intangible Assets" policy within this footnote for additional information regarding the determination of impairment charges related to intangible assets.
Impairment of Goodwill. The Company's goodwill impairment charges are non-cash charges related to its goodwill asset. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Refer to the "Goodwill" policy within this footnote for additional information regarding the determination of goodwill impairment charges.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation expense related to employee and non-employee stock-based awards is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The Company has grantedgrants awards to employees that vest based solely on continued service, or service conditions, awards that vest based on the achievement of performance targets, or performance conditions, and awards that vest based on the Company's stock price exceeding a peer index, or market conditions. The fair value of restricted stock units that vest based on continued service is equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock as reported on the Nasdaq on the grant date. The fair value of each option award containing service and/or performance conditions is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of awards containing market conditions is estimated using a Monte-Carlo latticesimulation model. For service condition awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. For performance condition and market condition awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using a graded vesting model over the requisite service period of the awards. For market condition awards, expense recognized is not subsequently reversed if the market conditions are not achieved.
Option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value determined by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock issued to non-employees is based on the market value of the Company's common stock as of the measurement date. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock-based awards is more reliably measured

than the fair value of theservices received. The fair value of each non-employee stock-based award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards using a pricing model requires judgment. The Company’s use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and Monte-Carlo lattice model requires the input of subjective assumptions such as the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions and estimates used in the Company’s valuation models represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
These assumptions and estimatesBlack-Scholes pricing model are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock. The fair value of common stock is based on the closing price of the Company's common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE,Nasdaq on the date of grant.grant date.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities appropriate for the term of stock option awards.
Expected Term. For employee stock options that contain service conditions, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award.determined based on historical trends. The expected term of employee stock options that contain performance conditions represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are estimated to remain outstanding.
Volatility. Because The computation of the Company does not have significant trading history for the Company’s common stock, the Company determines the priceexpected volatility assumption is based on the historical volatilities of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected termvolatility of the stock option grants.Company’s common stock.
Dividend Yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and current expectations of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, so the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.
    Determining the fair value of stock-based awards with performance and market conditions requires judgment. The Company's use of the Monte-Carlo simulation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, such as the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rates, the expected dividend yield of the Company’s common stock, in addition for those awards containing market conditions, which also include expected volatilities of selected peer companies, and expected correlation coefficients of the Company will continue to use judgmentand those of the selected peer companies. The assumptions used in evaluating the Company’s valuation model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent
71

uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions related toare used, the Company’s stock-based compensation. Futurecompensation expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changesmaterially different in the Company’s assumptions or market conditions.future.
Due to the full valuation allowance provided on its net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the net tax effects of the differences between the Company’s consolidated financial statementsstatement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.
A valuation allowance is used to reduce some or all of the deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has establishedmaintains a fullpartial valuation allowance to offset its domestic net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of realizing future income tax benefits from the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.
The Company recognizes the income tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The income tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to its uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Tax Act”) was enacted in December 2017. The Tax Act significantly changes U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering U.S. corporate income tax rates, implementing a territorial tax system and imposing a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The Tax Act reduces the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed in

reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act and allows the registrant to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. The Company has recognized the impact of the revaluation of deferred tax balances and the provisional impact related to the one-time transition tax. These amounts are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may materially differ from these provisional amounts, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions that have been made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the Tax Act. The Company expects to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.
Capital Stock    
The Company has authorized capital stock of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Company has issued common stock, which is included in outstanding common stock on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets. During 2021 and 2022, the Company repurchased shares of common stock, which was recorded as treasury stock on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. In 2022, all repurchased shares, including any outstanding treasury stock from 2021, were subsequently retired. The Company has not issued any shares of its preferred stock subsequent to the Company's IPOinitial public offering ("IPO") and does not have any preferred stock outstanding.
The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient to effect any of the Company's contingent consideration liabilities andaffect the conversion of all shares granted and available for grant under the Company’s stock award plans. The number of shares of the Company's stock reserved for these purposes at December 31, 20172023 was 15,881,965.44,592,265.
The board of directors is authorized to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
Basic net income (loss) per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted income (loss) per share attributableconsiders adjustments to common stockholders adjustsnet income and the basic weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the effect of potentially dilutive securities during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consist of stock options, restricted stock awards, restrictedunits, performance stock units, potential shares issuedissuable under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), shares held in escrow and potential shares issuable as part of contingent considerationthe Convertible Senior Notes. Diluted income per share is computed utilizing the treasury method for options, restricted stock units, performance stock units, and potential ESPP shares. Diluted income per share for the Convertible Senior Notes is calculated under the if-converted method. Potential common share equivalents are excluded where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For periods in which the Company reports net loss, diluted net loss per share is the same as a resultbasic net loss per share because the effects of business combinations. For purposes of this calculation, potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share if their effect iswould be anti-dilutive.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net income (loss), unrealized gains (losses) on investments and foreign currency translation adjustments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities
The Company invests excess cash primarily in money market funds, corporate debt securities, and highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies. The Company classifies investments held in money market funds as cash equivalents because the money market funds have weighted-average maturities at the date of purchase of less than 90 days.days, are
72

freely redeemable into cash and have a constant net asset value. Investments held in U.S. government and agency bonds and corporate debt securities with stated maturities of less than one year are classified as short-term investments included in marketable securities, prepaid expenses, and other current assets. Investments held in U.S. government and agency bonds and corporate debt securities with stated maturities of over a year are classified as long-term investments included in other assets, non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as the Company does not expect to redeem or sell these securities within one year from the balance sheet date.investments.
The Company determines the appropriate classification of investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company classifies and accounts for the Company’s marketable securities as available-for-sale, and as a result carries the securities at fair value and reports the unrealized gains and losses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and as a component of stockholders’ equity. The Company determines any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities on a specific identification method, and the Company records such gains and losses as a component of other income, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Restricted Cash
The Company classifies certain restricted cash balances within prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, non-current on the consolidated balance sheets based upon the term of the remaining restrictions. At December 31, 2016, restricted cash totaling $0.1 million was held as collateral for credit cards and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2017 the Company had no restricted cash.
Accounts Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, are unsecured, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical collection experience and the review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable, while taking into consideration current customerclient information, subsequent collection history and other relevant data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company wrote-off $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of accounts receivable.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:
Years
Years
Computer equipment and network hardware3
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment5 to 7
Leasehold improvementsShorter of useful life or life of lease
Computer equipment under capital leasesShorter of useful life or life of lease
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Company’s results of operations.
Internal Use Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain internal use software development costs associated with creating and enhancing internally developed software related to the Company’s technology infrastructure. These costs include personnel and related employee benefits expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to software projects, and external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software. Software development costs that do not meet the qualification for capitalization, as further discussed below, are expensed as incurred and recorded in technology and development expenses in the results of operations.
Software development activities generally consist of three stages, (i) the planning stage, (ii) the application and infrastructure development stage, and (iii) the post implementation stage. Costs incurred in the planning and post implementation stages of software development, including costs associated with the post-configuration training and repairs and maintenance of the developed technologies, are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes costs associated with software developed for internal use when the planning stage is completed, management has authorized further funding for the completion of the project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and perform as intended. Costs incurred in the application and infrastructure development stages, including significant enhancements and upgrades, are capitalized. Capitalization ends once a project is substantially complete and the software and technologies are ready for their intended purpose. Internal use software development costs are amortized using a straight-line method over the estimated useful life, ofwhich is generally three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The straight-line recognition method approximates the manner in which the expected benefit will be derived. On an ongoing basis, the Company assesses the remaining estimated useful lives of internal use software projects. If remaining useful lives are revised, the change is accounted for as a change in estimate.
The Company does not transfer ownership of its software, or lease its software, to third parties.

Intangible Assets
Intangible assets primarily consist of acquired developed technology, customerclient relationships, and non-compete agreementsin-process research and development projects resulting from business combinations, which are recorded at acquisition-date fair value, less accumulated amortization. The Company determines the appropriate useful life of its intangible assets by performing an analysis of expected cash
73

flows of the acquired assets. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using a straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.
The Company’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Years
Developed technology5
Years
Developed technologyIn-process research and development3 to 5
Customer relationships2.50.5 to 34
Non-compete agreementsBacklog2 to 30.75
Non-compete agreements1 to 2
Other intangible assets10.25 to 1.5
On an ongoing basis, the Company assesses the remaining estimated useful lives of intangible assets. If remaining useful lives are revised, the change is accounted for as a change in estimate.
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment indicators at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. For intangible assets used in operations, impairment losses are only recorded if the asset’s carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted, probability-weighted future cash flows at the asset group level that represents the lowest level of independent cash flows. The Company measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and estimated fair value.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets including Internal Use Capitalized Software Costs
The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company performs impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The Company assesses recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of the asset group can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment.
Business Combinations
The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the purchase price of a business combination, which is the sum of the consideration provided, which may consist of cash, equity or a combination of the two, to the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired business at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenues and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies.
When the Company issues stock-based or cash awards to an acquired company’s stockholders, the Company evaluates whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. The evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the awards is contingent on the continued employment of the selling stockholder beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as expense over the requisite service period.
The Company estimates the fair value of intangible assets acquired generally using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes an analysis of the future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset and the risk associated with achieving these cash flows. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include the discount rate that is applied to the forecasted future
74

cash flows to calculate the present value of those cash flows and the estimate of future cash flows attributable to the acquired

intangible asset, which include revenue, expenses and taxes. The carrying value of acquired working capital assets and liabilities approximates its fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
Acquisition-related transaction costs are not included as a component of consideration transferred, but are accounted for as an expense in the period in which the costs are incurred.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment testing conducted annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2017-04—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment during the first quarter of 2017.    In accordance with the guidance related to impairment testing, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If the qualitative assessment option is not elected, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is then performed. The quantitative analysis, if performed, compares the estimated fair value of the Company with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the Company exceeds its carrying amount, including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill, then an impairment adjustment must be recorded up to the carrying amount of goodwill.
The Company operates as a single operating segment and has identified a single reporting unit.
Operating Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company's classes of assets that are leased include office facilities, data centers, and equipment. The Company has elected not to recognize short-term leases on the balance sheet, nor separate lease and non-lease components for data center leases. In the third quarter of 2017,addition, the Company utilized the portfolio approach to group leases with similar characteristics together.
For identified potential indications of impairment and performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment and determined that the fair value ofleases, the Company was less thanused its incremental borrowing rate to discount the carrying value, including goodwill. As a result,related future payment obligations, which represents the rate of interest the Company recordedwould have to pay to borrow on a goodwill impairment charge of $90.3 million duringcollateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the third quarter of 2017. Refer to Note 9 forlease payments in a description of the methods used to compute the goodwill impairment charge in the third quarter of 2017. There was no impairment of goodwill recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Operating and Capital Leasessimilar economic environment.
The Company records rent expense for operating leases, someincluding leases of which have escalating rent payments,office locations, data centers, and equipment, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company begins recognitionstraight-line calculation of rent expense includes rent escalations on the date of initial possession, which is generally when the Company enters the leased premises and begins to make improvements in preparation for its intended use. Some of the Company’scertain leases, as well as lease arrangements provide for concessionsincentives provided by the landlords, including payments for leasehold improvements and rent-free periods. The Company accounts for the difference between the straight-linebegins recognition of rent expense and rent paid as a deferred rent liability.
Assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded aton the lesser ofcommencement date, which is generally the date that the asset is made available for use. Lease liability, which represents the present value of aggregatethe Company's obligation related to the estimated future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, oris included in lease liabilities, current and lease liabilities, non-current within the fair valueconsolidated balance sheets. These liability balances are reduced as lease related payments are made. For operating leases, the right of use ("ROU") asset is amortized on a periodic basis over the expected term of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company has no capital leases at December 31, 2017.(see Note 15).
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company's cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and seller payables approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Certain assets of the Company are recorded at their fair value, using the fair value hierarchy, on a recurring basis, and other assets and liabilities, including goodwill and intangible assets are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review (see Note 9)5).
Concentration of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents maintained with financial institutions exceedtypically exceeds applicable federally insured limits.limits in the U.S. and may not be covered by similar local depositor insurance schemes for cash held in foreign currencies or in bank accounts outside of the U.S. Cash equivalents, primarily money market fund investments, are not insured by federal insurance schemes and are exposed to other potential risks linked to high concentration among major custodial banks.
75

Accounts receivable include amounts due from buyers with principal operations primarily in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its buyers.

At December 31, 2017,2023, two buyers accounted for 20% and 15%, respectively, of consolidated accounts receivable. At December 31, 2016, two buyers accounted for 12%48% and 11%, respectively, of consolidated accounts receivable.receivable, net. At December 31, 2022, two buyers accounted for 45% and 9%, respectively, of accounts receivable, net.
For    The Company recognizes revenue from its contracts with sellers. No seller of advertising inventory accounted for 10% or more of revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015, no buyer or2021.
At December 31, 2023, one seller of advertising inventory comprised 10% or moreaccounted for 29% of consolidated revenue.
Ataccounts payable and accrued expenses and at December 31, 2017 and 2016, no2022, one seller of advertising inventory comprised 10% or moreaccounted for 28% of consolidated accounts payable.payable and accrued expenses.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of the applicable entity at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains or losses wereare included in foreign exchange (gain) loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. To the extent that the functional currency is different thanfrom the U.SU.S. Dollar, the financial statements have then been translated into U.S. Dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchangesexchange rates for the results of operations. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) on the consolidated balance sheet.sheets.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.
In May 2014, the Financial    Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"),
    In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09—2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2021-08"). ASU 2021-08 requires the recognition and measurement of contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 amendsConsiderations to determine the guidance for revenue recognitionamount of contract assets and contract liabilities to replace numerous industry-specific requirements and converges areas underrecord at the "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" topic with thoseacquisition date include the terms of the International Financial Reporting Standards. The guidance implements a five-step process for customeracquired contract, revenue recognition that focuses on transfersuch as timing of control, as opposed to transferpayment, identification of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is consideredeach performance obligation in the contract and allocation of the contract transaction price and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or aseach identified performance obligation on a cumulative-effect adjustmentrelative standalone selling price basis as of the date of adoption ("modified retrospective"). The guidancecontract inception. ASU 2021-08 is effective for reporting periodsthe Company beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Since its issuance, the FASB has amended several aspects of the new guidance including provisions that clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations in the new revenue recognition standard.first quarter of 2023. The amendments clarify how an entity should identify the unit of accounting (i.e., the specified good or service) for the principal versus agent evaluationCompany adopted this standard January 1, 2023 and how it shouldwill apply the control principleguidance to certain types of arrangements. Management has completed an assessment to determine the impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements by analyzing the Company's primary revenue generating transaction types, and concluded that there was no impact on the Company's results of operations as a result of adopting this standard. The Company will adopt the new standard on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2018.future acquisitions, if any.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In January 2016,November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01—Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) – Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures ("ASU 2016-01"2023-07"). ASU 2016-01 changes certain recognition, measurement, presentation,2023-07 expands public entities’ segment disclosures by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and disclosure requirementsincluded within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, an amount and description of its composition for financial instruments. The new guidance requires all equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity methodother segment items, and interim disclosures of accountinga reportable segment’s profit or resulting in consolidation, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The guidance also simplifies the impairment assessment for equity investments without readily determinable fair values, amends the presentation requirements for changes in the fair value of financial liabilities, requires presentation of financial instruments by measurement categoryloss and form of financial asset, and eliminates the requirement to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments. The new guidanceassets. ASU 2023-07 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017,2023 and early adoption is not permitted except for the amended presentation requirements for changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02—Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"), which requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor, and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for

annual reportinginterim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective2024. Early adoption with early adoptionis permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effectimpact of adopting this new accounting guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, and anticipates the guidance to result in increases in its assets and liabilities as most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.disclosures.
In June 2016,December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13—Financial Instruments—Credit Losses2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments740) – Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures ("ASU 2016-13"2023-09"), which to enhance income tax information primarily through changes the accounting for recognizing impairments of financial assets. Under ASU 2016-13, credit losses for certain types of financial instruments will be estimated based on expected losses. The new guidance also modifies the impairment models for available-for-sale debt securities and for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. The new guidance will be effective for the Company starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. Early adoptionrate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. ASU 20203-09 is permitted starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15—Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"). ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and payments are classified in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, the settlement of contingent liabilities arising from a business combination, proceeds from insurance settlements, and distributions from certain equity method investees. The new guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance requires application using2024 on a retrospective transition method.prospective basis. The Company is currently assessingevaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.disclosures.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16—Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory ("ASU 2016-16"), which is intended to improve the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. Under the new guidance, entities should recognize the income tax consequences of such transfers when the transfers occur. The new guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance requires application using a modified retrospective transition method. The Company does not expect the guidancebelieve there are any other recently issued and effective or not yet effective pronouncements that would have or are expected to have a material impact on itsthe Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01—Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition
76

Table of a Business ("ASU 2017-01"). ASU 2017-01 changes the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist companies with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and will be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim or annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. Subsequent to adoption, the Company will apply this guidance to acquisitions or disposals occurring in the period of adoption and thereafter. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.Contents
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting ("ASU 2017-09") to provide guidance about which changes to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The guidance notes that an entity should account for the effects of a modification unless the fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award was modified and it did not change any of the inputs to the valuation technique used to value the award, the vesting conditions did not change, and the classification of the award as either equity or liability did not change. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and will be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim or annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Note 3—Net Income (Loss) Per Share
The following table presents the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (In thousands, except per share data)
Basic EPS:      
Net income (loss) $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 49,720
 48,512
 42,067
Weighted-average unvested restricted shares (851) (1,857) (1,677)
Weighted-average escrow shares 
 
 (727)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to compute net income (loss) per share 48,869
 46,655
 39,663
Basic net income (loss) per share $(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
Diluted EPS:      
Net income (loss) $(154,783) $(18,053) $422
Weighted-average common shares used in basic EPS 48,869
 46,655
 39,663
Dilutive effect of weighted-average common stock options 
 
 2,510
Dilutive effect of weighted-average restricted stock awards 
 
 532
Dilutive effect of weighted-average restricted stock units 
 
 426
Dilutive effect of weighted-average ESPP 
 
 25
Dilutive effect of weighted-average escrow shares 
 
 591
Dilutive effect of weighted-average contingent shares 
 
 748
Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share 48,869
 46,655
 44,495
Diluted net income (loss) per share $(3.17) $(0.39) $0.01
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share:
Net income (loss)$(159,184)$(130,323)$65 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to compute net income (loss) per share - basic136,620132,887126,294
Basic net income (loss) per share$(1.17)$(0.98)$— 
Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share:
Net income (loss), diluted income (loss)$(159,184)$(130,323)$65 
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares used in basic income (loss) per share136,620 132,887 126,294 
Dilutive effect of weighted-average restricted stock units— — 5,294 
Dilutive effect of weighted-average common stock options— — 4,435 
Dilutive effect of weighted-average performance stock units— — 197 
Dilutive effect of weighted-average ESPP shares— — 41 
Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share136,620 132,887 136,261 
Diluted net income (loss) per share$(1.17)$(0.98)$— 
The following weighted-average shares have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for each period presented because they are anti-dilutive:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Unvested restricted stock units1,608 1,506 — 
Options to purchase common stock1,566 1,864 — 
Unvested performance stock units84 124 — 
ESPP shares31 18 — 
Convertible Senior Notes4,981 6,262 4,940 
Total shares excluded from net income (loss) per share8,270 9,774 4,940 
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Options to purchase common stock 120
 951
 
Unvested restricted stock awards 297
 414
 
Unvested restricted stock units 556
 611
 
Shares held in escrow 
 392
 
ESPP 50
 30
 
Contingent shares 
 
 704
Total shares excluded from net income (loss) per share 1,023
 2,398
 704
In connection withFor the acquisition of Chango, which occurred during the yearyears ended December 31, 2015,2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company issued 971,481 shares in connection with the contingent consideration and released 126,098 sharesexcluded outstanding performance stock units from escrow. These shares were included in the calculation of basicdiluted net income (loss)loss per share effectivebecause they were anti-dilutive. As of December 31, 2015,2023, the dateperformance stock units granted during 2021, 2022, and 2023 had expected achievement levels of issuance,0%, 58%, and were46%, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the performance stock units granted during 2020, 2021, and 2022 had expected achievement level of 116%, 0%, and 81%, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the Company included outstanding performance stock units in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share for periods between the date of acquisition and immediately prior to December 31, 2015.
In connection with the acquisition of iSocket, Inc. ("iSocket"), which occurred in 2014, the Company issued 585,170 shares in connection with the contingent consideration on December 31, 2015. These shares were included in the calculation of basic net income (loss) per share effective December 31, 2015, the date of issuance.


Note 4—Investments
Investments in marketable securities as of December 31, 2017 consisted of the following:
 Amortized
Cost
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair
Value
 (in thousands)
Available-for-sale — short-term: 
U.S. Treasury, government and agency debt securities$27,426
 $
 $(20) $27,406
Corporate debt securities25,098
 
 
 25,098
Total$52,524
 $
 $(20) $52,504
Available-for-sale — long-term:       
U.S. Treasury, government and agency debt securities$2,504
 $
 $(9) $2,495
share. As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company's available-for-sale securitiesperformance stock units granted during 2020 and 2021 had a weighted remaining contractual maturityexpected achievement levels of 0.3 years. 150% and 0%, respectively. Refer to Note 12 —"Stock-Based Compensation" for additional information related to performance stock units.
For the yearyears ended December 31, 2017, there2023, 2022, and 2021, shares that would be issuable assuming conversion of all of the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined in Note 17) were no realized gains (losses) and thereexcluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share because they were no unrealized holding gains (losses) reclassified outanti-dilutive. The Convertible Senior Notes have an initial conversion rate of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into15.6539 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the consolidated statements of operations for the sale of available-for-sale investments.
InvestmentsConvertible Senior Notes, which will be subject to anti-dilution adjustments in marketable securities ascertain circumstances. As of December 31, 2016 consisted2023, 2022, and 2021, the number of shares that would be issuable assuming conversion of all of the following:Convertible Senior Notes is approximately 3,210,098, 6,261,560, and 6,261,560, respectively.
77
 Amortized
Cost
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair
Value
 (in thousands)
Available-for-sale — short-term:       
U.S. Treasury, government and agency debt securities$23,237
 $1
 $(2) $23,236
Corporate debt securities17,314
 
 
 17,314
Total$40,551
 $1
 $(2) $40,550

The amortized costNote 4—Revenues
For the majority of transactions on the Company's platform, the Company reports revenue on a net basis as it does not act as the principal in the purchase and fair valuesale of digital advertising inventory because it does not have control of the digital advertising inventory and does not set prices agreed upon within the auction marketplace. For certain advertising campaigns that are transacted through insertion orders, the Company reports revenue on a gross basis, based primarily on its determination that the Company acts as the primary obligor in the delivery of advertising campaigns for buyers with respect to such transactions.
The following table presents the Company's marketable securities at December 31, 2017, by contractual years-to-maturity are as follows:
 Amortized Cost Fair Value
 (in thousands)
Due in less than 1 year$52,524
 $52,504
Due within 1-2 years2,504
 2,495
Total$55,028
 $54,999

Note 5—Propertyrevenue recognized on a net basis and Equipment
Major classes of property and equipment were as follows:
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands)
Purchased software $1,985
 $1,777
Computer equipment and network hardware 90,695
 62,084
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 2,165
 2,194
Leasehold improvements 3,325
 3,385
Gross property and equipment 98,170
 69,440
Accumulated depreciation (50,777) (33,194)
Net property and equipment $47,393
 $36,246

Depreciation expense on property and equipment totaled $20.3 million, $13.7 million and $8.6 milliona gross basis for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015, respectively. There were no impairment charges to property and equipment2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue:
Net basis$508,478 82 %$475,633 82 %$389,358 83 %
Gross basis111,232 18 101,436 18 79,055 17 
Total$619,710 100 %$577,069 100 %$468,413 100 %
The following table presents the Company's revenue by channel for the years ended December 31, 2017,20162023, 2022, 2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except percentages)
Channel:
CTV$282,126 46 %$268,572 47 %$185,254 40 %
Mobile232,495 37 192,803 33 164,977 35 
Desktop105,089 17 115,694 20 118,182 25 
Total$619,710 100 %$577,069 100 %$468,413 100 %
    The following table presents the Company's revenue disaggregated by geographic location, based on the location of the Company's sellers:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
United States$462,167 $447,634 $365,161 
International157,543 129,435 103,252 
Total$619,710 $577,069 $468,413 
Payment terms are specified in agreements between the Company and 2015.the buyers and sellers on its platform. The Company generally bills buyers at the end of each month for the full purchase price of impressions filled in that month. The Company recognizes volume discounts as a reduction of revenue as they are incurred. Specific payment terms may vary by agreement, but are generally seventy-five days or less. The Company's accounts receivable are recorded at the amount of gross billings to buyers, net of allowances for the amounts the Company is responsible to collect. The Company's accounts payable related to amounts due to sellers are recorded at the net amount payable to sellers (see Note 10). Accordingly, both accounts receivable and accounts payable appear large in relation to revenue reported on a net basis.
AtAccounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, are unsecured, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly, requires judgment, and is based on the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable on a customer-by-customer basis, taking into consideration the aging schedule of receivables, its historical collection experience, current information regarding the client, subsequent collection history, and other relevant data, in establishing the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $20.4 million at December 31, 20172023, and 2016,$1.1 million at December 31, 2022. Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when the Company haddetermines amounts are no propertylonger collectible.
78

The Company reviews the associated payable to sellers for recovery of buyer receivable allowance and equipment under capital leases.write-offs; in some cases, the Company can reduce the payable to sellers. The reduction of seller payables related to recovery of uncollected buyer receivables is netted against allowance expense. The contra seller payables related to recoveries were $1.1 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.


The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively:
Note 6—Internal Use Software Development Costs
Internal use software development costs were as follows:
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands)
Internal use software development costs, gross 33,414
 $37,032
Accumulated amortization (20,680) (20,510)
Internal use software development costs, net $12,734
 $16,522
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance$1,092 $3,475 $2,360 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, assumed from mergers or acquisitions— — 835 
Write-offs(856)(751)(337)
Increase (decrease) in provision for expected credit losses20,115 (1,719)597 
Recoveries of previous write-offs12 87 20 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, December 31$20,363 $1,092 $3,475 
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015,2021, the Company capitalized $8.4 million, $10.9 million,provision for expected credit losses associated with accounts receivable and $9.2 millionthe offset by increases of internal use software development costs. Amortization expense was $11.1 million, $8.3 million and $6.7 million forcontra seller payables related to recoveries of uncollected buyer receivables resulted in a net amount of bad debt each year. During the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. In2023, the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, amortization expense included the write-off of software development costs of $1.6 million, $0.8 million and $1.5 million,increase in the respective periods. Based on the Company’s internal use software development costs at December 31, 2017, estimated amortization expenseprovision for expected credit losses associated with accounts receivable of $6.2$20.1 million $4.3 million and $2.2 million is expected to be recognized in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
In the fourth quarterwas offset by increases of 2017, the Company recognized an impairment of the remaining capitalized software assetcontra seller payables related to its Guaranteed Orders workflow toolrecoveries of $1.1uncollected buyer receivables of $15.4 million, which is included within impairmentresulted in an $4.7 million amount of intangible assets and internal use software onbad debt expense. The increase in the consolidated statements of operations (see Note 9provision for additional valuation details).There were no impairment chargesexpected credit losses was primarily attributed to internal use software development costsone buyer filing for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Note 7—Business Combinations
2017 Acquisition—nToggle, Inc.
On July 14, 2017, the Company completed the merger of nToggle, Inc. ("nToggle") with Caviar Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, with nToggle surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Rubicon Project. nToggle is a Boston, Massachusetts based programmatic advertising company with traffic-shaping technology. The primary reason for the acquisition was to acquire technology, know-how and personnel that will enable the Company to offer services that make it easier and more cost-effective for buyers to find the inventory they seek among the billions of bid requests they receive. At closing, the Company paid net cash consideration of $38.6 million, which represents total purchase consideration of $40.6 million less acquired cash and cash equivalents of $2.0 million, to the stockholders, warrantholders, and holders of vested in-the-money options of nToggle. In addition, the Company assumed 432,482 outstanding unvested in-the-money options and 77,499 shares of restricted stock held by continuing employees, and issued an aggregate of 174,117 restricted stock units to the continuing employees under the Company's 2014 Inducement Grant Equity Incentive Plan. The financial results of nToggle have been includedbankruptcy, resulting in our consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisition.

The major classes of assets and liabilities to which the Company has allocated the purchase price were as follows as of the acquisition date:    
 Amount
 (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents$1,953
Accounts receivable256
Prepaid and other assets18
Fixed assets763
Other non-current assets82
Intangible assets14,840
Goodwill24,546
Total assets acquired42,458
Accounts payable and accrued expenses78
Deferred revenue91
Deferred tax liability, net1,719
Total liabilities assumed1,888
Total net assets acquired$40,570
The Company recognized approximately $0.3$4.2 million of acquisition-related costsbad debt expense during the year ended December 31, 2017 that are included within general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As part of the acquisition of nToggle, the Company acquired nToggle's net operating losses of approximately $9.3 million. In addition, the Company recorded deferred tax liabilities related to acquired intangibles of $5.5 million net of deferred tax assets of $3.8 million primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards.
The following table summarizes the components of the acquired intangible assets and estimated useful lives (in thousands, except for estimated useful life):
 December 31, 2017 Estimated Useful Life
Developed technology$14,130
 5 years
Non-compete agreements690
 2 years
Trademark & trade name20
 1.5 years
Total intangible assets acquired$14,840
  
The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed, over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of developed technology is included in cost of revenues, the amortization related to non-compete agreements is included in technology and development, and amortization related to trademark and trade name is included in general and administrative.
Goodwill resulting from the acquisition was primarily attributable to acquired workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation. Refer to Note 9 for a description of the methods used to compute the charge for the impairment of consolidated goodwill of $90.3 million recorded in the third quarter of 2017. The acquired intangibles and goodwill resulting from the nToggle acquisition are not amortizable for tax purposes.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information - nToggle Acquisition
The following table provides unaudited condensed pro forma information to give effect to the nToggle acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma information reflects adjustments for additional amortization resulting from the fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The pro forma results do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the integration of nToggle. Accordingly, pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the actual or future operating results of the combined company.

 Year Ended
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
    
Pro forma revenues$156,480
 $278,995
Pro forma net loss$(158,443) $(25,116)
Pro forma net loss per share, basic$(3.24) $(0.54)
Pro forma net loss per share, diluted$(3.24) $(0.54)
nToggle's technology was fully integrated into the Company's platform, and its pre-acquisition product will not be offered on a stand-alone basis. As a result, the determination of nToggle's post-acquisition revenue and operating results on a stand-alone basis is impracticable.
2015 Acquisition—Chango Inc.
On April 24, 2015 (the "Acquisition Date"), the Company completed the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding shares of Chango, a Toronto, Canada based intent marketing technology company.
The purchase consideration for the acquisition included 4,191,878 shares of the Company's common stock, with a fair value of approximately $72.5 million, based on the Company's stock price as reported on the NYSE on the Acquisition Date. 639,318 of the 4,191,878 shares of the Company's common stock were placed in escrow to secure post-closing indemnification obligations of the sellers and were released from escrow on July 24, 2016. In addition, the Company issued 106,553 shares of the Company's common stock on the date of the acquisition, which were placed in escrow, related to employee future service requirements which were excluded from the purchase consideration and were expensed in the Company's post acquisition consolidated statement of operations. The Company also used approximately $9.1 million of cash to repay Chango's outstanding debt, including accrued interest, and to pay Chango's outstanding transaction expenses.
The purchase consideration also included contingent consideration of up to approximately $18.2 million worth of cash or shares of the Company's common stock and 126,098 shares held in escrow based upon Chango's performance against certain agreed-upon operating objectives for the year ending December 31, 2015. The Company had the option to pay the contingent consideration in cash or common stock, or a combination thereof. The number of shares issued in connection with the contingent consideration, excluding the escrow shares, was based on a price per share of $18.77. On the Acquisition Date, the fair value was estimated using a Monte-Carlo model as the fair value of the contingent consideration was dependent on both the performance milestones being achieved and the post-acquisition prices of the Company's common stock. The total contingent consideration was recorded at an estimated fair value of $16.2 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration assumed the probability of the performance milestones being achieved and the probability that the Company would settle the contingent consideration in common stock. The contingent consideration was recorded as a non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as the contingent consideration was payable in a variable number of shares at the Acquisition Date. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability were recorded in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, the operations of Chango were fully integrated into the operations of the Company. Accordingly, pursuant to the acquisition agreement, because Chango would no longer be operated separate from the Company's other operations in accordance with the agreed-upon business plan, the entire contingent consideration was deemed earned. As a result, the changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability post-acquisition were primarily dependent on prices of the Company's common stock for periods subsequent to the Acquisition Date. On December 31, 2015 the Company converted the contingent consideration to equity and issued 971,481 shares in addition to releasing 126,098 shares from escrow.
As part of the acquisition, existing stock options to purchase common stock of Chango were exchanged for 428,798 options to purchase the Company's common stock. The fair value of stock options exchanged on the Acquisition Date attributable to pre-acquisition services of approximately $4.3 million was recorded as purchase consideration. The fair value of stock options exchanged on the Acquisition Date attributable to post-acquisition services of $2.4 million will be recorded as additional stock-based compensation expense in the Company's consolidated statements of operations over their remaining requisite service (vesting) periods. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recorded a decrease to goodwill related to the Chango acquisition for an insignificant adjustment to purchase price associated with the fair value of stock-based awards exchanged in the amount of $0.3 million and a reduction to the fair value of stock options exchanged on the Acquisition Date attributable to post-acquisition services of $0.7 million.
As part of the acquisition, the Company recorded deferred tax liabilities related to acquired intangibles of $13.9 million net of deferred tax assets of $2.0 million, primarily related to net operating loss carry forwards. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the

Company recorded a decrease to goodwill related to the Chango acquisition for a measurement period adjustment for a reduction in deferred tax liabilities in the amount of $0.5 million.
The total purchase consideration and the allocation of the total purchase consideration to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is summarized below (in thousands):
Shares of the Company's common stock$72,477
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration16,171
Fair value of stock-based awards exchanged4,058
Cash paid9,097
Working capital adjustment(184)
Total purchase consideration101,619
Cash450
Accounts receivable13,333
Prepaid and other assets1,025
Fixed assets265
Intangible assets, including in process research and development of $58052,420
Goodwill51,732
Total assets acquired119,225
Accounts payable and accrued expenses5,825
Other liabilities443
Deferred tax liability, net11,338
Total liabilities assumed17,606
Total net assets acquired$101,619
The fair value of the consideration transferred to acquire Chango was allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values as of the Acquisition Date. This allocation was final as of December 31, 2015.
Goodwill was primarily attributable to expected synergies from assembled workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation. The goodwill resulting from the Chango acquisition is not tax deductible.
2023. During the year ended December 31, 2015,2022, the Company recognized approximately $1.3decrease in the provision for expected credit losses associated with accounts receivable of $1.7 million in professional fees directlywas offset by decreases of contra seller payables related to the acquisitionrecoveries of Chango, primarily composeduncollected buyer receivables of legal, accounting, and valuation costs,$1.6 million, which are recorded within general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In addition, as part of the acquisition of Chango, the Company acquired Chango's NOLs of approximately $6.9 million.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information - Chango Acquisition
The following table provides unaudited pro forma information as if Chango had been acquired as of January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma information reflects adjustments for additional amortization resulting from the fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The pro forma results do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the integration of Chango or recognition of compensation expense relating to the contingent consideration. Accordingly, pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future operating results of the combined company.
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2015
  (in thousands, except per share data)
Pro forma revenues $265,134
Pro forma net income $673
Pro forma net income per share, basic $0.02
Pro forma net income per share, diluted $0.01

Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, the operations of Chango were fully integrated into the operations of the Company and as a result, the determination of Chango’s post-acquisition revenues and operating results on a standalone basis are impracticable given the integration of the Chango operations with the Company's operations.

Note 8—Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Company has continued to experience a decrease in its stock price and market capitalization. During the third quarter of 2017, there were also certain developments that negatively impacted the Company's near-term business outlook, including the strategic decision to make reductions in the fees the Company charges buyers in open market waterfall RTB transactions, header bidding, and direct pressure from buyers and sellers, which accelerated dramatically in 2017. The Company concluded that these developments, together with the continued decline in the Company's market capitalization below the carrying value of its net assets, represented an indication of impairment that triggered the Company to perform a quantitative valuation assessment of its goodwill. The Company, with the assistance of a valuation consultant, performed a fair value assessment of its net assets using fair values derived from income and market approaches and weighted the outcomes. For additional details regarding the valuation assessment process, refer to Note 9.
The Company compared the fair value of its net assets using the three methodologies (one income approach and two market approaches), to the carrying value of $274.4 million. As the carrying value of the Company's net assets exceeded the estimated fair value, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $90.3 million during the third quarter of 2017. No impairment of goodwill was identified for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Details of the Company’s goodwill were as follows:
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands)
Beginning balance $65,705
 $65,705
Additions from the acquisition of nToggle (See Note 7) 24,546
 
Impairment of goodwill (90,251) 
Ending balance $
 $65,705
As a result of the indications of impairment related to goodwill, the Company also performed an interim impairment assessment of its long-lived assets, including intangible assets. Under this assessment, the carrying value of the Company's long-lived assets was compared to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group over its remaining life. Based on this assessment, there was no impairment of long-lived assets.    
The Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 including the following:
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:    
Developed technology $16,878
 $13,418
Customer relationships 
 3,330
Non-compete agreements 690
 4,990
Trademarks 20
 
Total identifiable intangible assets, gross 17,588
 21,738
Accumulated amortization— intangible assets:    
Developed technology (4,062) (7,652)
Customer relationships 
 (2,837)
Non-compete agreements (161) (4,445)
Trademarks (6) 
Total accumulated amortization—intangible assets (4,229) (14,934)
Total identifiable intangible assets, net $13,359
 $6,804
Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $4.8 million, $20.5 million and $15.7 million, respectively. In 2016, the Company reassessed the remaining estimated useful lives of the developed technology

and customer relationships related to the Chango acquisition based on the remaining expected benefit from those assets. The change in the remaining estimated useful lives for developed technology and customer relationships resulted in increased amortization expensean $0.2 million amount of $4.2 million forbad debt recoveries. During the year ended December 31, 2016. The increased amortization expense decreased2021, the basic and diluted earnings per shareprovision for expected credit losses associated with accounts receivable of $0.6 million was offset by $0.09 for the year ended December 31, 2016.
In January 2017, the Company announced that it would cease providing intent marketing services. In connection with this decision, the Company assessed the asset groupincreases of contra seller payables related to the intent marketing services, which consistedrecoveries of customer relationships and developed technology related to the Chango acquisition, and determined that the asset group was impaired. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge for the impairmentuncollected buyer receivables of intangible assets totaling $23.5$0.5 million, which is includedresulted in the consolidated statementan immaterial amount of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.bad debt expense.
In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recognized an impairment charge of the remaining intangible assets associated with its Guaranteed Orders workflow tool, totaling $3.5 million. These intangible assets included developed technology and customer relationships acquired as part of an acquisition completed in 2014. See Note 9 for additional information.
The estimated remaining amortization expense associated with the Company's intangible assets was as follows as of December 31, 2017:
Fiscal YearAmount
 (in thousands)
2018$3,185
20193,010
20202,826
20212,826
20221,512
Total$13,359

Note 9—5—Fair Value Measurements
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs.
The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017:2023:
TotalQuoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)
(in thousands)
Cash equivalents$281,162 $281,162 $— $— 
79

 December 31, 2017 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)
 (in thousands)
Cash equivalents$1,807
 $210
 $1,597
 $
Corporate debt securities$25,098
 $
 $25,098
 $
U.S. Treasury, government and agency debt securities$29,901
 $29,901
 $
 $

The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016:2022:
 December 31, 2016 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)
 (in thousands)
Cash equivalents$15,776
 $7,781
 $7,995
 $
Corporate debt securities$17,314
 $
 $17,314
 $
U.S. Treasury, government and agency debt securities$23,236
 $23,236
 $
 $
TotalQuoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)
(in thousands)
Cash equivalents$259,647 $259,647 $— $— 
At December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, cash equivalents of $1.8$281.2 million and $15.8$259.6 million, respectively, consisted of money market funds and commercial paper, with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amounts of cash equivalents are classified as Level 1 or Level 2 depending on whether or not their fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical securities that are traded in an active market. The commercial paper
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had Convertible Senior Notes and its Term Loan B Facility (as defined in Note 17) included in cash equivalentsits balance sheets. The estimated fair value of the Company's Convertible Senior Notes was $174.3 million and $305.0 million, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The estimated fair value of Convertible Senior Notes is based on market rates and the closing trading price of the Convertible Senior Notes as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and is classified as Level 2 since itsin the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the estimated fair value of the Company's Term Loan B Facility was $352.3 million and $333.3 million, respectively. The estimated fair value is not based on quoted market pricesborrowing rates currently available to the Company for identical securities that are traded in an active market, rather derived fromfinancing with similar securities. Corporate debt securities (which are included in marketable securities on the balance sheet) with fair values derived from similar securities rather than based on quoted market prices for identical securities, areterms and is classified as Level 2 as well. Thein the fair values of the Company's U.S. treasury, government and agency debt securities are based on quoted market prices and classified as Level 1, and are included within marketable securities, for securities with maturities of one year or less, or within other assets, non current, for securities with maturities over one year.value hierarchy.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the years ended December 31, 20172023 and 2016.2022.
The Company classified its contingent consideration liabilities incurred in connection with

Note 6—Property and Equipment
    Major classes of property and equipment were as follows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Purchased software$1,124 $1,250 
Computer equipment and network hardware154,821 150,405 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment4,031 3,659 
Leasehold improvements3,893 3,368 
Gross property and equipment163,869 158,682 
Accumulated depreciation(116,498)(113,713)
Net property and equipment$47,371 $44,969 
    Depreciation expense on property and equipment totaled $24.0 million, $19.0 million, and $16.1 million for the acquisitions of iSocketyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and Chango within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the valuations relied on unobservable inputs. The fair value of these liabilities2021, respectively. There was evaluated on a quarterly basis, withimpairment changes to the fair value recorded within generalproperty and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statementsequipment related to restructuring activities of Operations. For$0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2023 and there were no impairment charges to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
    The Company's property and equipment, net by geographical region was as follows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
United States$32,161 $31,036 
International15,210 13,933 
Total$47,371 $44,969 

80

Note 7—Internal Use Software Development Costs
Internal use software development costs were as follows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Internal use software development costs, gross82,932 $77,151 
Accumulated amortization(61,006)(53,480)
Internal use software development costs, net$21,926 $23,671 
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company recognized ancapitalized $12.6 million, $16.2 million, and $12.9 million, respectively, of internal use software development costs. Amortization expense was $14.3 million, $12.6 million, and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, amortization expense included the write-off of $0.3software development costs of $0.4 million, $1.5 million, and $0.1 million, in the respective periods, related to the change in fair valueabandonment of the contingent consideration liabilities. On December 31, 2015,associated projects.
During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company settledreassessed the remaining liabilities by issuanceestimated useful lives of sharescapitalized software projects related to integration of its common stock.
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Impairment of Goodwill
Duringtechnology platforms, which were revised to end during the third quarter of 2017,2023. The change in the remaining estimated useful lives for the related projects resulted in increased amortization expense of $1.9 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increased amortization expense increased the basic and diluted loss per share by $0.01 and $0.01, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Based on the Company’s internal use software development costs at December 31, 2023, excluding projects that are not ready for their intended use with a value of $3.9 million, estimated amortization expense of $9.3 million, $6.6 million, and $2.2 million is expected to be recognized in 2024, 2025, and 2026, respectively.


Note 8—Goodwill and Intangible Assets
    Details of the Company’s goodwill were as follows (in thousands):
Total
Beginning balance at December 31, 2021$969,873 
Additions for Acquisition of Carbon (Note 9)8,456 
Adjustments to the Acquisition of SpotX (Note 9)(112)
Ending balance at December 31, 2022978,217 
Additions or adjustments— 
Ending balance at December 31, 2023$978,217 
81

    The Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 included the following:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Developed technology$109,736 $390,136 
Customer relationships37,300 136,000 
In-process research and development8,830 12,730 
Trademarks900 900 
Non-compete agreements200 900 
Total identifiable intangible assets, gross156,966 540,666 
Accumulated amortization—intangible assets:
Developed technology(75,321)(184,439)
Customer relationships(24,867)(97,316)
In-process research and development(4,832)(4,398)
Trademarks(750)(450)
Non-compete agreements(185)(562)
Total accumulated amortization—intangible assets(105,955)(287,165)
Total identifiable intangible assets, net$51,011 $253,501 
Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $202.5 million, $184.4 million, and $121.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company identified potential indicationswrote off fully amortized intangible assets with a historical cost of $383.7 million, $40.5 million and $11.1 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company abandoned certain in-process research and development projects and technology intangible assets. The abandonment resulted in $3.3 million of impairment costs, which triggered a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment.was included in merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs in the consolidated statements of operations.
During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company reassessed the remaining estimated useful lives of the developed technology and in-process research and development related to the SpotX acquisition based on the remaining expected benefit from those assets, which were revised to end during the third quarter of 2023. The Company comparedchange in the remaining estimated useful lives for developed technology and in-process research and development resulted in increased amortization expense of $97.6 million and $34.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The increased amortization expense increased the basic and diluted loss per share by $0.71 and $0.27, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
    The estimated remaining amortization expense associated with the Company's intangible assets was as follows as of December 31, 2023:
Fiscal YearAmount
(in thousands)
2024$30,134 
202514,445 
20266,001 
2027431 
Total$51,011 
The Company's qualitative assessment in the fourth quarter of 2023 did not indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its netgoodwill, intangible assets, calculated using three valuation methodologies,and other long-lived assets is less than the aggregate carrying amount.

82

Note 9—Business Combinations
2021 Acquisition—SpotX
On April 30, 2021, the Company completed the SpotX Acquisition, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2021 (the "Purchase Agreement"), ("SpotX" and such acquisition the carrying value of"SpotX Acquisition"), by and between the net assets.Company and RTL US Holdings, Inc. ("RTL"). The fair valueinitial purchase price for the SpotX Acquisition was $560 million in cash ("Cash Consideration") and 14,000,000 shares of the Company's net assets falls within Level 3common stock. Per the terms of the fair value hierarchy, asPurchase Agreement, at the completion of the Company’s offering of its Convertible Senior Notes, RTL elected to increase the Cash Consideration by an amount equal to 20% of the gross proceeds of the Convertible Senior Notes (which amount was equal to $80 million) and to reduce the number of shares of common stock it was determined using unobservable inputs and relied on assumptions and estimates madewould otherwise receive by a number of shares of common stock equal to 20% of the gross proceeds of the proposed offering of notes ($80 million) divided by the Company's management. The valuation process is described below:
Income Approach. The Company first estimated the fair valueclosing price of its net assets based on an income approach using the 2017 remaining year forecast, projections for growth from that base, and a terminal growth rate. The cash flows were discounted using the Company's estimated weighted average cost of capital rate of 16.2%. The value of net operating losses and the excess working capital were then added to the discounted cash flows to arrive at the income approach fair valueshare of the Company's net assets.
Market Approachcommon stock on the trading day immediately prior to the date of pricing of the proposed offering of notes ($49.21). The market approach usedAs a result of this election, the adjusted purchase price was $1.1 billion, prior to determinecustomary working capital adjustments and other adjustments, consisting of $640.0 million in cash plus 12,374,315 shares of common stock (based on the fair value of the Company's net assetscommon stock on April 30, 2021). The Cash Consideration is subject to customary working capital and other adjustments. The working capital was based uponapproximately $65.2 million, including cash balances acquired and other working capital adjustments, resulting in a reviewtotal purchase price of private and public company control transactions involving comparable companies.$1.2 billion. The Company performed two analysesfinanced the Cash Consideration through borrowings under the market approach—a control premium analysisTerm Loan B Facility and a similar transaction analysis. the Convertible Senior Notes (Note 17).
In each of these analyses,accordance with ASC 805, the Company identified merger orrecorded the acquisition transactions that were completed over the past three years involving targets that operate within the “Advertising” or “Internet Software and Services” industries and where the buyer was a strategic buyer. In the control premium analysis, the Company calculated a control premium paid in each of these transactions. After analyzing the comparable transactions, the Company applied a control premium of 15% to its adjusted public equity value to derive the fair value of its net assets. An additional method under the market approach, the similar transactions method, was utilized to determinebased on the fair value of the Company'sconsideration transferred and then allocated the purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the value of consideration transferred over the aggregate fair value of those net assets underwas recorded as goodwill. Any identified definite lived intangible assets will be amortized over their estimated useful lives and any identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and goodwill will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment at least annually. All intangible assets and goodwill will be tested for impairment when certain indicators are present. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenues and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies.
For purposes of measuring the estimated fair value, where applicable, of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, the Company has applied the guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, which establishes a strategic buyerframework for measuring fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, fair value is an exit price and is defined as "the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date." Under ASC 805, acquisition-related transaction costs and acquisition-related restructuring charges are not included as components of consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred.

The following table summarizes the total purchase consideration (in thousands):
Cash Consideration$640,000 
Stock Consideration (Fair Value of Shares of Magnite common stock)495,591 
Working capital adjustment65,152 
Total purchase consideration$1,200,743 
The purchase scenario.consideration for the SpotX Acquisition included 12,374,315 shares of the Company's common stock with a fair value of approximately $495.6 million, based on the close price of the Company's common stock at closing on April 30, 2021, which was $40.05 per share, and working capital adjustment of $65.2 million, mainly consisting of cash balances acquired on the date of the SpotX Acquisition and other opening balance sheet adjustments.
During the first quarter of 2022, the Company adjusted the preliminary purchase price allocation for SpotX based on updated fair values associated with the acquired assets and liabilities. Adjustments impacted acquisition related accounts payable and tax accruals. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation of SpotX in the second quarter of 2022, resulting in no additional changes to the purchase price allocation.
83

The fair value of the purchase price was allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the SpotX Acquisition as set forth below (in thousands):
Cash$81,967 
Restricted cash199 
Accounts receivable199,649 
Prepaid and other assets, current12,308 
Fixed assets6,823 
Intangible assets429,600 
Right-of-use lease asset10,055 
Goodwill782,719 
Total assets to be acquired1,523,320 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses205,822 
Other current liabilities1,091 
Lease liabilities12,625 
Deferred tax liability, net103,039 
Total liabilities to be assumed322,577 
Total purchase price$1,200,743 
The Company believes the amount of goodwill resulting from the purchase price allocation is primarily attributable to expected synergies from the assembled workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation. Goodwill will not be amortized but instead will be tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators of impairment are present. In the event that goodwill has become impaired, the Company will record an expense for the amount impaired during the quarter in which the determination is made. The acquired intangibles and goodwill resulting from the SpotX Acquisition are not amortizable for tax purposes.
The following table summarizes the components of the intangible assets and estimated useful lives as of the date of the SpotX Acquisition (dollars in thousands):
Estimated Useful Life
Technology$280,400 5 years
Customer relationships130,300 2 to 4 years
Backlog11,100 <1 year
In-process research and development5,800 3 years*
Non-compete agreements1,500 1 year
Trademarks500 <1 year
Total intangible assets acquired$429,600 
* In-process research and development consists of six projects with a weighted-average useful life of 3 years. Amortization begins once associated projects are completed and it is determined the projects have alternative future use.
The fair value of the acquired technology and in-process research and development was valued using the Excess Earnings Method. This methodology included allocating future revenue projections to the existing technologies and applying decay rates and appropriate discount rates that reflect the respective intangible asset's relative risk profile when compared to other intangible assets as well as the discount rate for the overall business.
The Company used the Loss‐of‐Revenue and Income Method in its valuation of the existing customer relationships and non-compete agreements. To the extent that future cash flows of the business would be negatively affected in the absence of these relationships and non-compete agreements, they would be deemed to have economic value. This method attempts to quantify the scenario whereby the owner loses the right to the intangible asset and the resulting losses of revenue and income. Under this analysis, target companies werethe value of the cash flows with the intangible asset is compared to the Companyvalue of the cash flows without the intangible asset and multiples paid in transactions, specifically EBITDA,the difference represents the value of the intangible asset. This methodology included applying a discount rate and the expected timing it would take to further enhance customer relationships.
84

The fair value of the backlog was based on the Excess Earnings Method, taking into consideration the existing contracts as of the date of the SpotX Acquisition and the respective cost to complete the servicing of the existing agreements. The resulting stream of after tax earnings were analyzed and applieddiscounted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate for the asset. The discount rate was selected based on the intangible asset’s relative risk profile when compared to the Company's adjusted EBITDAother intangible assets as well as the discount rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Basedoverall business.
The fair value of the trademarks was based on the resultsIncome Approach, specifically the Relief‐from‐Royalty Method. Under this method, data is obtained regarding actual royalty payments made for similar intangible assets. After the appropriate royalty rate is determined, the reasonable royalty savings is then discounted to its present value over the remaining technological, economic, or legal life of this analysis,the intangible asset.
Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed, over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of developed technology is included in cost of revenues and the amortization of customer relationships, backlog, non-compete agreements, and trademarks is included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Once the projects associated with acquired in-process research and development are completed, amortization will be included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. The acquired intangible assets and goodwill resulting from the SpotX Acquisition are not tax deductible.
As part of the SpotX Acquisition, deferred tax liabilities were established. As a result of the deferred tax liability balance created by the acquisition, the Company reduced its deferred tax asset ("DTA") valuation allowance by $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Such reduction was recognized as an adjusted EBITDA multipleincome tax benefit in the post-acquisition consolidated statements of 2.0xoperations for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Company recognized approximately $27.9 million of acquisition related costs included in the merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs in the Company's consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2021 related to the SpotX Acquisition.
2021 Acquisition—SpringServe
On July 1, 2021, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, SpotX, completed the acquisition of SpringServe, LLC ("SpringServe" and such acquisition the "SpringServe Acquisition"). As a result of the SpringServe Acquisition, SpringServe became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpotX, and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company.
The following table summarizes the total purchase consideration (in thousands):
Cash Consideration$31,136 
SpotX initial cash investment in SpringServe2,075 
Fair value appreciation of SpotX purchase right7,450 
Indemnification claims - holdback1,409 
Total purchase consideration$42,070 
In 2020, SpotX made a minority investment of $2.1 million in SpringServe in conjunction with a strategic partnership agreement between the two companies, which included an option agreement to purchase SpringServe. At the time of Magnite's acquisition of SpotX, the fair value of SpotX's minority investment and purchase right were valued at a combined $7.5 million for a total minority investment and purchase right of $9.5 million. In connection with the SpringServe Acquisition, $1.4 million of the purchase price was appliedheld back to calculatecover possible indemnification claims.
In accordance with ASC 805, the Company recorded the acquisition based on the fair value of the Company'sconsideration transferred and then allocated the purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the value of consideration transferred over the aggregate fair value of those net assets. In determining the comparability of publicly-traded companies, several factors were analyzed, including productsassets was recorded as goodwill. Any identified definite lived intangible assets will be amortized over their estimated useful lives and solutions, markets, growth patterns, relative size, earnings trendsany identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and other financial characteristics.  
The Company comparedgoodwill will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment at least annually. All intangible assets and goodwill will be tested for impairment when certain indicators are present. Determining the fair value of its net assets usingacquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the threeselection of valuation methodologies, (one income approachestimates of future revenues and two market approaches) described above, tocash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies.
For purposes of measuring the carrying value and determined that its goodwill was fully impaired. The Company recorded an impairment of $90.3 million to adjust its goodwill balance to itsestimated fair value, where applicable, of zero.
Impairment of Intangible Assetsthe assets acquired and Internal Use Software
Thethe liabilities assumed, the Company measures impairment loss based onhas applied the difference between the carrying amount and estimatedguidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, fair value is an exit price and is defined as "the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the fourthmeasurement date." Under ASC 805, acquisition-
85

related transaction costs and acquisition-related restructuring charges are not included as components of consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred.
The Company finalized the purchase price allocation of SpringServe in the third quarter of 2017, we performed a cash flow analysis of our Guaranteed Orders workflow tool that resulted2022, resulting in impairment chargesno additional changes to the purchase price allocation and the full payment of the related intangible assets and long lived assets totaling $3.5$1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The intangible assets included developed technology and customer relationships acquired as part of an acquisition completed in 2014.holdback liability. The fair value of the asset grouppurchase price was determinedallocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on a discounted cash flow method,upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the SpringServe Acquisition as set forth below (in thousands):
Cash$1,062 
Accounts receivable3,234 
Prepaid and other assets, current157 
Fixed assets25 
Intangible assets23,400 
Right-of-use lease asset1,879 
Goodwill24,156 
Total assets to be acquired53,913 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses2,475 
Other current liabilities35 
Lease liabilities3,179 
Deferred tax liability, net6,154 
Total liabilities to be assumed11,843 
Total preliminary purchase price$42,070 
The Company believes the amount of goodwill resulting from the purchase price allocation is primarily attributable to expected synergies from the assembled workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation. Goodwill will not be amortized but instead will be tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators of impairment are present. In the event that goodwill has become impaired, the Company will record an expense for the amount impaired during the quarter in which reflectedthe determination is made.
The following table summarizes the components of the intangible assets and estimated useful lives as of the date of the SpringServe Acquisition (dollars in thousands):
Estimated Useful Life
Technology$15,500 5 years
Customer relationships5,700 2 years
Trademarks and Trade Names900 3 years
In-process research and development800 3 years*
Non-compete agreements500 2 years
Total intangible assets acquired$23,400 
* In-process research and development consists of two projects with a weighted-average useful life of 3 years. Amortization begins once associated projects are completed and it is determined the projects have alternative future use.
The fair value of the acquired technology and in-process research and development was valued using the Excess Earnings Method. This methodology included allocating future revenue projections to the existing technologies and applying decay rates and appropriate discount rates that reflect the respective intangible asset's relative risk profile when compared to other intangible assets as well as considering the risk associated with the overall business.
At the acquisition date, SpringServe had existing customer relationships. To the extent that future cash flows of the business would be negatively affected in the absence of these relationships, they would be deemed to have economic value. In addition, certain employees of SpringServe signed two year non-compete agreements. The Company used the Loss‐of‐Revenue and Income Method in its valuation of the existing customer relationships and non-compete agreements. This method attempts to quantify the scenario whereby the owner loses the right to the intangible asset and the resulting losses of revenue and income. Under this analysis, the value of the cash flows with the intangible asset is compared to the value of the cash flows without the intangible asset and the difference represents the value of the intangible asset. This methodology included applying a discount rate and the expected timing it would take to further enhance customer relationships.
86

The fair value of the trademarks and trade names were based on the Income Approach, specifically the Relief‐from‐Royalty Method. Under this method, data is obtained regarding actual royalty payments made for similar intangible assets. After the appropriate royalty rate is determined, the reasonable royalty savings is then discounted to its present value over the remaining technological, economic, or legal life of the intangible asset.
Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed, over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of developed technology is included in cost of revenues and the amortization of customer relationships, non-compete agreements, and trademarks is included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Once the projects associated with acquired in-process research and development are completed, amortization will be included in cost of revenues in the identified asset group atconsolidated statements of operations. The acquired intangibles and goodwill resulting from the measurement date, and falls within Level 3SpringServe Acquisition are not tax deductible.
As part of the fair value hierarchy. The asset group was determined to be fully impairedSpringServe Acquisition, deferred tax liabilities were established. As a result of this and the assets were written down to their fair valuesSpotX deferred tax liability balance, the Company recognized an income tax benefit in the post-acquisition consolidated statements of zero.
Foroperations for the year ended December 31, 2016,2021.
SpringServe Acquisition related costs included in merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs in the Company recorded an impairmentCompany's consolidated statements of intangible assets totaling $23.5 million related to the exit of its intent marketing product. The fair value of the asset group was determined based on a discounted cash flow method, which reflected estimated future cash flows associated with the identified asset group at the measurement date, and falls within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The intangible assets were determined to be fully impaired and were written down to their fair values of zero.
Foroperations during the year ended December 31, 2015, no impairments2021 were recordedimmaterial.
2021 Acquisition—Nth Party
The Company completed the acquisition of Nth Party, Ltd. (“Nth Party”), a developer of cryptographic software for secure audience data sharing and analysis in December 2021 for a total purchase price of $9.0 million, in cash. The Company acquired Nth Party as part of its strategy to further invest in the development and enhancement of industry leading identity and audience solutions. The allocation of purchase consideration resulted in approximately $5.4 million of developed technology intangible assets with an estimated useful life of five years, approximately $0.2 million non-compete intangible assets with an estimated useful life of two years, approximately $1.3 million of deferred tax liability, and goodwill of approximately $4.8 million, which is attributable to the workforce of Nth Party and revenue growth from the acquisition. Acquired intangibles and goodwill resulting from the Nth Party acquisition are not deductible for income tax purposes.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The following table provides unaudited pro forma information as if the SpotX and SpringServe Acquisitions had been acquired by the Company as of January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma information reflects adjustments for additional amortization resulting from the fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, adjustments for alignment of accounting policies, and transaction expenses as if the SpotX and SpringServe Acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma results do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the combined companies. Accordingly, pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had the SpotX and SpringServe Acquisitions been completed on the Company's assets requireddates indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results of the combined company. The table below excludes Nth Party as its impact on pro forma results were immaterial.
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Pro Forma Revenue$540,466 
Pro Forma Net Loss$(86,621)
During the year ended December 31, 2021, due to be measured at fair valuethe process of integrating the operations of SpotX into the operations of the Company, the determination of SpotX's post-acquisition revenue and operating results on a non-recurring basis.standalone basis was impracticable. The SpringServe post-acquisition revenue and operating results on a standalone basis were immaterial.

2022 Acquisition—Carbon
The Company completed the acquisition of the business of Carbon (AI) Limited ("Carbon" and such acquisition the "Carbon Acquisition"), a platform that enables publishers to measure, manage, and monetize audience segments, in February 2022 for a total purchase price of $23.1 million in cash. Approximately $2.3 million of the purchase price was held back to cover possible indemnification claims, which was subsequently paid out in February 2023. The Company acquired Carbon as part of its strategy to further invest in the development and enhancement of industry leading identity and audience solutions. The allocation of purchase consideration resulted in an estimated $14.2 million of developed technology intangible assets with an estimated useful life of five years, $0.2 million non-compete intangible assets with an estimated useful life of two years, $0.2 million of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of six months, and goodwill of $8.5 million, which is attributable to the workforce of Carbon and revenue growth from the acquisition. For tax purposes, the Carbon Acquisition was treated as an asset acquisition. The acquisition of identified intangibles results in tax deductible amortization pursuant to IRC Section 197.
87

Acquisition related costs associated with the Carbon Acquisition included in merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs in the Company's consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2022 were immaterial. In addition, Carbon's post-acquisition revenue and operating results on a standalone basis were immaterial.

Note 10—Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses included the following:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Accounts payable—seller$1,333,242 $1,057,556 
Accounts payable—trade23,844 19,387 
Accrued employee-related payables15,090 15,065 
Accrued holdback - indemnification claims— 2,313 
Total$1,372,176 $1,094,321 
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 (in thousands)
Accounts payable—seller$203,694
 $197,261
Accounts payable—trade3,764
 7,930
Accrued employee-related payables6,645
 9,712
Total$214,103
 $214,903

Note 11—Debt
The Company has a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (the "Loan Agreement") that provides a senior secured revolving credit facility of up to $40.0 million with a maturity date of September 27, 2018. An unused revolver fee in the amount of 0.15% per annum of the average unused portion of the revolver line is charged and is payable monthly in arrears. The Company may elect for advances to bear interest calculated by reference to prime or LIBOR. If the Company elects LIBOR, amounts outstanding under the amended credit facility bear interest, at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.0% if the Company maintains a net cash balance exceeding $1. If the Company elects prime, advances bear interest at a rate of prime plus 0% if the Company maintains a net cash balance exceeding $1 or prime plus 1.50% if the Company does not maintain a net cash balance of $1.
The Loan Agreement is collateralized by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Loan Agreement restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends, sell assets, make changes to the nature of the business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur, assume or permit to exist, additional indebtedness and guarantees, create or permit to exist, liens, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock, or make other investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, make payments with respect to subordinated debt, and enter into certain transactions without the consent of the financial institution. The Company is required to maintain a lockbox arrangement where customer payments received in the lockbox will reduce the amounts

outstanding on the credit facility only if the Company does not maintain a net cash balance of $1 or in the event of a default, as defined in the arrangement.
The Loan Agreement requires the Company to comply with financial covenants including minimum levels of adjusted tangible net worth and a fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as certain affirmative covenants. In the event the amount available to be drawn is less than 20% of the maximum line amount of the credit facility, or in the event that a default exists, the Company is required to satisfy a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00 calculated on a twelve month trailing basis as of the last day of each month on a consolidated basis. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
The Loan Agreement includes customary events of defaults, including a change of control default and an event of default in the event a material adverse change occurs. In case of such an event of default, Silicon Valley Bank would be entitled to, among other things, accelerate payment of amounts due under the credit facility and exercise all rights of a secured creditor.
At December 31, 2017, there were no amounts outstanding under this loan. Future availability under the credit facility is dependent on several factors including the available borrowing base and compliance with future covenant requirements.

Note 12—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Loss
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)loss, which relate to foreign currency translation, were as follows (in thousands):
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at December 31, 2020$(957)
Other comprehensive loss(419)
Balance at December 31, 2021(1,376)
Other comprehensive loss(1,775)
Balance at December 31, 2022(3,151)
Other comprehensive income1,075 
Balance at December 31, 2023$(2,076)
  Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments, net of tax Foreign Currency Translation Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Balance at December 31, 2015 $(68) $53
 $(15)
Other comprehensive income (loss) 67
 (325) (258)
Balance at December 31, 2016 (1) (272) (273)
Other comprehensive income (loss) (28) 342
 314
Balance at December 31, 2017 $(29) $70
 $41


Note 13—12—Stock-Based Compensation
In connection with its IPO, the Company implemented its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which governs equity awards made to employees and directors of the Company since the IPO. In connection withPrior to the acquisition of iSocket,IPO, the Company assumed the iSocket 2009 Equitygranted equity awards under its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, or the iSocket Plan, which governs stock options issuedequity awards made to former iSocket employees and assumed bycontractors prior to the Company.IPO. In November 2014, the Company approved the 2014 Inducement Grant Equity Incentive Plan or the Inducement Plan,(the "Inducement Plan"), which governs certain equity awards made to certain employees in connection with commencement of employment. In connection with the acquisitionCompany's acquisitions of Chango Inc. ("Chango"), iSocket, Inc. ("iSocket"), and nToggle, Inc. ("nToggle") it assumed the existing employee equity award plans, the 2009 Chango Stock Option Plan (the "Chango Plan"), the iSocket 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the "iSocket Plan"), and the nToggle 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "nToggle Plan"). In connection with the merger with Telaria, the Company assumed Chango'sTelaria's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Telaria Plan"); the 2008 Stock Plan, as amended (the "2008 Stock Plan"); and the ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Stock OptionEquity Incentive Plan, as amended (the "ScanScout Plan"). No further awards were granted under the iSocket Plan, the Chango Plan, or the ChangonToggle Plan from the date of acquisition and no further awards were granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan since the IPO. Available shares under the nToggle Plan and the Telaria Plan were rolled into the available share pool under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at the time of acquisition of each company, and available shares under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan were rolled into the available share pool under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at the time of the IPO. On January 1, 2023, pursuant to the evergreen provision in the Company's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company increased the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards by 6,700,286 shares. On June 14, 2023, the Company's stockholders approved the Magnite, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan"), which, among other things, increased the aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards by 8,056,129 shares, removed the prior evergreen provision, and extended the plan which governs stock options issued to former Chango employees and assumed by the Company.through April 2033. All compensatory equity awards outstanding at December 31, 20172023 were issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the iSocket2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the ChangonToggle Plan, the Telaria Plan, the Inducement Plan, or the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, which governs equity awards made to employees and contractorsPlan.
88

    The Company’s equity incentive plans provide for the grant of equity awards, including non-statutory or incentive stock options, restricted stock awards ("RSAs"), restricted stock units that vest based on continuous service ("RSUs"), and restricted stock units that include performance criteria (“performance stock units” or "PSUs"), to the Company's employees, officers, directors, and consultants. The Company's board of directors administers the plans. Options outstanding vest based upon continued service at varying rates, but generally over four years from issuance with 25% vesting after one year of service and the remainder vesting monthly thereafter. Restricted stockRSAs and restricted stock unitsRSUs vest at varying rates, usuallytypically approximately 25% vesting after approximately one year of service and the remainder vesting annually, semi-annually, or quarterly thereafter. Options,The restricted stock units granted in 2023, 2022, and restricted stock units2021, included 0, 0.7 million, and 0.4 million, respectively, awards that vest 50% on each of the first and second anniversaries of the grant date. In addition, each Director of the Company's Board of Directors receives an annual grant which vests at the earlier of the one year anniversary of the grant date and the following annual shareholder meeting in addition to an initial equity awards in the first year of their election into the Board of Directors. Options, RSAs, and RSUs granted under the plans accelerate under certain circumstances onfor certain participants upon a change in control, as defined in the governing plan. No further awards were made under the iSocket Plan, the Chango Plan, or the 2007 Plan; available shares under the iSocket Plan and the Chango Plan were rolled into the available share pool under the 2014 Plan at the timeAs of acquisition of each company, and available shares under the 2007 Plan were rolled into the available share pool under the 2014 Plan at the time of the IPO. AnDecember 31, 2023, an aggregate of 6,073,37023,180,894 shares remained available for issuance at December 31, 2017 under the plans. The 2014 Plan has an evergreen provision pursuant to which the share reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each year in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of capital stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, although the Companys board of directors may provide for a lesser increase, or no increase, in any year. The Inducement Plan has a provision pursuant to which the share reserve may be increased at the discretion of the Company's board of directors.future grants.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company early adopted the new accounting guidance that simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including the Company's election to eliminate the requirement to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest and, instead, account for forfeitures when they occur. The new standard requires the change be adopted using the modified retrospective approach. As such, the Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment of $0.7 million to increase the 2016 beginning of period accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital balances. In addition, the new standard requires income tax benefits and deficiencies to be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and the tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. The Company recorded $7.5 million of net deferred tax assets related to net operating losses for income tax benefits as of January 1, 2016. The Company has a full valuation allowance, and thus the income tax consequences of the new standard did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements. Excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity. The new standard also requires the presentation of cash paid by the employer for employee taxes as a financing activity. The Company has historically presented these items as financing activities, and thus the new standard did not have an impact on the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Stock Options
A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 20172023 is as follows:

Shares Under Option Weighted- Average Exercise Price Weighted- Average Contractual Life Aggregate Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)     (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 20163,861
 $11.16
    
Granted1,424
 $4.20
    
Exercised(106) $3.71
    
Expired(506) $12.07
    
Forfeited(310) $14.26
    
Outstanding at December 31, 20174,363
 $8.75
 5.73 years $600
Exercisable at December 31, 20172,785
 $10.44
 3.92 years $99

Shares Under OptionWeighted- Average Exercise PriceWeighted- Average Contractual LifeAggregate Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)(in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 20224,672 $8.71 
Granted130 $10.59 
Exercised(395)$5.49 
Expired(145)$21.02 
Outstanding at December 31, 20234,262 $8.65 5.3 years$13,806 
Exercisable at December 31, 20233,649 $7.53 4.9 years$13,534 
The total intrinsic valuesvalue of options exercised during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $0.4 million, $18.5 million and $28.3 million, respectively.2023 was $2.2 million. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had unrecognized employee stock-based compensation expense relating to nonvested stock options of approximately $5.4$5.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.82.0 years. The weighted-average grant date per shareTotal fair valuesvalue of stock options granted invested during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $3.55, $6.29 and $9.25, respectively.2023 was $4.7 million.
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options that contain service and/or performance conditions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2023 was $7.27 per share. The weighted-average input assumptions used by the Company were as follows:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Expected term (in years)5.05.05.0
Risk-free interest rate3.99 %1.63 %0.88 %
Expected volatility84 %79 %79 %
Dividend yield— %— %— %
89

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Expected term (in years) 5.8
 5.9
 4.5
Risk-free interest rate 2.03% 1.47% 1.30%
Expected volatility 57% 49% 47%
Dividend yield % % %

Restricted Stock Units
A summary of restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 20172023 is as follows:
 Number of Shares Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
 (in thousands)  
Nonvested shares of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 20161,113
 $14.07
Granted77
 $5.07
Canceled(267) $13.27
Vested(365) $15.01
Nonvested shares of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2017558
 $12.60
Number of SharesWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
(in thousands)
Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 202210,000 $15.06 
Granted7,560 $10.67 
Canceled(1,471)$13.48 
Vested and released(4,639)$14.42 
Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 202311,450 $12.63 
Restricted stock units outstanding and unvested at December 31, 202311,450 $12.63 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share fair values of restricted stock with service conditionsunits granted forduring the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $5.07, $13.26 and $16.75, respectively.2023 was $10.67. The fair valuesintrinsic value of restricted stock with service conditionsunits that vested during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $1.7 million, $5.7 million and $9.8 million, respectively.2023 was $50.7 million. At December 31, 2017,2023, the intrinsic value of unvested restricted stock units was $107.0 million. At December 31, 2023, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense forrelating to unvested restricted stock with service conditionsunits of $2.6approximately $120.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.72.6 years.
In March 2014, thePerformance Stock Units
The Company has granted 280,000 shares of restricted stockPSUs to certain executivesselect executive employees that vest based on certain stockshare price performance metrics beginning on the completion of the Company’s IPO in April 2014tied to total shareholder return relative to a peer group over an estimated weighted-average period of 1.7 years.a three-year period. These PSUs are also subject to a time-based service component. The grant date fair value per share of the 280,000 shares of restricted stock was $13.15, whichfor such PSUs was estimated using a Monte-Carlo lattice model. simulation model that incorporates option-pricing inputs covering the period from the grant date through the end of the performance period. Between 0% and 150% of the performance stock units will vest at the end of the performance period, which is generally on the third anniversary of the PSU grant date.
The compensation expense will not be reversedCompany has additionally granted 379,635 PSUs to the Company's CEO in August 2021, (the "August 2021 PSUs"), which are subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The PSUs consist of three equal tranches (each, a "Performance Tranche"), based on achievement of a share price condition if performance metrics are not obtained. At December 31, 2017, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to these sharesachieves share price targets of restricted stock of approximately $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized$60.00, $80.00, and $100.00, respectively, over 60 consecutive trading days during a weighted-averageperformance period of 3.4 years.
In May 2015, the Company granted certain executives shares of restricted stock that vest basedcommencing on certain stock price performance metrics.August 26, 2022 and ending on August 26, 2026. The grant date fair value per share of restricted stock was $13.81, whichfor such PSUs was estimated using a Monte-Carlo lattice model. In February 2016,simulation model that incorporates option-pricing inputs covering the period from the grant date through the end of the performance period. To the extent any of the performance-based requirements are met, the Company's CEO must also provide continued service to the Company granted certain executivesthrough at least August 26, 2024 to receive any shares of restrictedcommon stock underlying the grant and through August 26, 2026 to receive all of the shares of common stock underlying the performance units that vesthave satisfied the applicable performance-based requirement.
Stock-based compensation expense for PSUs is based on certain stock pricea performance metrics. The grant date fair value per sharemeasurement of restricted stock was $11.07, which was estimated using a Monte-Carlo lattice model. At December 31, 2017, the Company had unrecognized employee stock-based compensation expense relating to these shares of restricted stock with market conditions of approximately $0.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.6 years.100%. The compensation expense will not be reversed if the performance metrics are not met.
Restricted Stock Units
A summary of restricted stock unitPSU activity for the year ended December 31, 20172023 is as follows:
Number of SharesWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2022639 $19.02 
Granted474 $13.32 
Vested and released(138)$6.15 
Forfeited(8)$6.15 
Outstanding at December 31, 2023967 $18.17 
90

 Number of Shares Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
 (in thousands)  
Nonvested shares of restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 20162,903
 $13.63
Granted3,149
 $5.61
Canceled(1,170) $12.11
Vested(1,273) $12.43
Nonvested shares of restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 20173,609
 $7.55
The weighted-average grant date fair values per share of restricted stock units grantedvalue for the yearsPSUs was estimated using a Monte-Carlo simulation model. The weighted-average input assumptions used by the Company were as follows:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Performance period (in years)3.03.04.9
Risk-free interest rate4.19 %1.39 %0.81 %
Expected volatility of Magnite94 %84 %79 %
Expected volatility of selected peer companies*64 %63 %61 %
Expected correlation coefficients of Magnite*0.620.560.54
Expected correlation coefficients of selected peer companies*0.540.520.54
Dividend yield— %— %— %
*For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 20152021, weighted-average input assumptions exclude the August 2021 PSUs as these were $5.61, $12.66 and $16.45, respectively. not assumptions used in the Monte-Carlo simulation model for this grant.
The fair valuesintrinsic value of restricted stock unitsPSUs that vested during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $5.1 million, $11.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively.2023 was $1.2 million. At December 31, 2017,2023, the intrinsic value of nonvested restrictedunvested performance stock units based on expected achievement levels was $6.7$2.5 million. AtAs of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to restricted stock unitsoutstanding PSUs of approximately $23.9$8.1 million, which is expected towill be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.82.1 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In November 2013, the Company adopted the Company's 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). The ESPP is designed to enable eligible employees to periodically purchase shares of the Company's common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation, subject to any plan limitations. At the end of each six monthsix-month offering period, employees are able to purchase shares at a price per share equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last trading day of the offering period. Offering periods generally commence and end in May and November of each year.
    On January 1, 2023, pursuant to the evergreen provision in the Company's 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the Company increased the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the Company's 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan by 1,340,057 shares. On June 14, 2023, the Company's stockholders approved the Magnite, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Amended and Restated 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan"), which, among other things, removed the evergreen provision and extended the plan through June 2033. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company has reserved 1,279,4644,730,838 shares of its common stock for issuance under the ESPP. Shares reserved for issuance will increase on January 1st of each year by the lesser of (i) a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock on the December 31st immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of shares as may be determined by the board of directors.Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Total stock-based compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$1,809 $1,666 $792 
Sales and marketing27,263 21,558 15,718 
Technology and development20,542 19,961 11,857 
General and administrative22,860 18,929 11,297 
Merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs143 2,004 1,071 
Total stock-based compensation expense$72,617 $64,118 $40,735 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized $5.5 million of income tax expense on stock-based compensation expense related to 2023, which was reflected in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2023, income tax benefit realized related to awards vested or exercised during 2023 was $12.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $6.4 million of income tax expense on stock-based compensation expense related to 2022, which was reflected in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2022, income tax benefit realized related to awards vested
91

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Cost of revenue $404
 $344
 $240
Sales and marketing 4,582
 8,520
 7,415
Technology and development 4,034
 5,788
 4,963
General and administrative 9,924
 14,042
 17,966
Restructuring and other exit costs 1,560
 
 
Total stock-based compensation expense $20,504
 $28,694
 $30,584
or exercised during 2022 and years prior was $9.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $151.6 million of income tax benefit on stock-based compensation expense related to 2021 and years prior, which was reflected in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2021, income tax benefit realized related to awards vested or exercised during 2021 and years prior was $40.5 million.


Note 14—13—Merger, Acquisition, and Restructuring And Other Exit Costs
As partMerger, acquisition, and restructuring costs consist primarily of professional services fees and employee termination costs, including stock-based compensation charges, associated with the SpotX Acquisition, the SpringServe Acquisition, and restructuring activities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, these activities included the Company's reduction of its on-going efforts to controlglobal workforce primarily associated with the elimination of duplicative roles and other costs associated with the consolidation of its legacy CTV and evaluate efficiencies, in January 2017,SpotX CTV platforms following the SpotX Acquisition, including loss contracts for office facilities the Company announced that it would cease providing intent marketing servicesdoes not plan to continue to occupy and would close its Toronto, Canada office as a result. Additional restructuring costs were incurred in the first half of 2017impairment charges related to the closure of the Toronto office, as well as a realignment of the management teamcertain assets it no longer plans to a more cost efficient structure. The objective of the restructuring activities was to streamline operations, prioritize resources for growth initiatives and increase profitability. The Company has recognized expenses resulting from these activities as restructuring and other exit costs within its consolidated statement of operations. The remaining liability is included within other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.utilize.
The following table summarizes merger, acquisition, and restructuring cost activity:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Personnel related (severance and one-time termination benefit costs)$3,218 $1,227 $6,184 
Loss contracts (facility related)2,190 — 2,500 
Exit costs1,408 — — 
Impairment of property and equipment, net (Note 6)506 — — 
Non-cash stock-based compensation (double trigger acceleration and severance)143 2,004 1,071 
Impairment costs of abandoned technology (Note 8)— 3,320 — 
Professional services (investment banking advisory, legal and other professional services)— 917 28,422 
Total merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs$7,465 $7,468 $38,177 
Accrued restructuring costs related to mergers, acquisition, and restructuring activities were primarily related to the SpotX Acquisition and the SpringServe Acquisition. Accrued restructuring costs associated with personnel costs are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accruals related to assumed loss contracts are included in other current liabilities and other exit cost activity (in thousands):liabilities, non-current on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Accrued merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs at beginning of period$1,222 $2,742 $2,935 
Personnel related and non-cash stock-based compensation3,361 3,231 7,255 
Loss contracts (facility related)2,190 — 2,500 
Exit costs1,408 — — 
Impairment of property and equipment, net506 — — 
Impairment costs of abandoned technology— 3,320 — 
Cash paid for restructuring costs(4,521)(2,747)(6,377)
Non-cash loss contracts (lease related)(2,190)— (2,500)
Non-cash impairments(506)(3,320)— 
Non-cash stock-based compensation(143)(2,004)(1,071)
Accrued merger, acquisition, and restructuring costs at end of period$1,327 $1,222 $2,742 
92
Accrued restructuring and other exit costs at December 31, 2015$
Restructuring and other exit costs3,316
Cash paid for restructuring and other exit costs(2,515)
Accrued restructuring and other exit costs at December 31, 2016$801
Restructuring and other exit costs5,959
Cash paid for restructuring and other exit costs(5,059)
Non-cash stock-based compensation for restructuring and other exit costs(1,560)
Accrued restructuring and other exit costs at December 31, 2017$141


 Year Ended
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Employee termination costs$5,753
 $3,270
Facility closing costs206
 46
Total restructuring and other exit costs$5,959
 $3,316

Note 15—14—Income Taxes
The following are the domestic and foreign components of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Domestic$(165,311)$(145,480)$(105,168)
International7,764 9,883 10,180 
Loss before income taxes$(157,547)$(135,597)$(94,988)
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Domestic $(104,750) $25,704
 $15,723
International (51,795) (48,617) (19,862)
Loss before income taxes $(156,545) $(22,913) $(4,139)
The following are the components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Current:
Federal$218 $(186)$128 
State1,994 1,056 1,515 
Foreign1,707 2,735 2,275 
Total current provision3,919 3,605 3,918 
Deferred:
Federal763 (2,039)(89,404)
State(5,317)(6,324)(8,296)
Foreign2,272 (516)(1,271)
Total deferred benefit(2,282)(8,879)(98,971)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes$1,637 $(5,274)$(95,053)
93

  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Current:      
Federal $(140) $441
 $196
State 78
 713
 90
Foreign (250) 613
 367
Total current provision (312) 1,767
 653
Deferred:      
Federal (1,877) 
 
State 288
 (289) 1
Foreign 139
 (6,338) (5,215)
Total deferred benefit (1,450) (6,627) (5,214)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes $(1,762) $(4,860) $(4,561)
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company early adopted the new accounting guidance that simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including the requirement for income tax benefits and deficiencies to be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and the tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. The Company recorded $7.5 million of net deferred tax assets related to net operating losses for income tax benefits as of January 1, 2016. The Company has a full valuation allowance, and thus the new standard did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements. Excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity.
The Company recorded an income tax expense of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to an income tax benefit of $5.3 million and $95.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022 and 20152021, respectively. The income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily the result of $1.8 million, $4.9 millionthe domestic valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets and $4.6 million, respectively.the federal, state, and foreign income tax liabilities. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 is2022 was primarily the result of arecognizing the benefit of deferred tax assets previously subject to the domestic valuation allowance and the income tax liability associated with the nToggle acquisition, while the benefits for 2016 and 2015 were the result of the net operating loss generated by the Canadian operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a tax deduction of $145.8 million and increased its valuation allowance by a corresponding amount, resulting in no net tax benefit related to a worthless stock deduction generated by the Company's exit from its intent marketing business activities in Canada.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system including: a federal corporate rate reduction from 34% to 21%; limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation and research and development (“R&D”) expenditures, immediate expensing of qualified property, the creation of new minimum taxes such as the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) and Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax; and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified territorial tax system, which will result in a one time U.S. tax liability on those earning which have not previously been repatriated to the U.S. (the “Transition Tax”).
The Tax Act imposes a Transition Tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits (“E&P”) of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, the Company determined, among other things, the amount of post-1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries. The Company recorded a provisional Transition Tax of $0.6 million which reduced its U.S. net deferred tax assets.
The Tax Act also reducedliabilities recorded in connection with the U.S. corporate tax rate from 34%prior year’s acquisitions and current taxable income for the year provided sources of taxable income to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Consequently,support the Company has recorded a decrease to its tax effected U.S. netrealization of pre-existing deferred tax assets of $31.6 million, with a corresponding decrease to the U.S. valuation allowanceassets. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a2021 was primarily the result of re-measuring netrealizing the benefit of deferred tax assets at the new lower corporate tax rate of 21%.
The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act and allows the registrant to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. The Company has recognized the actual impact of the revaluation of deferred tax balances and the provisional impact relatedpreviously subject to the one-time transition tax. The Company included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may materially differ from these provisional amounts, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions that have been made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions may be takendomestic valuation allowance as a result of the Tax Act. The Company expects to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordancedeferred tax liabilities associated with SAB 118.
In addition, it is unclear how many U.S. states will incorporate the federal law changes, or portions thereof, into their tax codes and foreign governments may enact tax laws in response to the Tax Actacquisitions that could result in further changes to global taxation and materially affect the Company's financial position and results of operations.
The Tax Act allows for the immediate write off (“expensing”) of the cost of qualified property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. Following January 1, 2023, the expensing phases down 20% annually through January 1, 2027. The Company recorded an immediate write off of $12.4 million foroccurred during the year ending December 31, 2017.and the income tax liability associated with foreign subsidiaries.
Additionally, the Tax Act imposes a new BEAT, essentially a 10% minimum tax (5% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, increasing to 10% for years beginning after December 31, 2018) calculated on a base equal to taxpayer’s income determined without tax benefits arising from base erosion payments and, also, requires certain GILTI income earned by controlled foreign corporations (“CFCs”) to be included in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder (for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017). GAAP allows the Company to either (i) treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to BEAT and GILTI as current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”); or (ii) factor such amounts into the measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company elected the period cost method. Given that these new rules are not yet effective, the Company has not made any adjustments to its financial statements for these items for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Set forth below is a reconciliation of the components that caused the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes to differ from amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federalfederal statutory rate of 34.0%21% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Year Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit1.7 %3.1 %5.6 %
Foreign loss at other than U.S. rates(0.3)%(0.1)%(0.5)%
Stock-based compensation expense(2.4)%(2.4)%31.7 %
Meals and entertainment(0.3)%(0.1)%(0.1)%
Other permanent items(0.2)%(0.7)%(1.6)%
Change in valuation allowance(17.8)%(15.5)%58.0 %
Sec 162(m) officers' compensation(3.3)%(4.1)%(14.2)%
Provision to return adjustments0.2 %0.3 %0.2 %
Research and development tax credits0.4 %2.5 %— %
Foreign withholding taxes— %(0.1)%— %
Effective income tax rate(1.0)%3.9 %100.1 %
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  % (2.1)% (1.4)%
Foreign income (loss) at other than U.S. rates 0.2 % (14.4)% (31.0)%
Stock-based compensation expense (3.8)% 2.1 % (31.5)%
Meals and entertainment (0.1)% (1.5)% (14.2)%
Acquisition and related items  %  % (8.6)%
Goodwill impairment (19.0)%  %  %
Non-deductible gifts  % (0.1)% (0.8)%
Research and development tax credits 0.8 % 7.2 % 42.3 %
Tax effect of intercompany financing  % 4.9 % 11.2 %
Worthless stock 31.7 %  %  %
Other permanent items (0.5)%  % (0.5)%
Provision (benefit) to return adjustments  % 0.6 % (9.4)%
Change in valuation allowance (22.0)% (9.5)% 120.1 %
Tax rate change; U.S. tax reform (20.2)%  %  %
Effective income tax rate 1.1 % 21.2 % 110.2 %
Set forth below are the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016:2022:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts$5,959 $— 
Accrued liabilities1,133 1,308 
Lease liabilities12,623 15,679 
Stock-based compensation3,803 4,830 
Net operating loss carryovers91,716 111,587 
Tax credit carryovers10,005 9,131 
Other2,384 2,460 
Total deferred tax assets127,623 144,995 
Less valuation allowance(107,017)(76,772)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance20,606 68,223 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Fixed assets(4,380)(2,132)
Intangible assets(6,185)(56,022)
Right of use lease asset(10,356)(12,763)
Total deferred tax liabilities(20,921)(70,917)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(315)$(2,694)

94

  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  (in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:    
Accrued liabilities $2,648
 $1,287
Stock-based compensation 3,685
 7,381
Net operating loss carryovers 65,648
 21,375
Tax credit carryovers 13,494
 10,915
Other 1,502
 2,360
Total deferred tax assets 86,977
 43,318
Less valuation allowance (81,767) (39,491)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance 5,210
 3,827
Deferred Tax Liabilities:    
Fixed assets (3,864) (3,764)
Intangible assets (955) 468
Other 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities (4,819) (3,296)
Net deferred tax assets (liability) $391
 $531
    As of December 31, 2023, the net deferred tax liabilities of $0.3 million is presented in the Company's consolidated balance sheets as deferred tax liabilities, net of $0.7 million and other assets, non-current of $0.4 million. As of December 31, 2022, the net deferred tax liabilities of $2.7 million is presented in the Company's consolidated balance sheets as deferred tax liabilities, net of $5.1 million and other assets, non-current of $2.4 million. The change in valuation allowance was increased by $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, and increased by $20.7 million, and reduced by $53.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022 and 2015 was $42.3 million, $10.2 million and $3.2 million,2021, respectively.
At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $238.7$324.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2027. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had state NOLs of approximately $139.8$227.9 million, which will begin to expire in 2027.2025. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had foreign NOLs of approximately $23.8$23.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2026. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had acquired federal research and development tax credit carryforwards or

credit carryforwards, of approximately $10.2$4.4 million which will begin to expire in 2027. At December 31, 2017, the Company had2028, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $8.0$10.5 million, which carry forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2017, the Company had foreign research tax creditsmajority of approximately $0.7 million, which carry forward indefinitely.
UtilizationOn August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of certain NOLs2022 (the “IRA”) into law. The IRA includes a new corporate alternative minimum tax (the “Corporate AMT”) of 15% on the adjusted financial statement income (the “AFSI”) of corporations with average AFSI exceeding $1.0 billion over a three-year period. The Corporate AMT is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2022 and credit carryforwards mayis not expected to impact the Company. Additionally, the IRA imposes an excise tax of 1% on the fair market value of net stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. The impact of this latter provision to the Company will be subjectdependent upon the extent of share repurchases made in future periods.
In addition, various foreign jurisdictions where the Company has activity have enacted or are considering enacting a variety of measures that could impact the Company's tax liabilities. The Company is monitoring new legislation and evaluating the potential tax implications of these measures globally.
Pursuant to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations set forth inSection 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Company and Telaria, Inc. both underwent ownership changes for tax purposes (i.e. a more than 50% change in stock ownership in aggregated 5% shareholders) on April 1, 2020 due to the merger with Telaria. As a result, the use of 1986, as amended, orthe Company’s total domestic NOL carryforwards and tax credits generated prior to the ownership change will be subject to annual use limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Code and comparable state income tax laws. Any future annual limitation may result inThe Company believes that the expirationownership change will not impact its ability to utilize substantially all of its NOLs and credit carryforwards before utilization. Astate research and development carryforward tax credits to the extent it will generate taxable income that can be offset by such losses. The Company reasonably expects its federal research and development carryforward tax credits will not be recovered prior ownership change and certain acquisitions resulted in the Company having NOLs subject to insignificant annual limitations.expiration.
Additionally, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act limits the NOL deduction to 80% of taxable income, repeals carryback of all NOLs arising in a tax year ending after 2017, and permits indefinite carryforward for all such NOLs. NOL’s arising in a tax year ending in or before 2017 can offset 100% of taxable income, are available for carryback, and expire 20 years after they arise.
At December 31, 2017,2023, unremitted earnings of the subsidiaries outside of the United States were approximately $5.1 million, on which the Company recorded a provisional transaction tax of $0.6 million, as discussed above.$30.8 million. The Company’s intention is to indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the United States. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of a dividend or otherwise, the Company would be subject to withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries and, potentially, various state taxes. The amounts of such tax liabilities that might be payable upon actual repatriation of foreign earnings, after consideration of corresponding foreign tax credits, are not material.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2021$3,715 
Increases related to current year tax positions398 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions(634)
Increases related to prior year tax positions772 
Balance as of December 31, 20224,251 
Increases related to current year tax positions230 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions(98)
Increases related to prior year tax positions60 
Balance as of December 31, 2023$4,443 
  Amount
  (in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2015 $2,131
Increases related to 2015 tax positions 2,194
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Balance as of December 31, 2015 4,325
Increases related to 2016 tax positions 702
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Balance as of December 31, 2016 5,027
Increases related to current year tax positions 550
Increases related to prior year tax positions 69
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Balance as of December 31, 2017 $5,646
Interest and penalties related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits accrued at December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022, and 20152021 were not material.
95

Due to the net operating loss carryforwards, the Company's United States federal and a majority of its state returns are open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state jurisdictions for all years since inception. For Australia, Brazil, Canada, Germany, Italy, Japan, Singapore,the Netherlands, India, Sweden, and the United Kingdom, all tax years remain open for examination by the local country tax authorities, while for France only 20142021 and forward are open, for examination. During the first quarter ofSingapore only 2019 and forward are open for examination, for New Zealand, Australia, Brazil, and Germany 2019 and forward are open for examination, for Canada, Italy, and Malaysia 2018 and forward are open for examination, and for Japan 2017 the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") commenced an examination of the 2015 tax year. The Company has not received and Notice of Proposed Adjustments (“NOPAs”) nor had a discussions with the IRS regarding any potential adjustments.forward remain open for examination.
The Company does not expect its uncertain income tax positions to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements within the next twelve months.



Note 16—Geographic Information15—Leases
Revenue by geography are basedThe Company has operating leases for office facilities and data centers. The lease terms of the Company’s leases generally range from 1.0 year to 10.0 years. The weighted average remaining lease term of leases included in lease liabilities is 5.2 years and 5.6 years as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, a weighted average discount rate of 6.19% and 6.11%, respectively, were applied to the remaining lease payments to calculate the lease liabilities included within the consolidated balance sheets.
Operating lease expense associated with leases included in the lease liability and right of use ("ROU") asset on the locationconsolidated balance sheets were $24.5 million, $23.3 million and $20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. For lease expenses not included in the Company's ROU asset and lease liability balances, the Company recognized short term lease expense of $0.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million and variable lease expense of $3.8 million, $3.1 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
The maturity of the Company's sellers.lease liabilities associated with leases included in the lease liability and ROU asset were as follows as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
2024$23,890 
202515,367 
202612,282 
20277,697 
20287,841 
Thereafter14,366 
Total lease payments (undiscounted)81,443 
Less: imputed interest(11,376)
Lease liabilities—total (discounted)$70,067 
    The Company's revenue by geographical region was as follows:
Company also received rental income of $5.3 million, $5.2 million, and $4.4 million for real estate leases for which it subleased the property to a third party during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Rental income is included in other income in the consolidated statements of operations.
  Year Ended
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
United States $95,567
 $182,777
 $172,188
United Kingdom 11,140
 20,778
 20,355
Other international 48,838
 74,666
 55,941
Total $155,545
 $278,221
 $248,484
The Company’s property and equipment, net by geographical region was as follows:
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
United States $37,566
 $29,032
 $21,782
International 9,827
 7,214
 3,621
Total $47,393
 $36,246
 $25,403

Note 17—16—Commitments and Contingencies
Operating LeasesCommitments
The Company has commitments under non-cancelable operating leases for facilities, certain equipment, and its managed data center facilities. Total rental expenses were $12.7 million, $11.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, expenses for cloud-based services related to data centers were $4.9 million, $5.8 million, and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Rental expense for sublease rentals were $4.0 million, $3.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016, in connection with office leases, the Company entered into a new irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.5 million. facilities (Note 15).
As of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the Company had $2.9$5.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively, of letters of credit associated with office leases available for borrowing, on which there were no outstanding borrowings as of either date.
The following table summarizes
96

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into non-cancelable contractual obligations with various parties, primarily related to software services agreements and data center providers. As of December 31, 2023, the Company's futureoutstanding non-cancelable contractual obligations with a remaining term of one year or longer consist of the following (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
2024$62,038 
202523,963 
2026241 
2027241 
2028241 
Total$86,724 
The amounts above include commitments under a cloud-managed services agreement, under which the Company has a non-cancelable minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leasesspend commitment from July 2023 to June 2025 of $57.6 million in each twelve-month period (i.e. July 2023 to June 2024 and related sublease income at December 31, 2017:July 2024 to June 2025). The minimum spend commitment reflected above approximates the manner in which the Company expects to fulfill the obligations.
  2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Thereafter Total
  (in thousands)
Operating lease obligations $9,419
 $7,198
 $3,650
 $1,251
 $438
 $280
 $22,236
Operating sublease income (766) (286) (196) (196) (196) (147) (1,787)
Total $8,653
 $6,912
 $3,454
 $1,055
 $242
 $133
 $20,449
Guarantees and Indemnification
The Company’s agreements with sellers, buyers, and other third parties typically obligate itthe Company to provide indemnity and defense for losses resulting from claims of intellectual property infringement, damages to property or persons, business losses, or other liabilities. Generally, these indemnity and defense obligations relate to the Company’s own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions. However, under some circumstances, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend contract counterparties against losses resulting from their own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions, or the business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions of third parties. For example, because the Company’s business interposes the Company between buyers and sellers in various ways, buyers often require the Company to indemnify them against acts and omissions of sellers, and sellers often require the Company to indemnify them against acts and omissions of buyers. In addition, the Company’s agreements with sellers, buyers, and other third parties typically include provisions limiting the Company’s liability to the counterparty, and the counterparty’s liability to the Company. These limits sometimes do not apply to certain liabilities, including indemnity obligations. These indemnity and limitation of liability provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements in which they appear. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors, executive officers and certain other

officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers, or employees. No material demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Litigation
The Company and its subsidiaries may from time to time be parties to legal or regulatory proceedings, lawsuits and other claims incident to their business activities and to the CompanysCompany’s status as a public company. Such matters may include, among other things, assertions of contract breach or intellectual property infringement, claims for indemnity arising in the course of the Company’s business, regulatory investigations, audits by taxing authorities, or enforcement proceedings, and claims by persons whose employment has been terminated. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. Consequently, management is unable to ascertain the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability, amounts which may be covered by insurance or recoverable from third parties, or the financial impact with respect to such matters as of December 31, 2017.2023. However, based on management’s knowledge as of December 31, 2017,2023, management believes that the final resolution of these matters known at such date, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
On March 31, 2017, Guardian News & Media Limited ("Guardian") issued proceedings (the "Complaint") against the Company in the Chancery Division of the High Court of Justice in England & Wales. The Complaint alleges that the Company underpaid Guardian for inventory sold by Guardian through its platform as a result of the fact that the Company charged fees to buyers of that inventory. Guardian claims the Company was precluded from charging buyer fees as a result of its contractual arrangements with Guardian and English agency law principles, as well as representations it allegedly made to Guardian. The Complaint claims damages including loss of revenue, interest, and costs, without specifying the amount of damages sought. The Company disputes Guardian’s claims and is defending them vigorously, but the Complaint involves disputed facts and complex legal questions, and its outcome is therefore uncertain. Even if Guardian were to prevail in this action, the Company does not believe the payment of the damages it thinks could be recoverable by Guardian would have a material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, pending or in response to the outcome of this action, if the Company faces similar claims from other clients or as a preventative measure, it might decide to provide concessions or make other changes to its business practices that could have such material adverse effects.
Employment Contracts
The Company has entered into severance agreements with certain employees and officers. The Company may be required to pay severance and accelerate the vesting of certain equity awards in the event of involuntary terminations.


97

Note 18—Related Party17—Debt
Long term debt as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:     
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Convertible Senior Notes$205,067 $400,000 
Less: Unamortized debt issuance cost(2,598)(7,355)
Net202,469 392,645 
Term Loan B Facility351,000 354,600 
Less: Unamortized discount and debt issuance cost(16,883)(20,888)
Net334,117 333,712 
Less: Current portion(3,600)(3,600)
Total non-current debt$532,986 $722,757 
Maturities of the principal amount of the Company's long-term debt as of December 31, 2023 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
2024$3,600 
20253,600 
2026208,667 
20273,600 
2028336,600 
Total$556,067 
Amortization of the debt issuance cost and the discount associated with the Company's indebtedness totaled $5.8 million, $6.3 million, and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs is computed using the effective interest method and is included in interest expense. In addition, amortization of deferred financing costs was $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Deferred financing costs are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, non-current assets.

Convertible Senior Notes and Capped Call Transactions
In March 2021, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25% convertible senior notes in a private placement, including $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment options of the initial purchasers (collectively, the "Convertible Senior Notes"). The Convertible Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The total net proceeds from the offering, after deducting debt issuance costs paid by the Company, were approximately $388.6 million. The Company used approximately $39.0 million of the net proceeds from the offering to pay for the Capped Call Transactions (as described below).
The Convertible Senior Notes are senior, unsecured obligations and are (i) equal in right of payment with the existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Convertible Senior Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness, including amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement (see section below); and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Convertible Senior Notes.
The Convertible Senior Notes accrue interest at 0.25% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2021. The Convertible Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2026 unless they are redeemed, repurchased or converted prior to such date. The Convertible Senior Notes are convertible at the option of holders only during certain periods and upon satisfaction of certain conditions.
98

Holders have the right to convert their notes (or any portion of a note in an authorized denomination), in the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on June 30, 2021, if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for each of at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter; (ii) during the five consecutive business days immediately after any ten consecutive trading day period (such ten consecutive trading day period, the "measurement period") in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock on such trading day and the conversion rate on such trading day; (iii) upon the occurrence of certain corporate events or distributions on the Company’s common stock; (iv) if the Company calls such Convertible Senior Notes for redemption; and (v) on or after September 15, 2025, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, holders of the Convertible Senior Notes may, at their option, convert all or a portion of their Convertible Senior Notes regardless of the foregoing conditions at any time from, and including, September 15, 2025 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date.
Upon conversion, the Convertible Senior Notes may be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. All conversions with a conversion date that occurs on or after September 15, 2025 will be settled using the same settlement method, and the Company will send notice of such settlement method to noteholders no later than the open of business on September 15, 2025.
The Company may not redeem the Convertible Senior Notes at their option at any time before March 20, 2024. Subject to the terms of the indenture agreement, the Company has the right, at its election, to redeem all, or any portion (subject to the partial redemption limitation) in an authorized denomination, of the Convertible Senior Notes, at any time, and from time to time, on a redemption date on or after March 20, 2024 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, for cash, but only if the "last reported sale price," as defined under the Offering Memorandum, per share of common stock exceeds 130% of the “conversion price” on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. In addition, calling any note for redemption will constitute a "make-whole fundamental change" (as defined below) with respect to that note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that note will be increased in certain circumstances if it is converted after it is called for redemption. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the outstanding notes, then the redemption will not constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect to the notes not called for redemption, and holders of the notes not called for redemption will not be entitled to an increased conversion rate for such notes as described above on account of the redemption, except to the limited extent described further below. No sinking fund is provided for the Convertible Senior Notes, which means that the Company is not required to redeem or retire the Convertible Senior Notes periodically.
If a fundamental change occurs, then each noteholder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase its notes (or any portion thereof in an authorized denomination) for cash on a date (the "fundamental change repurchase date") of the Company’s choosing, which must be a business day that is no more than 45, nor less than 20, business days after the date the Company distributes the related fundamental change notice.
If an event of default, other than a reporting default remedied by special interest as defined in the indenture agreement, occurs with respect to the Company or any guarantor, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If an event of default (other than a reporting event of default described above with respect to the Company or any guarantor and not solely with respect to a significant subsidiary of the Company’s or a guarantor, other than the Company or such guarantor) occurs and is continuing, then, the trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately.
The Convertible Senior Notes have an initial conversion rate of 15.6539 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes, which will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments in certain circumstances.
In connection with the pricing of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with various financial institutions (the "Capped Call Transactions"). The Capped Call Transactions were entered into with third party broker-dealers to limit the potential dilution that would occur if the Company has to settle the conversion value in excess of the principal in shares. This exposure will be covered (i.e., the Company will receive as many shares as are required to be issued between the conversion price of $63.8818 and the maximum price of $91.2600). Any shares required to be issued by the Company over this amount would have net earnings per share dilution impact. By entering into the Capped Call Transactions, the Company expects to reduce the potential dilution to its common stock (or, in the event the conversion is settled in cash, to reduce its cash payment obligation) in the event that at the time of conversion its stock price exceeds the conversion price under the
99

Convertible Senior Notes. The Company paid $39.0 million for the Capped Call Transactions, which was recorded as additional paid-in capital, using a portion of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Senior Notes. The cost of the Capped Call Transactions is not expected to be tax deductible as the Company did not elect to integrate the capped call into the Convertible Senior Notes for tax purposes. The cost of the Capped Call Transaction was recorded as a reduction of the Company’s additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $11.4 million in March 2021. The Convertible Senior Notes are presented net of issuance costs on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The debt issuance costs are amortized on an effective interest basis over the term of the Convertible Senior Notes and are included in interest expense and amortization of debt discount in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased part of its Convertible Senior Notes in the open market with cash on hand for $165.5 million. The Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $26.5 million related to the repurchase of $194.9 million of principal balance of Convertible Senior Notes and $2.9 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the extinguished debt during the year ended December 31, 2023. The gain on extinguishment is included in other (income) expense in the Company's consolidated statement of operations.
The following table sets forth interest expense related to the Convertible Senior Notes for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except interest rates)
Contractual interest expense$797 $1,000 $786 
Amortization of debt issuance costs1,823 2,288 1,798 
Total interest expense$2,620 $3,288 $2,584 
Effective interest rate0.82 %0.82 %0.82 %
Amortization expense for the Company's debt issuance costs related to the Convertible Senior notes for fiscal years 2024 through 2026 is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal YearDebt Issuance Costs
2024$1,173 
20251,173 
2026252 
Total$2,598 

Credit Agreement
On April 30, 2021, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative agent and collateral agent, and other lender parties thereto. The Credit Agreement provides for a $360.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility ("Term Loan B Facility"), which matures in April 2028, and a $52.5 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"), which matures in December 2025. As part of the Term Loan B Facility, the Company received $325 million in proceeds, net of discounts and fees, which were used to finance the SpotX Acquisition and related transactions, and for general corporate purposes. Loans, if any, under the Revolving Credit Facility are expected to be used for general corporate purposes. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and those of its subsidiaries that are guarantors under the Credit Agreement.

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement accrue interest at a rate equal to either, (1) for the Term Loan B Facility, at the Company’s election, the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 5.00% per annum, or ABR (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 4.00%, and (2) for the Revolving Credit Facility, at the Company’s election, the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin of 4.25% to 4.75%, or ABR plus a margin of 3.25% to 3.75%, in each case, depending on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio. In June 2023, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to transition away from a variable interest rate based on the Eurodollar Rate towards a similar variable interest rate based on Adjusted Term SOFR, as defined in the amendment to the Credit Agreement, which is based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no holders of more than 10%2023, the contractual interest rate related to the Term Loan B Facility was 10.56%.
The covenants of the Credit Agreement include customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens and make certain acquisitions, investments, asset dispositions and
100

restricted payments. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant, tested on the last day of any fiscal quarter if utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds 35% of the total revolving commitments, that requires the Company to maintain a first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 3.25 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
The Credit Agreement includes customary events of default, and customary rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder, including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments thereunder and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement calls for customary scheduled loan amortization payments of 0.25% of the initial principal balance payable quarterly (i.e. 1% in aggregate per year) as well as a provision that requires the Company to prepay the Term Loan B Facility based on an annual calculation of cumulative free cash flow ("Excess Cash Flow") generated by the Company as defined within the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Company was not required to make any such mandatory prepayment required by the Excess Cash Flow provision for the period ended December 31, 2023. In addition, the Term Loan B Facility will mature in the event that any portion of the Convertible Senior Notes remains outstanding 91 days prior to the maturity date of the Convertible Senior Notes.
On June 28, 2021, the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement (the "Incremental Agreement") to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Incremental Agreement, the Company’s existing revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement was increased by $12.5 million (the "Incremental Revolver"), and the letter of credit sublimit under the Credit Agreement was increased by $5.0 million. The Incremental Revolver bears the same interest rate as the existing revolving credit facility and has the same maturity date as the existing revolving credit facility. No other terms of the Credit Agreement were amended. As a result, amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility were $65.0 million. At December 31, 2023, amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility were $59.7 million, net of letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $5.3 million.
The following table summarizes the amount outstanding under the Term Loan B Facility as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Term Loan B Facility$351,000 $354,600 
Unamortized debt discounts(6,594)(8,158)
Unamortized debt issuance costs(10,289)(12,730)
Debt, net of debt discounts and issuance costs$334,117 $333,712 
The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $27.7 million in April 2021, of which $10.8 million were associated with debt discount netted against the proceeds and $16.9 million were associated with other deferred financing costs associated with the Term Loan B Facility. Debt outstanding under the Term Loan B Facility are presented net of issuance costs on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The debt issuance costs are amortized on an effective interest basis over the term of the Term Loan B Facility and are included in interest expense and amortization of debt discount in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The following table sets forth interest expense related to the Term Loan B Facility for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except interest rates)
Contractual interest expense$36,261 $24,322 $14,074 
Amortization of debt discount1,564 1,580 1,062 
Amortization of debt issuance costs2,441 2,466 1,657 
Total interest expense$40,266 $28,368 $16,793 
Effective interest rate11.40 %7.95 %7.00 %
101

Amortization expense for the Term Loan B Facility debt discount and debt issuance costs for fiscal years 2024 through 2028 is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal YearDebt DiscountDebt Issuance Costs
2024$1,548 $2,416 
20251,532 2,391 
20261,516 2,366 
20271,500 2,341 
2028498 775 
Total$6,594 $10,289 

Note 18—Stockholders' Equity
In December 2021, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the "2021 Repurchase Plan"), under which the Company was authorized to purchase up to $50.0 million of its common stock thatover the twelve month period commencing December 10, 2021. In November 2022, the Board of Directors approved an extension of the 2021 Repurchase Plan through December 15, 2023. Under the 2021 Repurchase Plan, 1,592,257 shares were consideredpurchased in open market purchases through December 31, 2023 for a total of approximately $21.7 million at an average of $13.61 per share. In February 2023, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase plan (the “February 2023 Repurchase Plan”), pursuant to be related parties. which the Company was authorized to repurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of up to $75.0 million, through February 16, 2025. The repurchase program allowed the Company to repurchase its common stock or Convertible Senior Notes using open market stock purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block trades or other means in accordance with U.S. securities laws. The February 2023 Repurchase Plan was completed during the second quarter of 2023. On August 4, 2023, the Board of Directors approved a new repurchase plan (the "August 2023 Repurchase Plan"), pursuant to which the Company is authorized to repurchase common stock or Convertible Senior Notes, with an aggregate market value of up to $100.0 million, through August 4, 2025. As of December 31, 2023, $9.5 million remains available under the August 2023 Repurchase Plan. For accounting purposes, common stock repurchases under the Company's repurchase programs are recorded based upon the purchase date of the applicable trade. Repurchased shares are accounted for as treasury stock in the consolidated balance sheets and have all been subsequently retired.

Note 19—Related Party Transactions
During the years ended December 31, 20172023, 2022, and 2016,2021, the Company did not enter intohave material transactions with anyits related parties or affiliates of its related parties.
Forparties requiring disclosure pursuant to the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company recognized revenue of approximately $3.3 million from entities affiliated with a holder of more than 10%applicable rules of the Company’s outstanding common stock.Financial Accounting Standards Boards or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.


Note 19—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables set forth our quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In the opinion of management, the financial information in these tables reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair statement of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

  Three Months Ended
  Mar. 31, 2016 June 30, 2016 Sept. 30, 2016 Dec. 31, 2016 Mar. 31, 2017 June 30, 2017 Sept. 30, 2017 Dec. 31, 2017
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue $69,232
 $70,511
 $65,811
 $72,667
 $46,015
 $42,922
 $35,211
 $31,397
Expenses:                
Cost of revenue 16,783
 17,540
 17,798
 21,126
 14,688
 13,698
 12,985
 15,465
Sales and marketing 21,278
 21,966
 21,635
 18,449
 14,628
 12,529
 12,503
 12,134
Technology and development 12,443
 13,294
 12,513
 12,934
 12,753
 12,044
 11,580
 11,123
General and administrative 20,605
 16,390
 16,238
 15,337
 15,080
 14,355
 13,644
 12,517
Restructuring and other exit costs 
 
 
 3,316
 4,338
 1,621
 
 
Impairment of intangible assets and internally developed software 
 
 
 23,473
 
 
 
 4,585
Impairment of goodwill 
 
 
 
 
 
 90,251
 
Total expenses 71,109
 69,190
 68,184
 94,635
 61,487
 54,247
 140,963
 55,824
Income (loss) from operations (1,877) 1,321
 (2,373) (21,968) (15,472) (11,325) (105,752) (24,427)
Other (income) expense, net 167
 (906) (346) (899) (7) 84
 (150) (358)
Income (loss) before income taxes (2,044) 2,227
 (2,027) (21,069) (15,465) (11,409) (105,602) (24,069)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (4,328) 4,904
 (5,557) 121
 375
 146
 (2,031) (252)
Net income (loss) $2,284
 $(2,677) $3,530
 $(21,190) $(15,840) $(11,555) $(103,571) $(23,817)
Net income (loss) per share:                
Basic $0.05
 $(0.06) $0.07
 $(0.44) $(0.33) $(0.24) $(2.11) $(0.48)
Diluted $0.05
 $(0.06) $0.07
 $(0.44) $(0.33) $(0.24) $(2.11) $(0.48)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:                
Basic 44,663
 46,341
 47,538
 48,051
 48,332
 48,783
 49,055
 49,293
Diluted 48,676
 46,341
 48,683
 48,051
 48,332
 48,783
 49,055
 49,293

Note 20—Subsequent Events
On March 14, 2018,January 1, 2024, the Company announced that it undertook measuresgranted 6,352,327 restricted stock units, 129,870 stock options, and 486,431 performance stock units to reduce headcount bythe Company's employees. The RSUs granted will vest over four years from issuance with approximately 100 people, or 19%25% after one year, and the remainder vesting quarterly thereafter. The options granted will vest over four years from grant date, with 25% vesting after one year and the remainder vesting monthly thereafter. The PSUs will vest on the three-year anniversary of the grant date based on certain stock price performance metrics to be measured on each anniversary date. The award is eligible to vest as to 0% to 150% of the target number of PSUs.
On February 1, 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the "February 2024 Repurchase Plan"), under which the Company is authorized to purchase up to $125.0 million of its workforce,common stock or Convertible Senior Notes through February 1, 2026. The February 2024 Repurchase Plan allows the Company to repurchase its common stock or Convertible Senior Notes using open market stock purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block trades or other means in accordance with U.S. securities laws. The February 2024 Repurchase Plan does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock or Convertible Senior Notes and to reduce other operating costs. These actions include reductionsmay be suspended, modified or discontinued at any time at the Company's discretion.
On February 6, 2024, the Company entered into a $540.0 million senior secured credit agreement (the "New Credit Agreement"). The New Credit Agreement includes a $365.0 million senior secured term loan facility that matures in administrative staff to bring its general and administrative operations into better alignment with the current size of the businessFebruary 2031, as well as a $175.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility that matures in salesFebruary 2029. Proceeds from the New Credit Agreement were used to fully refinance the Company’s existing senior secured Term Loan B Facility and technical personnel asRevolving Credit Facility, and to pay fees and expenses associated with the transaction. The new senior secured term loan facility bears interest at Term SOFR
102

+ 4.50% and was issued with a result of offshoring certain development functions, organizational delayering and restructuring, and reducing investment in unprofitable projects. These headcount actions have reduced staff levels99.0% original issue price. Loans under the new secured revolving credit facility will bear interest at Term SOFR plus a margin ranging from 514 at December 31, 2017 to approximately 415 at March 14, 2018. The reductions will result in approximately $3.0 million in one-time cash severance costs, which will primarily be recognized in the first quarter of 2018. Net of these severance expenses, the workforce reductions undertaken in the first quarter, combined with other non-headcount related operating expense control initiatives, are expected to offset operating expenses in 2018 by approximately $15.0 million. On an annualized basis, the headcount reductions and other cost-control measures announced on March 14, 2018 are expected to offset future cash expenses by approximately $24.0 million.3.50% - 4.00%.



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives of ensuring that information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures, and is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. There is no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will operate effectively under all circumstances. Based upon the evaluation described above, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2017,2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 20172023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act).
Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in "Internal Control - Integrated Framework" (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.2023. Deloitte & Touche LLP has independently assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and its report is included herein.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Management recognizes that a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud or error, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.


103

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Magnite, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Magnite, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 28, 2024

104

Item 9B. Other Information
Trading Plans
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the following trading plans were adopted or terminated by our Section 16 officers or directors:
Officer NameOfficer TitleDate Plan Adopted/TerminatedDuration of PlanShares to be Purchased or SoldIntended to Satisfy Rule 10b5-1(c)?
Sean BuckleyChief Revenue OfficerAdopted November 24, 2023March 4, 2024 - November 24, 2025Sell up to 222,015*, subject to certain conditionsYes
Adam SorocaChief Product OfficerAdopted December 14, 2023March 14, 2024 - September 13, 2024Sell up to 108,026*, subject to certain conditionsYes
David DayChief Financial OfficerAdopted December 14, 2023March 18, 2024 - December 6, 2024Sell up to 80,478, subject to certain conditionsYes
Brian GephartChief Accounting OfficerAdopted December 15, 2023March 15, 2024 - December 13, 2024Sell up to 47,020*, subject to certain conditionsYes
*Represents a combination of previously vested shares and gross amounts of shares that will vest over the duration of the plan (net shares that will actually be sold under the plan are net of tax withholding).

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.



PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by Item 10 will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 20182024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "2024 Proxy Statement") to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017,2023, or the 20182024 Proxy Statement, under the headings "Proposal 1—Election of Directors," "Section"Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,Reports," (if applicable) and "Corporate Governance" and is incorporated herein by reference.


105

Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 will be included in the 20182024 Proxy Statement under the headings "Executive Officers" and "Executive Compensation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by Item 12 will be included in the 20182024 Proxy Statement under the heading "Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 will be included in the 20182024 Proxy Statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions" and "Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14. Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services
The information required by Item 14 will be included in the 20182024 Proxy Statement under the heading "Proposal 2—Ratification of the Selection of PricewaterhouseCoopersDeloitte & Touche LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and is incorporated herein by reference.

106

PART IV


Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) We have filed the following documents as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:


1. Consolidated Financial Statements


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


2. Financial Statement Schedules


No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements of the notes thereto.


3. Exhibits



EXHIBIT INDEX

NumberDescription
2.1
NumberDescription
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.43.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
10.1+3.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
107

10.1+
10.2+
10.3+
10.4+
10.5+
10.6+
10.7+*
10.8+
10.9+
10.10+
10.11+10.9+

10.10+
10.12+
10.13+
10.14+
10.15+
10.16+
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.2610.11+*
10.12+*
10.13+*
10.14+*
10.15+
10.27
10.2810.16+

10.29
10.30+
10.31+10.17+
10.32+10.18+
10.33+
10.34+10.19+
10.3510.20+
10.21


10.22
21.1*10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28*
21.1*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32*(1)
97*
101.ins *XBRL Instance DocumentDocument- the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.sch *XBRL Taxonomy Schema Linkbase Document
101.cal *XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
101.def *XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
101.lab *XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
101.pre *XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File - (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*    Filed herewith
+        Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(1)
The information in this exhibit is furnished and deemed not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of The Rubicon Project, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.


(1)    The information in this exhibit is furnished and deemed not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Magnite, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.



Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.





SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
THE RUBICON PROJECT,MAGNITE, INC.

(Registrant)


/s/  David Day
David Day
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Date February 28, 2024

Date: March 14, 2018



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


NameTitleDate
NameTitleDate
/s/ Michael Barrett
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)
March 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Michael Barrett
/s/ David Day
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer )

Officer)
March 14, 2018February 28, 2024
David Day
/s/ Blima TullerBrian Gephart
Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)
March 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Blima TullerBrian Gephart
/s/ Frank AddantePaul CaineDirectorMarch 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Frank AddantePaul Caine
/s/ Robert J. FrankenbergDirectorMarch 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Robert J. Frankenberg
/s/ Sumant MandalSarah P. HardenDirectorMarch 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Sumant MandalSarah P. Harden
/s/ Doug KnopperDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
Doug Knopper
/s/ Rachel LamDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
Rachel Lam
/s/ David PearsonDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
David Pearson
/s/ James RossmanDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
James Rossman
/s/ Robert F. SpillaneDirectorMarch 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Robert F. Spillane
/s/ Lisa L. TroeDiane YuDirectorMarch 14, 2018February 28, 2024
Lisa L. Troe
/s/ Lewis W. ColemanDirectorMarch 14, 2018
Lewis W. ColemanDiane Yu